NATO-CONFIDENTIAL AXP l(C) (NAVY) (AIR)

AXP l(C) (NAVY) (AIR)

ALLIED SUBMARINE AND
ANTISUBMARINE
EXERCISE MANUAL
This information is furnished upon the condition that it shall
nd be released to a nation outside NATO without approval
as laid down in MC-167 (Final) ; that it will not be used for
other than military purposes; that individual or corporate
rights originating in the information, whether patented or not,
will be respected; and that the information will be accorded
the degree of security required by its classification.

MAY BE CARRIED IN MILITARY AIRCRAFT

4

November 1995

0410LP1008749
l 0410LP7135700*

I (Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO-CONFIDENTIAL
(This page is NATO-Unclassified)
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

April 2001

PUBLICATION NOTICE ROUTING

1. Change 3 to AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR), ALLIED SUBMARINE AND ANTJSUB-

MARINE EXERCISE MANUAL, is available in the Navy Warfare Publications Li-
brary. Effective date will be promulgated by the Commander, Navy Warfare
Development Command for Department of the Navy holders.

2. Summary: Amends and corrects pages in Chapters l-6.

Navy Warfare Library Custodian

Navy warfare library publications must be made readily

available to all users and other interested personnel within
the U.S. Navy. Classified navy warfare library publications
are to be treated in the same manner as other classified infor-
mation.

Note to Navy Warfare Library Custodian

This notice will assist you in providing information to cognizant personnel. It is not accountable.

IIa (Reverse Blank) CHANGE 3

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED

AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

NORTH ATLANTIC TREATY ORGANIZATION

MILITARY AGENCY FOR STANDARDIZATION (MAS)

NATO LETTER OF PROMULGATION

September 1995

1. AXP-l(C) ALLIED SUBMARINE AND ANTI-SUBMARINE EXERCISE MANUAL

is a NATO CONFIDENTIAL publication. It shall be transported,
stored and safeguarded in accordance with agreed security
regulations for the handling of NATO CONFIDENTIAL documents. The
agreement of nations to use this publication is recorded in
STANAG 1052.

2. AXP-l(C) is effective on a date to be promulgated by the

Military Agency for Standardization (MAS). When made effective,
it shall supersede AXP-l(B) which shall be destroyed in accordance
with the local procedure for the destruction of documents.
3. It is permissible to reproduce this AP in whole or in part
provided the same level of security classification is maintained.

4. This publication may be carried in aircraft for use therein.

5. HOLDERS OF THIS DOCUMENT ARE WARNED THAT IT CONTAINS

CLASSIFIED INFORMATION AFFECTING THE MUTUAL DEFENCE OF THEIR
NATIONS AND THEIR ALLIES. THE TRANSMISSION OF THIS DOCUMENT OR
REVELATION OF ITS CONTENTS IN ANY MANNER TO AN UNAUTHORIZED PERSON
IS PROHIBITED.

ITAF

III (Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

RECORD OF RESERVATIONS

CHAPTER RECORD OF RESERVATIONS BY NATIONS

NONE

2 NONE

3 FR

4 NONE

5 NONE

NONE

V ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVYIIAIR)

RECORD OF RESERVATIONS (Cont’d)

-
NATION SPECIFIC RESERVATIONS

FR During NATO exercises, French SUBOPAUTHs will not approve Relaxation

8 starred NOVEMBER (8”N) and French ships equipped with VDS will
receive the order not to stop their sonar while they are trailing their VDS.

VI ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
AXP l(C) (NAVY) (AIR)

DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY

NAVAL DOCTRINE COMMAND
1540 GILBERT STREET
NORFOLK, VA 235 1l-2785

March 1996

U.S. LETTER OF PROMULGATION

1. AXP 1(C) (NAVY) (AIR), ALLIED SUBMARINE AND ANTISUBMARINE EXERCISE MANUAL,
is a NATO-CONFIDENTIAL naval warfare publication. It shall be handled and stored in accordancewith
OPNAVINST C5510.101D.

2. The effective date of AXP 1(C) (NAVY) (AIR) will be promulgated by the Commander, Naval Doctrine
Command, for Department of the Navy holders. When effective, it shall supersedeAXP l(B) (NAVY)
(AIR), ALLIED SUBMARINE AND ANTISUBMARINE EXERCISE MANUAL, which shall be de-
stroyed in accordance with the Department of the Navy Information and Personnel Security Program
Regulation (OPNAVINST 55 10.1).

M. L. BOWMAN
Rear Admiral, U.S. Navy
Commander, Naval Doctrine Command

NOTE TO U.S. HOLDERS -Report any pageshortageby letter

to NAVTACSUPPACT (copy to NDC). Order a new publication
or change, as appropriate, through the Navy Supply System.

VII (Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

RECORD OF PAGE CHECKS

Date By Whom Checked +

Checked

IX ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

RECORD OF PAGE CHECKS (Cont’d)

-

By Whom Checked l Date

Checked

X ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

RECORD OF CHANGES AND AMENDMENTS (Cont’d)

Identification of Change or Date NATO By Whom Entered (Signature;

Amendment No., Reg. No. Entered Effective Date Rank, Grade or Rate; Name of
(if any), and Date Command)

XII ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAW)(AIR)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page No.

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION TO THE EXERCISES

1000. Training Within NATO .............................................................................................................. l-l

1001. Scope of the Exercises ............................................................................................................ l-l
1002. Security .................................................................................................................................... l-l
1003. Conferences/Discussions.. ....................................................................................................... l-l
1004. Analysis .................................................................................................................................... l-l
1005-1009 Spare.. .............................................................................................................................. l-2
1010. Command.. ............................................................................................................................... 1-2
1011-1019 Spare.. .............................................................................................................................. 1-2
1020. Definitions.. ............................................................................................................................... l-2
1021-1029 Spare.. .............................................................................................................................. l-4
1030. Relaxation of Restrictions ........................................................................................................ l-4
1031-1999 Spare.. .............................................................................................................................. l-4
CHAPTER 2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, OPERATING RESTRICTIONS AND CASUALTY
PROCEDURES
SECTION I - GENERAL

2100. Submarine Operating Conditions ............................................................................................. 2-l

2101. Introduction.. ............................................................................................................................. 2-l
2102. External Appearance.. .............................................................................................................. 2-1
2103. Navigation Lights.. .................................................................................................................... 2-l
2104. Damage Control ....................................................................................................................... 2-2
2105. Handling Characteristics .......................................................................................................... 2-2
21062109 Spare.. .............................................................................................................................. 2-2
2110. Responsibilities When Exercising With Submarines ............................................................... 2-2
2111. Responsibility for Avoiding Collision Between Surface Ships and Submarines ...................... 2-2
2112. Responsibility for the Safe Navigation of the Submarine ......................................................... 2-3
2113. Submarines and Fishing Vessels.. ........................................................................................... 2-3
2114. Procedure Hooker.. .................................................................................................................. 2-3
21152199 Spare.. .............................................................................................................................. 2-3
SECTION II - SAFETY AND THE CONDUCT OF UNlTS DURING ASW EXERCISES

2200. Emergencies During ASW Exercises.. ..................................................................................... 2-4

2201. Aircraft Emergencies.. .............................................................................................................. 2-4
2202. Submarine Emergency.. ........................................................................................................... 2-5
2203. Submarine Surfacing in an Emergency.. .................................................................................. 2-5
22042209 Spare.. .............................................................................................................................. 2-5
2210. Basic Safety Rules, Procedures and Requirements ................................................................ 2-6
2211. Safety Separation of ASW Forces ........................................................................................... 2-6
2212. Horizontal Safety Separation ................................................................................................... 2-6
2213. Vertical Safety Separation/ Safe Depth Operation.. ................................................................. 2-6
2214. Visibility Requirements ............................................................................................................. 2-8
2215. Minimum Submarine Acoustic Equipment Requirements ........................................................ 2-9
2216. Surface Ship Noise ................................................................................................................ 2-12
2217. Lookouts.. ............................................................................................................................... 2-12
2218. Underwater Telephone Watch ............................................................................................... 2-12

XIII CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page No. -

2219. Communications and Signals.. ............................................................................................... 2-l 2

2220. Dumping of Trash, Garbage and Waste (Gash) .................................................................... 2-13
2221-2229 Spare.. ............................................................................................................................ 2-l 3
2230. Specific Safety Precautions ................................................................................................... 2-l 3
2231 . Safety Precautions When Operating With Aircraft ................................................................. 2-l 3
2232. Safety Precautions When Surface Ships Approach.. ............................................................. 2-l 3
2233. Safety Precautions When Employing Towed Decoys ............................................................ 2-13
2234. Safety Precautions When Employing Helicopter Sonar ......................................................... 2-14
2235. Safety Precautions When Employing VDS/Towed Array Systems ........................................ 2-14
2236. Additional Restrictions to Establish a Vertical Safety Separation When
Towed VDS/ DTAS is Used ................................................................................................ 2-16
2237. Additional Restrictions to Establish a Horizontal Safety Separation “Neutral
Corridor When Towed VDS/ DTAS is Used ..................................................................... 2-17
2238. Additional Restrictions When CATAS is Used ....................................................................... 2-27
2239. Exercise Stovepipe ................................................................................................................ 2-29
2240. The Use of Explosive Charges.. ............................................................................................. 2-29
2241. Electronic Sound Under-Water Signals (ESUS) .................................................................... 2-31
2242-2249 Spare.. ............................................................................................................................ 2-31
2250. ASW Exercise Restrictions .................................................................................................... 2-39
2251. ASW Investigation Restrictions .............................................................................................. 2-39
2252. ASW Exercise Attack Restrictions ......................................................................................... 2-39
2253. Restrictions Governing the Use of Submarines as Impact Targets ....................................... 241
2254. Night ASW Exercise Restrictions.. ......................................................................................... 2-43
22552259 Spare.. ............................................................................................................................ 2-43
2260. Positioning of Surface Ships and Helicopters While Submarines Dive ................................. 2-43
2261-2269 Spare .............................................................................................................................. 244
2270. Procedures for Units to Bring a Submarine From Safe to PD.. .............................................. 2-44
2271. Responsibilities for Submarine Safety When Returning to PD .............................................. 2-44
2272. Surfacing Methods and Procedures.. ..................................................................................... 244
2273. Conduct and Procedures for Surface Ships and/or Helicopters in the
Vicinity of a Submarine that is Coming to PD - Method ALFA ............................................ 2-45
2274. Conduct and Procedures for Surface Ships and/or Helicopters in the
Vicinity of a Submarine that is Coming to PD - Method BRAVO ........................................ 2-47
2275. Conduct of ASW Ships at Stop Time ..................................................................................... 2-48
2276-2279 Spare.. ............................................................................................................................ 2-49
2280. Action to be Taken Upon Contact With an Unidentified Submarine During
Exercises With Units Under a NATO Commander ............................................................. 2-49
22812289 Spare.. ............................................................................................................................ 2-51
2290. ASW Exercises in Shallow and Confined Waters .................................................................. 2-52
2291-2999 Spare.. ............................................................................................................................ 2-52
CHAPTER 3 STANDARD EXERCISES AND METHOD OF ORDERING

3000. Summary of Standard Exercises.. ............................................................................................ 3-l

3001. Substitution for a Submarine.. .................................................................................................. 3-l
3002. Method of Ordering Exercises.. ................................................................................................ 3-l
3003. Order Table (Table 3-l) ........................................................................................................... 3-1
3004. Relaxation Table (Table 3-2). ................................................................................................... 3-2
3005. Exercise Instructions (Table 3-3) ............................................................................................. 3-2

XIV CHARGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAW)(AIR)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page No.

3066. Submarine Depth Tables (Table 3-4) .................................................................. ....... .............. 3-2
3007. Submarine Course and Speed Diagrams (Table 3-5) ................................................ .............. 3-2
3008. Long-Range Tracking Diagrams (Table 3-6) ............................................................. . .............. 3-3
3009. Special Instructions ............................ ...................... ................................................ ................ 3-3
3010. Issuing CASEX Standard Instructions ..................... .................................. ......... ..... .... ... ......... 3-3
301 l-3999 Spare .................................... ...... ........................................................................ .............. 3-3
CASEX A-l Basic Tracking Exercise.. .................................................................................. ...3-Al- 1
CASEX A-2 Basic Coordinated Tracking Exercise ................................................................. .3-A2-1
CASEX A-3 Basic SAU Exercise ............................................................................................ .3-A3-1
CASEX A-4 Advanced SAU Exercise ..................................................................................... .3-A4-1
CASEX A-5 Basic Submarine Attack on a Screened or Unscreened Target
(Counter-Attack Not Allowed) ............................................................................ .3-A5-1
CASEX A-6 Intermediate Submarine Attack on a Screened or Unscreened Target
(Counter-Attack Allowed) ................................................................................... .3-A6-1
CASEX A-7 Advanced ASW Action on an Unrestricted Submarine ....................................... .3-A7-1
CASEX A-8 Defence of an Open Anchorage or Assault Area.. .............................................. .3-A8-1
CASEX A-9 VDS Tracking Exercise Using Safety Zone Separation ...................................... .3-A9-1
CASEX A-l 0 VDS Tracking Exercise Using a Submarine Area and Safety Zone ............... ...3-A 1O-l
CASEX A-l 1 Sonar Passive Tracking .................................................................................... .3-Al l-l
CASEX A-12 Sonar Passive Tracking (Multi-Ship) ................................................................ .3-Al2-1
CASEX A-l 3 Passive Tracking Exercise.. .............................................................................. .3-Al3-1
CASEX A-2 1 Basic Passive Tracking Exercise ...................................................................... .3-A21-1
CASEX A-22 Long-Range Passive Detection and Localization Exercise .............................. .3-A22-1
CASEX A-23 Long-Range Passive Surveillance Exercise Procedures.................................. .3&3-l
CASEX A-24 Intermediate ASW Area Search ........................................................................ .3-A24-1
CASEX B-l Basic Search, Homing and Attack by Aircraft ..................................................... .3-Bl-1
CASEX B-2 Basic Localization and Attack by Aircraft ............................................................ .3-82-l
CASEX B-3 Advanced Search, Localization and Attack by Aircraft ...................................... ..3-B3- 1
CASEX BQ Basic Air/Sub Operation Exercise.. ..................................................................... .3-84-l
CASEX B-5 Advanced Air/Sub Operation Exercise.. .............................................................. .3-85-l
CASEX B-6 Basic Passive Tracking and Attack by Aircraft ................................................... .3-86-l
CASEX C-l MADVEC and VECTAC Exercise ....................................................................... .3-Cl-l
CASEX C-2 Basic Coordinated ASW Exercise.. ..................................................................... .3-C2-1
CASEX C-3 Advanced Coordinated ASW Exercise ............................................................... .3-c3-1
CASEX C-4 Advanced Coordinated ASW Exercise - Protection of a Force ........................... .3-C&l
CASEX C-5 Advanced Coordinated ASW Exercise Against Transiting/Patrolling
Submarines ......................................................................................................... .3-c5-1
CASEX C-6 VDS Exercise Using Safety Zone Separation ..................................................... .3-C6-1
CASEX C-7 Defence of Main Body During Opposed Sortie/Entry.. ........................................ .3-C7-1
CASEX C-8 Advanced Coordinated ASW Barrier Exercise Against Transiting
CASEX C-9 ASW Forces Area Search Followed by Submarine Attack on Underway
Replenishment Group ......................................................................................... .3-c41
CASEX C-l 0 Coordinated Passive Tracking Exercise by TAS Units
and Aircraft ........................................................................................................ .3-ClO-1
CASEX C-l 1 Intermediate Coordinated ASW Area Search ................................................... .3-Cl l-l
CASEX C-l 2 Advanced Coordinated ASW Exercise (PROWLEX) ........................................ .3-C12-1
CASEX D-l Support Submarine Tracking and Attacking Exercise
(by Day or Night). ................................................................................................ .3-Dl-1

CHANGE 3
NATO UN&SSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAW)(AlR)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page No.

CASEX D-2 Basic Exercise of Coordinated Operations ......................................................... .3-02-l

CASEX D-3 Advanced ASuW Exercise of Coordinated Operations ....................................... .3-D3-1
CASu( D-4 Advanced ASW Exercise of Coordinated Operations ......................................... .3-D4-1
CASEX E-l Familiarization - Submarine and SAW Units ...................................................... .3-El-1
CASEX E-l ANNEX A - Ship Programme ............................................................................ 3-El-Al
CASEX E-l ANNEX B - Aircraft Programme ........................................................................ 3-El -Bl
CASEX E-2 Practice Weapons Delivery Exercise .................................................................. .3-E2-1
CASEX E-3 Mutual Sensor Exercise ...................................................................................... .3-E3-1
CASEX E-4 ASW Action Against Bottomed Submarine or Target ......................................... .3-E4-1
CASEX E-5 Exercise in Searching for a Simulated Submarine
Casualty (SMASHEX) ......................................................................................... .3-E51
CASEX E-6 Coordinated Submarine Rescue Operations ...................................................... .3-E6-1
CASEX E-7 Underwater Look Exercise .................................................................................. .3-E7-1
CASEX E-8 Depth Charge Exercise ....................................................................................... .3-E8-1
CASEX F-l Basic Simulated ASW Exercise/Link .................................................... 3-Fl-1
CASEX F-2 Advanced Simulated ASW Exercise/Link .............................................. 3-F2-1

CHAPTER 4 INSTRUCTIONS, DEFINlTIONS, SAFETY RULES AND PROCEDURES APPLICABLE

TO SUBMARINE ASW EXERCISES - COORDINATED SUBMARlNE OPERATIONS - “S”
SERIES CASEXES

4000. Instructions for Submarine ASW Exercises ............................................................................. 4-l

4001 . Purpose.. .................................................................................................................................. 4-l
4002. Minimum Requirements for Participating Submarines ............................................................. 4-l
4063. When Exercises may be Conducted ........................................................................................ 4-l
4004. Records.. .................................................................................................................................. 4-1
4005. Intelligence Based on Safety Signals ....................................................................................... 4-2
4006-4009 Spare ................................................................................................................................ 4-2
4010. Definitions Applicable to Submarine ASW Exercises .............................................................. 4-2
4011. Marked Submarine.. ................................................................................................................. 4-2
4012. Responsible.. ............................................................................................................................ 4-2
4013. Safety Bearing.. ........................................................................................................................ 4-2
4014. Safety Circles ........................................................................................................................... 4-2
4015. Safety Line ............................................................................................................................... 4-2
4616. Safety Zones ............................................................................................................................ 4-2
4617. Too Close.. ............................................................................................................................... 4-2
4018. Transit Lane ............................................................................................................................. 4-3
4619. Transit Positions.. ..................................................................................................................... 4-3
4020. Safety Rules for Exercises Involving More than One Submarine ........................................... .4-3
4021. Responsibility for Avoiding Submerged Collision.. ................................................................... 4-3
4022. Safety Circle.. ........................................................................................................................... 4-3
4023. Safety Line ............................................................................................................................... 4-4
4024. Safety Zones and Transit Lanes .............................................................................................. 4-4
4025. Safety Rules for Basic Exercises ............................................................................................. 4-4
4026. Safety Rules for Advanced Exercises ...................................................................................... 4-4
4027. Depth Separation and Minimum Depth of Water ..................................................................... 4-4
4028. Separation Between Target Submarines ................................................................................. 4-5
4029. Spare.. ...................................................................................................................................... 4-5
4030. Procedures Applicable to Submarine ASW Exercises ............................................................. 4-5

CHANGE 3
NATO UN%!!ASSIFIED
 - ...-

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page No.

4031. Gridlock .................................................................................................................................... 4-5

4032. Procedure for Submarines Changing Depth Through Depth Zones Assigned to
Other Submarines ................................................................................................................ 4-5
4033. Use of Underwater Telephone ................................................................................................. 4-6
4034. Marking Attacks.. ...................................................................................................................... 4-6
4035. Requirements When Torpedoes are Fired ............................................................................... 4-7
40364039 Spare.. .............................................................................................................................. 4-7
4040. Method of Ordering Submarine ASW Exercises.. .................................................................... 4-7
40414049 Spare.. .............................................................................................................................. 4-7
4050. Coordinated Submarine Operations.. ....................................................................................... 4-7
4051. Purpose .................................................................................................................................... 4-7
4052. Execution.. ................................................................................................................................ 4-7
4053-4999 Spare.. .............................................................................................................................. 4-7
CASEX S-l Submarine, at or Below Safe Depth, Attacks Another Submarine
Transiting its Patrol Area at Periscope Depth .............................................. ......4-Sl-1
CASEX S-2 Submarine, at Periscope Depth (or with Freedom in Depth Until
Detecting HE) Attacks Another Submarine Transiting its Patrol
Area at Periscope Depth ................... ........................................................... .... ..4S2-1
CASEX S-3 Submarine With Freedom in Depth Attacks Another Submarine
Transiting Close to its Patrol Area at Periscope Depth ................................. ... ..4-S3-1
CASEX S-4 Submarine Transiting Their Patrol Areas at Periscope Depth
(by Day Only) ......................... ............ ..................................... ......................... ..4-S4-1
CASEX S-5 One or More Submarines With Freedom in Depth Attack Another
Submarine Restricted in Depth in a Transit Lane Transiting
Through Their Areas ............ ... ......... .................................... ......... ....... ............ ..4-S5-1
CASEX S-6 One or More Patrolling Submarines With Relative Freedom in
Depth Attack Other Submarines With Relative Freedom in Depth
Transiting Their Areas .............. ............... ....................................................... .. ..4-S6-1
CASEX S-7 Submarines Conducting Intruder Operations Against Other
Submarines Patrolling in the Same Area ................................. ..................... .... 4-S7-1
CASEX S-8 Coordinated Submerged Submarine Group Operations ........ .... ... .................. .....4-S8-1
CASEX S-9 Advanced Exercise of Detection, Tracking and Attack of a Transiting
Submarine on a SUBNOTE ... .............. .... ..................................... ................... .. ..4S9-1
CASEX S-l 0 Familiarization Between Submarines .... ......................................................... . ..4-Sl O-l
CASEX S-l 0 Annex A - Submarine Action Deep Events .................................................. 4-S10-A-1
CHAPTER 5 COMMUNICATIONS

5000. Introductions.. ........................................................................................................................... 5-l

5001 - 5009 Spare.. ............................................................................................................................ 5-l
5010. Communication Methods.......................................................................................................... 5-l
5011. Explosive Charge Signals ........................................................................................................ 5-l
5012. Submarine Pyrotechnic Signals ............................................................................................... 5-1
5013. Sonar Signal Code Table ......................................................................................................... 5-2
5014. Submarine Safety and Control Signals .................................................................................... 5-2
5015. Ship/Submarine Torpedo Attack Signals ................................................................................. 5-2
5016. Signals by Aircraft Manoeuvre ................................................................................................. 5-2
5017. Aircraft or Surface Emergency/Contingency Distress Signals ................................................. 5-3
5018. Special Signals.. ....................................................................................................................... 5-3

XVII CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page No. -

5019. Submarine Attack Signals ....... ............... ............................................................. ..................... 5-3

5020. Diving Messages, Surfacing Messages and Check Reports ................ ....... ....... ..................... 5-4
5021. Identification of Submarine Contacts - UNCLE JOE PROCEDURES ............. ... ..................... 5-4
5022 - 5999 Spare ............................................ . ............................................................ .. ................... 5-5
CHAPTER 6 RECORDS AND ANALYSIS

6000. General Considerations . ...... ................... ....... ....................... .................... ... ....... ..................... 6-1
6001. Analysis or Assessment of Weapon Attacks ....................................................... ....... .............. 6-1
6002. Tactical Analysis ............ .... .. ... ....................... .................................. ..................... ....... ............ 6-2
6003. Claims for Attacks by Submarines ........ ................................................................ ....... ............ 6-3
6004. Submarine Track Message . .................. ......... .................................... ................... ....... ............ 6-3
6005. Data Forms ......................... ........ ........... ......... ..................................................... ..................... 64
6006. Target Date Message ......... ... .. ............... ........ ...................................................... ........ ............ 6-4
6007 - 6999 Spare........................ ... .. ............... ........ ................................................ .............. ............ w
LIST OF TABLES

Table 2-l Submarine Identification Lights ................................................................................. 2-l

Table 2-2 Depth Limitations .................................................................................................... 2-10
Table 2-3 Decoy Depth Restrictions.. ...................................................................................... 2-l 1
Table 2-4 General Authorization VDS/Towed Array ............................................................... 2-20
Table 2-5A VDS Specifications ................................................................................................. 2-22
Table 2-58 Towed Array Specifications .................................................................................... 2-23
Table 2-5C Automatic Sequencing UWT Specifications.. .......................................................... 2-25
Table 2-6 Explosive Charges to be Used in Exercises Against Submarines .......................... 2-32 -
Table 3-l Order Table ............................................................................................................... 3-4
Table 3-2 Relaxation Table ....................................................................................................... 3-8
Table 3-3 Exercise Instruction Tables ..................................................................................... 3-l 6
Table 3-4 Depth Tables.. ......................................................................................................... 3-28
Table 3-5 Submarine Course and Speed Diagrams ............................................................... 3-30
Table 3-6 Tracking Exercise Diagrams ................................................................................... 3-43
Table 3-7 CASEX A Series - Exercises Involving ASW Ships and/or Helicopters ................. 3-45
Table 3-8 CASEX B Series - Exercises Involving ASW Aircraft ............................................. 346
Table 3-9 CASEX C Series - Exercises Involving Multiple ASW Forces ................................ 3-46
Table 3-10 CASEX D Series - Exercises Involving Submarines in the Support Role.. ............. 3-47
Table 3-l 1 CASEX E Series - Exercises of a Miscellaneous Nature ....................................... 3-47
I Table 3-12 CASEX F Series - Synthetic Exercises ................................................................... 3-47
Table 4-l Changing Depth Safety Signals ................................................................................ 4-6
Table 4-2 ‘S’ Series CASEXes .................................................................................................. 4-8
Table 5-l Characteristics of National Submarine Pyrotechnics ................................................ 5-6
Table 5-2 Explosive Charge Signals ......................................................................................... 5-7
Table 5-3 Submarine Pyrotechnics and SST/UWT Signals by Day and Night ....................... 5-10
Table 5-4 Sonar Signal Code Table ........................................................................................ 5-13
Table 5-5 ESUS MK 84 Underwater Signal Code.. ................................................................. 5-17
Table 5-6 Ship/Submarine Torpedo Attack Signals ................................................................ 5-18
Table 5-7 Signals by Aircraft Manoeuvre ................................................................................ 5-l 8
Table 5-8 Aircraft Distress Signal.. .......................................................................................... 5-19
Table 5-9 Range by Method MARK - SNAP ........................................................................... 5-23

XVIII CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAW)(AIR)

Table 6-2 Brevity Code ........ ... ................................................................................................... 6-5

Table 6-3 Target Data Message Code .................... ............................ ...................................... 6-6
LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 2-l Submarine Safe Depth Calculations ......................................................................... 2-8

Figure 2-2 Relaxation 14% ...................................................................................................... 2-24
Figure 2-3 Relaxation 14*D ...................................................................................................... 2-24
Figure 6-1 CASEX Form A - A/S Ship/Target Ship Record Form .............................................. 6-9
Figure 6-2 CASEX Form B - Fixed Wing Aircraft Anti-Submarine Sortie Report 6-l 1
Figure 6-3 CASEX Form C - Submarine Record Form ............................................................ 6-18
Figure 6-4 CASEX Form D - Helicopter Anti-Submarine Sortie Report ................................... 6-20

-
XIX(Reverse Blank CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSlFl 2 D
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION TO THE EXERCISES

1000. TRAlNlNG WlTHlN NATO procedures and tactics during ASW training.
Where a new tactic appears to contravene the
1. (NU) Training is a national responsibility safety rules stated in AXP-1, guidance should be
and each NATO country undertakes to train its obtained from higher authority and in particular,
own units with its own facilities to the limits of its the appropriate Submarine Operating Authority
own capabilities. Coordination between units of (SUBOPAUTH).
different nationalities is facilitated if training is
based on the doctrine promulgated in Allied 1002. SECURITY
Tactical Publications.
1. (NU) The majority of information in this
2. (NU) The state of training of submarines publication is, of itself, unclassified. It must be
taking part in exercises is presumed to be such kept in mind, however, that once a particular
that anti-submarine operations may be scenario and training objectives have been
undertaken. Submarines taking part in submarine chosen, the package so produced and its
versus submarine exercises must be given prior execution can reveal a great deal about current
approval for advanced anti-submarine exercises tactics and operational capabilities. All concerned
by national commanders. must ensure that operation orders, message
traffic and exercise reports are property classified
1001. SCOPE OF THE EXERCISES to guard against inadvertent release of classified
information on weapon and sensor capabilities,
1. (NU) The standard exercises listed in platform characteristics or current tactics.
Chapters 3 and 4 of AXP-1 are provided to
facilitate the progressive training of different types 1003. CONFERENCES/DISCUSSIONS
of ASW units, both independently and in
coordination, in the various aspects of anti- 1. (NU) Pm-exercise conferences between
submarine warfare. Exercise standards progress the various participating units are beneficial in
from the elementary stage through the more saving exercise time and avoiding mistakes. Such
advanced coordinatedstage, and culminate in the discussions are normally held prior to more
standards required for participation in major advanced exercises, but are generally not
exercises. necessary in regard to more elementary
exercises. Postexercise discussions are most
2. (NU) The individual CASEX provides a valuable if they take place immediately after an
framework to progress fundamental training aims exercise. Many exercises can be analyzed on the
(procedural as well as tactical). It is the responsi- spot, and the lessons learned from them can be
bility of CASEX planning authorities to ensure that passed on immediately to the units concerned.
this framework is broadened as required to
encompass the particular training requirements of 1004. ANALYSIS
individual units. This can be achieved by the use
of the appropriate relaxations, exercise 1. (NU) Exercise analysis may take longer
instructions and special instructions listed. ASW if it requires the examination of records, but it is
officers should try to address all relevant aspects important that the results be extracted and passed
of ASW in both deep and shallow water without in as quickly as possible. Details of particular
increasing the difficulty of an ASW training exercises are soon forgotten, and valuable
schedule too quickly. training lessons can be lost when post-exercise
analysis is conducted late and results are slow
3. (NU) Authorities and individual units reaching exercise participants.
should also, wherever possible, evaluate new

1-1 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

1005-l 009 Spare control may be delegated to another shore

command or to a command afloat.
1010. COMMAND
1011-1019 Spare
(NU) Officer Scheduling the Exercise
(OSE). The OSE originates the exercise and 1020. DEFINITIONS
orders it to take place. He will issue basic
instructions which will include the objectives of the 1. (NU) The definitions contained in this
exercise, the designation of the exercise areas, section are considered particularly important.
the allocation of forces and the necessary Additional definitions relevant to the exercises are
coordinating instructions. He will also designate also contained in the Glossary:
the Officer Conducting the Exercise (OCE). He
will ensure that the existence of submarine a. Go Time. The start of an ASW
danger areas inside the exercise area are exercise period. After this time,
highlighted in the EXOPORDER or exercise dived submarines may be
instruction. The OSE specifies the process for the encountered and full safety
integration and control of submarine assets in the precautions must be observed until
exercise. He will arrange the nomination of one Stop Time.
or more SUBOPAUTH to assume operational
control of all submarines participating in the b. COMEX. COMEX is the time of
exercise. starting an ASW action. It is
normally a warning to the submarine
2. (NU) Officer Conducting the Exercise of attacks by ASW units.
(OCE). The OCE is responsible to the OSE for
the conduct of the exercise. He will issue such C. ASW Action. An exercise ASW
necessary supplementary instructions as: action is an operation by one or
more ASW units against a particular
a. detailed orders to all participating submarine. In order to permit the
units; necessary manoeuvres for ASW
action to be safely executed, safety
b. safety precautions; and precautions to be taken by the
submarine(s) and ASW units may
C. conduct of the exercise as it be in addition to the safety
develops. precautions required in the exercise
as a whole. In exercises, ASW
(NU) Officer in Tactical Command action begins with COMEX and
(OTC). The OTC is the senior officer present ends with FINEX or Stop Tii,
eligible to assume command, or the officer to whichever is earlier. If it is desii
whom he has delegated tactical command. to continue the ASW action after
FINEX, then a new COMEX must
4. (NU) Officer Conducting the Serial be ordered, providing that this is
(OCS). The OCS is the officer designated to allowed by the exercise orders (see
exercise tactical control over assigned forces for a Article 5014.5).
specific exercise serial.
d. Duration. Duration is the specified
(NU) Submarine Operating Authority time period for an ASW action. It
(SUBOPAUTH). The SUBOPAUTH is the must be given in minutes in the
Command exercising operational control over exercise orders. When relaxation
submarines, and is normally a submarine force 2*M is in force, duration is not
commander. Under special circumstances tactical required.

l-2 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

e. FINEX. In exercises and when a I. Starred Relaxation. A relaxation

duration has been established, it is which may be used subject to prior
the time of ending of an ASW approval of the SUBOPAUTH.
Action. It is equal to COMEX plus
the duration of ASW action ordered. m. Time. Zone time to be used
throughout the exercises (GMT is to
f. Stop Time. The end of an ASW be used whenever possible to avoid
exercise period. confusion).

g. Surfacing Procedure. The method n. Daylight. Daylight is defined as

used by a submarine, ship or extending from sunrise to sunset.
helicopter to bring a submarine from
Safe Depth to Periscope Depth 0. Night. Night is defined as extending
(PD). from sunset to sunrise.

h. Submarine Depth. The depth of a p. Units of Measurement. NATO

submarine is measured from the publications are in the process of
surface to the keel depth. being amended to the following
standard units of measurement:
i. Safe Depth. A submarine is said to
be at Safe Depth when its keel (1) range - yards,
depth is such as to provide the
required separation between the top (2) distance - nautical miles,
of the fixed structure of the
submarine and the lowest point of (3) altitude - feet, and
any ship, other submarine assigned
to a higher layer, towed ASW device (4) depth of objects and water
and/or helicopter sonar systems depth - metres.
allowed in the orders for the
exercise. When more than one
towed device is being used in the NOTE:
exercise, Safe Depth applies to the
deepest device being employed. The above mentioned standard units are
not to be confused with codewords
j. Safety Course. A pre-arranged Range and Altitude. For safety purposes
course included in the detailed during the transition period, where water
orders for the exercise. It must be depth and depth of objects were given in
one of the cardinal points of the feet or fathoms, the new metric figures
compass, and it is always signalled are now followed by the figures in feet or
as “NORTH”, “SOUTH”, “EAST” or fathoms (as appropriate) in brackets.
‘WEST. It is the course to be
steered when a submarine is
coming to PD using surfacing q- Maximum power shall be
proceduresor in an emergency. understood to mean a power level
setting which will deliver the
k. Relaxation. A modification of safety maximum acoustic energy into the
precautions and operating restrict- water. It is that power level setting
ions laid down in this publication in just below transducer cavitation.
order to make the training more
realistic (see Article 3004).

l-3 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

r. Maximum scale shall be

understood to mean the maximum
range scale setting regardless of
actual water depth. On fathometers
that have variable or selectable
pulse length, the maximum pulse
length shall be used in conjunction
with the maximum scale.

1021-1029 Spare

1030. RELAXATION OF RESTRICTIONS

1. (NU) To provide added realism in

training or to enable the exercise to become
progressively more realistic, exercise rules given
in Chapter 2 may be relaxed. Certain of the
relaxations may be made only with the prior
approval of the SUBOPAUTH or appropriate Air
Commander and are dependent on the state of
training of the participating units, their equipment
and capabilities. It is important when considering
major or advanced exercises that the ASW
exercise planners and the SUBOPAUTH jointly
review the relaxations to be used, since failure to
allow the maximum relaxations consistent with
submarine safety may impair unnecessarily the
value of the exercise. When the SUBOPAUTH
has OPCON of a submarine from another nation,
approval of any starred relaxation should only be
given with the concurrence of the appropriate
national authority. The Relaxation Table is
contained in Chapter 3 as Table 3-2; instructions
for its use are given in Article 3004.

10314999 Spare

1-4 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 --

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

CHAPTER 2

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, OPERATING RESTRICTIONS AND CASUALTY PROCEDURES

SECTION 1 - GENERAL

2100. SUBMARINE OPERATING CONDI- (NU) Table 2-1 Submarine Identification Lights
TIONS

2101. INTRODUCTION
I COUNTRY 1

CanadaAlarouproundof 3rotation amber beacon showing

1. (NU) The submarine is a seaworthy and I fiashas, 10 times Der minute.
manoeuvrable vessel, which when fully surfaced Denmark Rotating blue beacon showing app-ox
complies with the International Regulations for 115 flashes par minute.
Preventing Collisions at Sea. However, their
construction differs from that of surface ships FlXbW All rourd rotating yellow beacon showing
100 to 120 flashes per minute.
making them vulnerable, and this must be
considered, particularly when in close proximity to Germany All round orange beacon showing about
ASW units during exercises. 100 flashes per minute, visitAs for 3
Mutlcal miles.
2102. EXTERNAL APPEARANCE Greece All round orange beacon showing abut
80 flashes par minute.
1. (NU) Submarines have a relatively low
freeboard, smooth contours, and Iittle All round rotating amber beacon showing
superstructure; consequently, they are more 90 flashes par minute.
difficult to detect either visually or by radar, than Nethedands All mund rotating amber beacon showing
other ships. Furthermore, it is not easy to estimate 90 flashes per minute.
the course of submarines visually as their
inclination is difficult to determine even under the NorwaY All round amber beacon showing 90
most favourable conditions. I flashes per minute.
Poland All round orange beacon showing abut
2103. NAVIGATION LIGHTS 100 flashes per minute, visible for 3
nautical miles.
1. (NU) Most submarines do not carry
Portugal All round rotating beacon showing 94
conventional navigation lights, but are permitted to flashes per minute.
be at sea at night under the International
Regulations for Preventing Collision at Sea. Their
navigation lights are low and may be concentrated I Spain All round rotating amber beacon
I showing 120-180 flashes per minute.

ITurkey
in the vicinity of the conning tower. This
arrangement, when combined with the complete
lack of other upper deck lights, may be misleading
IAll roundrotatingamberbeaconshowing
90 flashes per minute.

and gives a submarine at night the appearance of United All round rotating amberbeaconshowing
a much smaller ship. In accordance with the 90 flask per minute on some
sutxnaritles.
International Regulations for Preventing Collision
at Sea, some countries have authorized special United lntermittent flashing amber (yellow)
submarine identification lights (see Table 2-l). states beacon with a sequence of one flash per
Many submarines are unable to display navigation second for 3 seconds. followed by a 3
lights until they have surfaced. second periad.

2-l CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AlR)

2104. DAMAGE CONTROL b. informing the submarine of ap-

proaching deep draught vessels, or
1. (NU) A submarine’s reserve of buoyancy fishing vessels. See Article 2113;
is low. Thus any collision or other event that
causes the pressure hull or ballast tank to be C. advising the submarine when it is
pierced immediately places the submarine in safe to return to PD;
danger of sinking.
d. informing the submarine of a signi-
2105. HANDLING CHARACTERlSTlCS ficant change in the weather with
particular emphasis on the visibility;
1. (NU) Diving is a safe and routine
operation for a submarine. Once submerged, a e. informing the submarine of towed
submarine is manoeuvrable and can avoid danger sonar systems, decoys or obstruc-
simply and quickly by increasing depth if there is tions (e.g. splash/spar targets)
sufficient water beneath its keel. Therefore, it is which, through system malfunction
capable of taking part in all types of exercises or other over-riding factors, are
without risk if certain rules for safety are observed deeper than permitted in the CASEX
by all ASW units participating in the exercise. rules; and
Exercises will not be carried out in waters less
than 77 metres (255 ft) unless Relaxations of the f. after stop time, when inside a known
12 series are authorized. submarine area, radiate on sonar or
cavitate or operate other acoustic
2106-2109 spare warning devices.

2110. RESPONSIBILlTlES WHEN EXER- 3. (NU) Submarines coming to less than

CISING WlTH SUBMARlNES Safe Depth are to take all possible steps to avoid
collision. If the submarine is in any doubt of
2111. RESPONSIBILITY FOR AVOIDING surface ship positions or movements, it should
COLLISION BETWEEN SURFACE remain at Safe Depth and reinitiate surfacing
SHIPS AND SUBMARINES procedures appropriate to the relaxations in force.

1. (NU) The Commanding Officer of a 4. (NU) Splash/spar targets are likely to be

submerged submarine must assume that his towed by surface ships up to 600 yards astern of
presence is unknown to all participating units even the ship. Submarines at PD are not to approach
when it may be assessed that such units hdd these targets within 1000 yards. Submarines
positive sonar contact. The burden of avoiding which are deep are not to come to PD within 1600
collision, therefore, when at PD, submerged, yards astern of the ships.
coming to PD or surfacing, rests primarily on the
submarine. 5. (NC) When the fathometer is being used
as a submarine warning device, water depth will
2. (NU) A submarine deeper than PD usually be sufficient to preclude the requirement to
cannot be fully acquainted with the situation on the use the fathometer for safe navigation. However,
surface, since it must depend totally on sonar to the fathometer settings should maximize the
locate ships. Surface ships, therefore, must take opportunity for a submarine to detect the
all possible action to ensure the safety of the fathometer. Therefore, when used as a warning
submarine. Such action should include, for device, the fathometer will be set at maximum
example: power, maximum scale and, if applicable,
maximum pulse length.
a. manoeuvring to avoid a submarine
sighted at close range. This may
include taking way off the ship;

2-2 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTW
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)
-
2112. RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE SAFE 2114. PROCEDURE HOOKER
NAVIGATION OF THE SUBMARINE
1. (NU) To assist submarines in identifying
1. (NU) The submarine Commanding fishing vessels and maintaining the separation
Officer has the fundamental responsibility for the distances, ships are to inform submarines when-
safe navigation of his submarine. ever a fishing vessel approaches within 6000
yards of the ship or ranges as stated in Relaxation
2. (NU) In scheduled CASEXes, however, 26*C. This message is to be passed using
the OCE or the officer to whom he has delegated codeword “Hooker" repeated 3 times followed by
responsibility (OTC/OCS) is responsible for taking the cardinal sector (N/E/S/W) of the fishing vessel
all reasonable precautions to ensure the from the ship, e.g. SM CALLSIGN THIS IS SHIP
navigational safety of the submerged submarine. CALLSIGN - HOOKER, HOOKER, HOOKER
In elementary CASEXes this may require frequent NOVEMBER - meaning there is a fishing vessel
communication between ships and submarine. to the north of me within 6000 yards. If the
position of the submarine is known with certainty
3. (NU) The OCE may require that the the UWT message YBA (Table 5-4) may be used.
submerged submarine be informed by SST or If a FV is assessed to be within 4000 yards of the
UWT of its hourly position, or more often if submarine UUU is to be passed in addition.
circumstances warrant. Changes in sea
conditions or visibility should be communicated if 2. (NU) The message should be passed
appropriate. If it should appear that the sub- on UWT, the ship having first strangled MRS or
marine is standing into danger, it may be desirable reduced MRS to low power, to allow clear receipt
to bring the submarine to PD. of the message. The message should be
repeated at intervals not exceeding 2 minutes
4. (NU) Restricting Course and Speed of (until the FV is outside 6000 yards). The
Submarine. In certain elementary exercises, it is submarine will not acknowledge the message,
necessary to order the submarine to steer a given unless further information is required. This
course and/or maintain a specified speed. These procedure will not always be suitable for advanced
are to be taken as through the water, without CASEX or in ocean scenarios. If the procedure
allowing for tide. Ships giving such instructions (or Hooker is not considered applicable, the OTC
any alterations thereto) are to ensure that the may request a relaxation from this mandatory
submarine will not be endangered by obeying instruction using Relaxation 26*A (sea para
such instructions. This in no way relieves the sub- below). It is emphasized that this relaxation will be
marine Commanding OfFicerof his basic respon- used infrequently and sufficient justification must
sibility for the safe navigationof his submarine. be given before it will be authorized by the
SUBOPAUTH.
2113. SUBMARINES AND FISHING VESSELS
3. (NU) VHF Calls to FV. Consideration
1. (NU) Submarines dived below PD must should always be given to calling the fishing
remain at least 4000 yards clear of any fishing vessel on VHF to warn of the presence of
vessel, whether it is known to be fishing or not. lf, submarines in his vicinity. Prior waming of
for any reason, this separation cannot be submarine activii may gain cooperation and thus
achieved then the submarine must return to PD obviate the need to disrupt ASW play. Ship
and remain at least 1500 yards clear of all fishing Commanding Officers should take a personal
vessels. (these rules can be modified using interest in this aspect and brief their bridge teams
Relaxation 26*B, 26*C or 26’D). To assist accordingly.
submarines in identifying fishing vessels and
maintaining the separation distances, ships are to 4. (NU) The submarine must not rely upon
inform submarines whenever a fishing vessel this service alone for FV safety.
approaches within 6000 yards of the ship.
21152199 spare
-

2-3 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

SECTION 2 - SAFETY AND THE CONDUCT OF UNITS DURING ASW EXERCISES

2200. EMERGENCIES DURING ASW f. emergency IFF is received at any

EXERCISES station; and

1. (NU) During ASW exercises involving g. distress transmissions are heard.

ships, submarines, and aircraft, prescribed safety
precautions are to be observed to the fullest 2. (NU) Action by Aircraft. In the event of
extent possible. The OTC/OCE is responsible for an aircraft emergency that requires breaking off
ensuring that such precautions are observed and, the exercise, or raises the possibility of a forced
in the event of a major accident, for determining landing, the decision for the action to be taken
whether an exercise is to be continued. rests entirely with the Aircraft Commander.
Normally one of the following procedures will be
2. (NU) It is the responsibility of the OSE to carried out:
ensure that full details of the procedures to be
carried out in the event of an aircraft or submarine a. drew and passengers may imme-
accident are known to all forces taking part in an diately parachute from the aircraft;
exercise.
b. an immediate forced landing in the
3. (NU) ATP-10 and ATP-57 contain full sea may be made near a ship or
details of Search and Rescue procedures and surfaced submarine;
equipment for the event of an aircraft or
submarine casualty. The procedures set forth in C. a deferred or forced landing may be
this article should be supplemented by current made on or near land; or
National Search and Rescue instructions within
appropriate search and rescue areas. d. a deferred landing may be made at -.
a shore or carrier base.
2201. AlRCRAFT EMERGENCIES
3. (NU) Action by the On-Scene
1. (NU) Aircraft Incident. The following Commander.
conditions indite an imminent or actual distress
incident: a. When an aircraft casualty occurs in
the exercise area, the On-Scene
a. the position of an aircraft raises Commander is normally responsible
doubt as to its safety; for initiating Search and Rescue
action and for informing the authority
b. reports indicate that the operating exercising operational control of the
effciency of an aircraft is so aircraft Rescue operations should
impaired that a forced landing may be coordinated through the appro-
be necessary; priate Rescue Coordination Centre
(RCC), using such forces as are
C. an aircraft is overdue or unreported; necessary.

d. an aircraft is reported to have made b. lf a casualty makes it necessary for

a forced landing or is about to do so; an aircraft to break off the exercise
and carry out one of the procedures
e. the crew is reported to have listed in paragraph 2 above, the On-
abandoned an aircraft or is about to Scene Commander may at his
do so; discration cause the exercise to be
terminated, or interrupted, and may

24 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

- surface any submerged submarine the possibility that a submarine may have to
in the vicinity. surface in an emergency, possibly without the
appropriate signal. A Red Pyrotechnic Signal
4. (NU) Action by Submarines. In single (Signal B4 in Table 5-3) released by a submarine
aircraft/submarine exercises the Air Commander indicates that it is surfacing or is about to surface
is responsible for the safety of the aircraft and for in an emergency:
initiating Search and Rescue action. Submarines
detecting any indication of an aircraft incident a. The sighting of this signal is a sign
(paragraph 1 above) should immediately establish that the submarine is about to
communications with the appropriate RCC. surface and may, in fact, already be
coming to the surface. Table 5-3
5. (NU) Use of Distress Signals contains action to be taken by ASW
units.
a. Table 5-8 contains aircraft distress
signals. The table details the nature b. If Red signals are repeated or if the
of the aircraft emergency, the submarine fails to surface within a
distress signals the aircraft is to reasonable time, it must be assum-
make and the action to be taken by ed to be disabled. The surface ships
a ship or submarine to effect rescue are then to buoy the location,
as quickly as possible. attempt communication by sonar, by
UWT, or by tapping the hull, and
b. Helicopters may ditch suddenly look for a submarine marker buoy.
without having time to make distress Naval authorities are to be advised
signals. Ships should, therefore, of the emergency.
keep cooperating helicopters under
constant observation when possible. c. (1) In addition to launching the Red
Emergency Identification Signal,
2202. SUBMARINE EMERGENCY the submarine will, if possible,
repeatedly transmit the
1. (NU) Detailed instructions for Search and International Distress Signal -
Rescue Operations, which are conducted as a “SOS”- on UWT or SST.
result of the loss or apparent loss of a submarine,
are contained in ATP-10, ATP-57 and in (2) A submarine which fires a Red
appropriate national instructions. Pyrotechnic Signal must surface
even if the Red Pyrotechnic
2. (NU) The Aim of Rescue Forces. In Signal was fired by accident or if
the event of a submarine accident, the aim of the reason for firing no longer
ships will be to fix the position of the submarine applies.
accurately and, if possible, to buoy this position
for rescue operations. This ensures that d. lf an unexpected signal is sighted by
Explosive Charge Signal A12 (Table 5-2) can be ASW Units, they are to anticipate
made not closer than 500 yards from the emergency surfacing and are to act
submarine to indicate that ships are standing by accordingly by clearing the area and
to pick up survivors. ASW aircraft should be taking actions contained in Table 5-
employed to assist the rescue ships in such 3 corresponding to signal B4 until
operations. the submarine surfaces or other
direction is received.
2203. SUBMARINE SURFACING IN AN
EMERGENCY 22042209 spare

1. (NU) All ASW units must be prepared for

2-5 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

2210. BASIC SAFETY RULES, PROCE- adequate for major casualties, but can be used for
DURES AND REQUIREMENTS planning when inadvertent loss of depth control is
the only consideration. For submarines operating
2211. SAFETY SEPARATION OF ASW in shallow water areas, e.g., southern North Sea,
FORCES the use of the 12 Series Relaxations is
mandatory. It may be necessary to augment these
1. (NU) To avoid mutual interference; relaxations with exercise instructions in
submarines, ships and dipping helicopters will be accordance with Table 3-3 and special
separated by horizontal and/or vertical safety instructions in accordance with Article 3009. The
separation. ordering of a CASEX in shallow water areas
requires special care and knowledge of all
2212. HORIZONTAL SAFETY SEPARATION relevant paragraphs of this publication by the
OCE/OCS and the SUBOPAUTH. The minimum
1. (NU) Unless Relaxation 12*Ghas been charted depth of water for an exercise can be
authorized, submarines should not approach calculated from Columns B, C, D and F, and is
within TWO MILES of the limits of their areas. listed in Table 2-2, Column G. Graphic illustration
This will achieve a FOUR MILE horizontal safety of submarine safe depth calculations is shown in
separation between submarines operating in Figure 2-l. Special tables will be provided by the
adjacent areas. This separation distance may be SUBOPAUTH for submarines operating in
modified by the Relaxation 12*G for certain shallow water areas, e.g. Baltic.
exercise areas to accommodate variances in the
size and/or environmental conditions in the 2. (NU) Safe Bottoming Areas. The
exercise area. regulations on minimum depth of water in which
submarines may bottom may be relaxed on order
2. (NU) Submarines are to remain TWO of the SUBOPAUTH. Prior to any bottoming
MILES dear or at a distance considered safe by exercises, specific approval for use of specific
the submarine Commanding Officer, from submarines and bottoming areas must be
underwater hazards such as wrecks, pinnacles or obtained from the SUBOPAUTH (Relaxation
pipelines, where water depth is insufficient to 12*F).
allow minimum safe depth operations above the
hazard. 3. (NU) Upper Vertical Safety Separation
(UVSS). This is the vertical distance which must
3. (NU) Submerged submarines observed be maintained between the top of the fixed
to be approaching the limits of their areas or structure of the submarine and the lowest point of
towards an obstruction are to be advised of the any ship, other submarine assigned to a higher
hazard and if necessary given a safe course to layer, towed ASW device and helicopter sonar
steer. Submarines unable to remain within their systems allowed in the orders for the exercise.
assigned areas are to surface. During more This Upper Vertical Safety Separation is the same
advanced ASW exercises, when exercise unit for submarine vs. submarine, submarine vs. ship,
movements are unrestricted, the OTC/OCS will submarine vs. VDS or towed decoy. When this
not always be able to establish the submarine’s safety separation in depth exists, the submarine is
position. Therefore, the responsibility for the said to be at Submarine Safe Depth. This safety
submarine to remain within assigned exercise separation is speed dependant and is listed in
areas rests with the submarine’s Commanding Table 2-2, Column E. Safety rules for depth
Officer. separation of FRNFOR and OPFOR submarines
and rules for the employment of VDS/TAS and
2213. VERTICAL SAFETY SEPARATION/ towed decoys will have to be worked out for each
SAFE DEPTH OPERATION separate exercise. These rules will vary with
each type of exercise, depth of water in exercise
1. (NU) Safe Submarine and Water area, types of ships and submarines participating
Depths. The Vertical Safety Separations are not and relaxations (Table 3-2) approved.

2-6 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

- 4. (NU) Bottom Vertical Safety Sep- Submarine height is calculated from Table 2-2 for
aration (BVSS). This is the vertical distance a speed of 10-12 knots. Table 2-2 is entered at
which must be maintained between the lowest column B where a figure of 20m is obtained.
fixed part of the submarine and the sea bed. This
safety separation is speed dependent and is listed Therefore, Submarine Safe Depth is calculated
in Table 2-2, Column F. as follows:

(NU) Lower Vertical Safety Separation Ship’s Draft + UVSS + Submarine Height =
(LVSS). This is the depth of water required Submarine Safe Depth
between the keel of the submarine and the
Maximum Permissible Operating Depth. The 23m + 14m + 20m = 57m.
Maximum Permissible Operating Depth is defined
as an absolute depth for an individual submarine To ascertain the minimum charted depth of water
below which that submarine must not deliberately required to conduct an exercise with the above
proceed. The LVSS is speed dependent and is constraints, the following calculation is used:
listed in Table 2-2, Column H.
Minimum charted depth of water = submarine
6. (NU) Submarine Safe Depth and safe depth + BVSS
Minimum Charted Depth of Water Calculation.
The following example calculates submarine safe 57m + 37m = 94m.
depth and minimum charted depth of water given
the following criteria (calculations based on Table Submarine Safe Depth is obtained from the
2-2): previous calculation.

Relaxations in Force BVSS is obtained from Table 2-2 column F(X)

where the column is entered for a submarine
12*B (15) Ships draft reduced to 15m speed of 10-12 knots.

12*C Upper vertical safety separation is Therefore to conduct the CASEX serial in
reduced to those figures in accordance with the example’s constraints, a
Column D (Y) minimum depth of water of 94m is required.

9 D(C) ASW ships may tow NIXIE at

short stay

Maximum Permitted Towed Dewy

Depth: NIXIE 23m

Submarine Speed: 1O-l 2 knots

In this example, ship’s draft is reduced by

Relaxation 12*Bfrom 30m to 15m. This figure is
substituted by Table 2-2 Note 7, to 23m which is
the depth at which the NIXIE body is towed (see
Table 2-3).

The UVSS calculation used is 14m as

Relaxation 12*Cis in force. Table 2-2 column D is
entered in Column Y for a submarine speed of 10
to 12 knots to obtain the figure of 14m.

2-7 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AlR)

2o+daP
-.-.-. 57mSu~MDepth
.-.-.-.-._._.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.
[ &MS
._.-.-.-._._.-.-._. .-.-.-.

14lll
-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-. I .-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-,-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-. - 1

..-.-.4 .-._._.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-,-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-. cpt

4

. -, -. -+, . - . - . - - . -. -. -. - . - . -. -. - . - . - . -. -. - . -. -. _. -. -. - . -. -. -. - - . -. -. -. - . -
hwaMh4 PElwssIBLE OpERATlffi DEPTH

7. (NU) Operating at Safe Depth. During (Relaxations 2*J, 3*E, 3*K, 21A,
all exercises in which a submarine is partici- 21 B, 21l C and/or 21l D).
pating, ASW units assume that a submarine is at
safe depth at all times between COMEX and 2214. VlSlBlLlTY REQUIREMENTS
FINEX (or Stop Time), except:
1. (NU) Visibility in which Submarines
a. when there is positive evidence to may Dive. Submarines are not to dive if the
the contrary; such as a signal from visibility through the periscope is less than 3000
the submarine that it is not at Safe yards. This means that surfaced submarines
Depth, failure of the submarine to must be visible at a distance of not less than
signal as required when it has 6,000 yards from a ship’s bridge. This rule may
reached safe depth, or sighting the be relaxed at the discretion of the OSE in
periscope or another part of the concurrence with the SUBOPAUTH by using
submarine; and Relaxation 13*A, 13*B or 13*C (Table 3-2) to
enable exercises to be carried out In shallow
b. when the relaxation(s) for the water, limitations on the rnanoeuvrability of the
exercise permit the submarine to be submarine should also be considered. The
at less than Safe Depth. decision as to whether the visibility is sufficient for
the submarine to dive rests entirely with the

2-8 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

Commanding Officer of the submarine. The fact

that participating surface ships and submarines
are equipped with radar in no way relaxes the
visibility rules in force. The OSE will consider the
efficiency of all participating forces in deciding on
any relaxation of safety rules. If a submarine’s
radar becomes inoperative during darkness or
reduced visibility and, as a result, information on
which its safety depends cannot be obtained, the
submarine’s Commanding Officer should break off
the exercise and retire from the vicinity until
repairs are made. Navigation lights should be
switched on during this period. The submarine
should keep the OTC or OCS (whichever is
appropriate) fully informed of its retirement and of
its intention to reenter the exercise. These
instructions may only be relaxed if Relaxation
13*C is in force. If the visibility from the bridge of
a ship participating in the exercise falls
unexpectedly below that allowed for the exercise
while the submarine is submerged and no
Relaxation has been ordered for the exercise, the
exercise is to be ended and the submarine
surfaced when safe to do so.

2215. MINIMUM SUBMARINE ACOUSTIC

EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

1. (NU) Submarines are not to dive unless

at least one of their sonar sets is capable of
listening for Hydrophone Effect (HE), and of
transmitting on SST or communicating by UWT.
Submarines taking part in submarine versus
submarine exercises must have a passive sonar
and underwater communications equipment fully
operational. Submarines shall maintain a
continuous guard on underwater telephone and a
continuous watch on the listening sonar at all
times when submerged. In the event of failure of
the underwater telephone or passive sonar, the
submarine must surface and assume an out-of-
action status until the defect is repaired.

2-9 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 (NC) Table 2-2 Depth Limitations

B C D E F a Ii

sub- Ship’s Upper Vertkal Submarine Safe Bottom Vertical Minimum Charted Depth Lower Vertical
marlne Dratl Safety Separation Depth (E & C & D) Safety Separation of Water (E & F) Safety Separallon
Height

Note 1 Notes Note 3 Notes 3 & 7 Notes 4 6 9 Note 5 Notes 6 & 8

2&7

Knots Metres Metres Metres Metres Metres Metres Metres Me&es Metres Feet Fathoms Metres Metres
(fi) (fi) (fi) (fv w (W (fi) m (fi) (fi)

X Y X Y X Y X Y

2-8 ww WW 12(40) 62(205) 15(50) 77 255 45 0 0

8-10 2ww WW 15(50) 12(40) 65(215) 62(205) 27~) 21(70) 92 300 50 0 0

lo- 12 2OW) WW 18(60) 14(45) 68(225) 64(210) 37(120) 27(90) 105 345 60 0 0

12- 14 2ww WW 21(70) 15&O) 71(235) 65(215) 50(165) 38(125) 121 395 65 15(50) 0

14 - 16 20(66) WW 24(80) 18(60) 74(245) 68(225) tx(220) 49(160) 140 460 75 30(100) 15(50)

16-18 2w43 30(98) 27w) 20(85) 77(255) 70(230) 81(265) 61(200) 158 520 85 58(190) 39(130)

18-20 ww 30(98) Wl@J 21(70) 80(265) 71(235) 99(325) 75(245) 179 565 100 75(245) 61(200)

20-22 20(66) WW 33(110) 23(75) 83(275) 73(240) 116(380) 87(285) 199 655 110 82(270) 70(230)

22-24 2w33 30(98) 36(120) 24~0) 86(280) 74(245) 136(445) 102(335) 222 730 120 90(295) 76(250

24-26 20(66) WW 39(130) 27w 89(295) 77(255) 156(510) 118(365) 245 605 135 94(310) 82(270)

26-28 20(66) W-W 42(140) 29(95) =ww 79(260) 174(570) 133(435) 266 875 145 lOl(330) 87(285)

28-30 20(66) 3'WW 45(150) ww 95(310) 80(265) 194(635) 145(475) 289 950 160 104(340) 91(300)

NOTE: Calculations are in metres. Figures in feet are rounded to the nearest 5 feet except in Column C.
 NATO RESTRICTED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NR) NOTES TO TABLE 2-2

-
1. (NR) Submarine height (base of keel to 6. (NU) The figures in Column X may be
top of fin) is always assumed to be 20 metres (65 reduced to those shown in Column Y or may be
feet) unless otherwise ordered by SUBOPAUTH reduced to figures between brackets for speeds
(see Relaxation 12*A). as indicated at the discretion of the SUBOPAUTH
by the use of Relaxation 12*E.
2. (NR) Ship’s draft is assumed to be 30
metres (98 feet) but this may be reduced with the 7. (NU) Towed Bodies and Helicopter
prior approval of the SUBOPAUTH by the use of Sonars When relaxations are ordered which
Relaxation 12*B. Columns E and G are then permit the towing of VDS/DTAS, decoys, etc., and
reduced accordingly. the use of helicopter sonars to a depth greater
than that used in Column C, that figure is to be
3. (NR) The figures in Column X may be disregarded. In its place is to be substituted, in
reduced to those in Column Y or may be reduced the case of VDS and helicopter sonars, the
to figures between brackets for speeds as maximum cable length to be used; and in the
indicated at the discretion of the SUBOPAUTH by case of decoys, etc., the maximum depth, taken
the use of Relaxation 12*C. from Table 2-3. In such cases the figures in
Columns E and G must then be adjusted to a
4. (NU) The figures in Column X may be correspondingly greater total.
reduced to those in Column Y, or may be reduced
to figures between brackets for speeds as 8. (NU) Subject to SUBOPAUTH restric-
indicated at the discretion of the SUBOPAUTH by tions, submarines are not to proceed below 5
the use of the Relaxation 12*D. knots at their maximum permissible operating
depth.
5. (NU) The minimum charted depth of
- water will vary depending on the relaxations 9. (NU) Subject to national operating
affecting Columns E and F. restrictions of certain submarines.

(NU) Table 2-3 Decoy Depth Restrictions

I I LONG STAY I SHORT STAY I

SIGNAL TYPE OF DECOY MAXIMUM DEPTH LENGTH OF TOW MAXIMUM LENGTH OF TOW
DESIGNATOR OF DECOY AND PERMlllED DEPTH
TOW OF DECOY AND
TDW

A UNIFOXER 42 m (135 R) 32Om(1,05OR) Sm(l5ft) 37 m (120 ft)

B TYPE 182 31 m (100 R) 366 m (1.2OOft)

C MLQ-25 (NIXIE) 54 m (175 ft) 456m(1,500R) 23m(75fi) 183m(60Ofi)

D T MK 6 FANFARE 31 m (100ft) 183m@OOft)

E C%AT 18mWft) 183m(6OOft) 13m(4Oft) 92 m (300 R)

F FRENCH AB 1002 35m(114R) 229mpOft)

G T MK 6 FANFARE (LC) 61 m@lOft) 366 m (1200 ft)

H TYPE 2058 18Om(59Oft) 56Om (1,841 ft) -

I TYPE 2070 61m (200 ft) 456m (1,500 ft) 28m (90 R) 183m(6OOR)

2-11 CHANGE 3
NATO RESTRICTED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

2216. SURFACE SHIP NOISE be posted. It should be impressed on lookouts

that the safety of the submarine may at any time
1. (NU) Types of Surface Ship Noise. depend on them and that they are responsible for
Submarines detect surface ships on sonar immediately reporting any signals such as smoke,
predominantly using one of the following noise flares and any emergency identification signals
sources: (such as red flares, bubbles, oil slicks), or
periscope, mast or any other portion of the
a. sonar transmissions; submarine that is sighted.

b. cavitation; or 2218. UNDERWATER TELEPHONE WATCH

C. radiated noise. 1. (NU) Participating units fitted with

underwater telephone (UWT) are to maintain a
2. (NU) Noise reduction programmes on continuous listening watch with optimum receiver
board many surface ships have now significantly gain. Whenever practicable, the UWT should be
reduced radiated noise. It is important; therefore, monitored by a competent authority to ensure
particularly within the confines of the simpler prompt reaction to emergency signals. ASW
CASEX, that the ship provides a reliable acoustic ships may enhance UWT clarity by positioning so
warning of its presence, i.e. sonar and/or that neither ship nor submarine is communicating
cavitation. Ships must be aware; however, of through its baffles/stern arcs. Ships should reduce
conflict between sonar transmissions and UWT active sonar transmission (MRS) power during
communications and also the speed at which traffic on UWT.
cavitation occurs.
2. (NU) In exercises when Relaxation 7*F
3. (NU) Surface Ship Radiated Noise is in force, some submarines are unable to detect
Requirements. Surface ships operating with echo sounders and, to ensure safety, will transmit
submerged submarines must cavitate unless safety signals on UWT when returning to
Relaxation 7*A, 7*B, 7*C, 7*D, 7*E, 7*G or 7*F periscope depth in accordance with Article 4032
(Table 3-2) is specifically approved by the and Table 4-1. Any ship hearing these signals is
SUBOPAUTH. These relaxations do not apply to reply without delay and is to transmit a long
when in the vicinity of a submarine that is known count every 30 seconds on UWT for 3 minutes to
to be coming to PD or surfacing (see Articles allow the submarine to establish a bearing.
2273 and 2274).
2219. COMMUNICATIONS AND SIGNALS
4. (NU) Modem Frigate Low Noise. To
overcome the danger to submarines operating 1. (NU) The OCE is to issue instructions in
with silent modern frigates, some frigates are the EXOPORD regarding submarine diving and
fitted with a sequencer which can key UWT’s surfacing signals and check reports. Such
automatically at preset intervals and with different instructions will be in accordance with ATP-10 and
power modes. Use of this equipment during national requirements. Although check reports
exercise may be authorized by the SUBOPAUTH from submarines may not be required by NATO
using Relaxation 7*H. The specification of the Commanders, the SUBOPAUTH must be
sequencing UWT are detailed in Table 2-5C. prepared to accept and coordinate such reports
from participating submarines when required by
2217. LOOKOUTS national authorities. Basic methods of commun-
ication between ships, aircraft and submarines
1. (NU) Ships are to ensure that lookouts used during exercises are listed in Chapter 5.
are trained in the recognition of submarine
pyrotechnic signals and profiles. Where the ship’s
complement allows, at least two lookouts should

2-12 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

2. (NU) All surface ships engaged in 3. (NU) Aircraft and Submarines

exercises with a submarine that is at PD and
restricted in course and speed, or with one that is a. Submarines are not to fire grenades
about to surface or come to PD, are to be (flares), other than red grenades
prepared to warn all other shipping to proceed (flares) in an emergency, unless
with caution and keep clear by means of Inter- Relaxation 2L is in force.
national Signal, CODE NE pennant 2.
b. For the precautions to be observed
2220. DUMPING OF TRASH, GARBAGE AND when using helicopter sonar, see
WASTE (GASH) Article 2234.

1. (NU) It is essential that GASH not be 2232. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WHEN

dumped during an exercise except in areas which SURFACE SHIPS APPROACH
will not hazard operations. Positive steps must be
taken to ensure that material disposed over the 1. (NU) The SUBOPAUTH may specify the
side will sink in the minimum time possible. range at which the submarine must go to Safe
Floating gash from participating ships may cause Depth when surface ships, without any towed
confusion in the event of a submarine emergency. devices, approach. In this case, this range (which
may be as little as 1200 yards) must be included
2221-2229 Spare in Special Instructions (Order Table, Pam U). This
safety range will increase progressively with the
2230. SPECIFIC SAFETY PRECAUTIONS depth of towed decoys and sonar, unless
relaxations permit.
2231. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WHEN
OPERATING WlTH AlRCRAFT 2233. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WHEN
EMPLOYlNG TOWED DECOYS
1. (NU) Aircraft and Ships
1. (NU) The following precautions are to be
a. Because of poor lookout positions in observed when towed decoys are streamed by
helicopters, ships are responsible surface ships in exercises with submarines:
for avoiding collision wttl-rhelicopters
in the dip. a. If towed at long stay, the type of
decoy must have the prior approval
b. Ships firing weapons are to ensure of the SUBOPAUTH. When their
that they do not endanger any employment is authorized, they may
aircraft in the vicinity. be towed either silent or emitting.

C. To prevent turbulence from affecting b. The fact that decoys are to be

the helicopter, surface ships should streamed is to be included in the
not pass within 500 yrds of a hov- CASEX order, together with the type
ering helicopter. Ships should pass of decoy and the length of stay. (See
downwind of a hovering helicopter. Table 2-3.) Relaxations 9B, 9*C, 9D
and 9*E (Table 3-2) apply to the use
2. (NU) Helicopters and Fixed Wing Air- of decoys.
craft Operating in Close Proximity. See ATP-1,
Vol 1.

2-l 3 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO CONFIDENTLAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

C. When decoys are streamed at long wed to Safe Depth provided Relax-
stay, the submarine (if not already at ation 8C is in force. However,
a Safe Depth) is to proceed to a submarines are not to deliberately
Safe Depth when the nearest ship dose within 500 yards of a dipping
approaches within 2000 yards. This helicopter and helicopters are not to
range may be reduced at the deliberately enter or remain in the
discretion of the SUBOPAUTH dip if within 500 yards of the
using Relaxation 9*A. submarine.

d. Ship’s speed is not to be reduced if 2235. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WHEN

this involves the dewy or tow drop EMPLOYlNG VDS/TOWED ARRAY
ping below the appropriate max- SYSTEMS
imum depth figures in Table 2-3.
1. (NC) The definitions below refer to ASW
e. Before starting the procedures to exercises and submarine safety:
bring the submarine up to PD,
decoys are to be switched off and a. Variable Depth Sonar (VDS). A
raised in accordance with Articles sonar whose transducer is towed at
2273 and 2274. variable depths beneath the parent
ship.
2234. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WHEN
EMPLOYlNG HELICOPTER SONAR b. Towed Array System (TAS). An
acoustic system which uses a line of
1. (NU) To minimize the risk of collision hydrophones located in an array
between submarines and helicopter sonar, the towed by surface ships and
following precautions are to be observed: submarines.

a. The submarine is to proceed at Safe (1) Critical Angle Towed Array

Depth (Article 2213), based on the System (CATAS). A towed
maximum depth at which the sonar array system whose depth is
will be employed, unless Relaxation dependent upon towing ship
8C is in force. speed and the length and
weight of the towed cable only.
b. When it is desired to operate the
helicopter sonar transducer at the (2) Depressed Towed Array
best search depth, and this System (DTAS). A towed array
determines a Safe Depth that the system which is taken to
submarine is unable to reach, desired depth by a towed body
Relaxation 8F should be ordered. or depressor.
The submarine Safe Depth is than
based on the initial search depth (3) Submarine Towed Array
promulgated with Relaxation 8F. System (STAS). A towed array
system where a neutrally
C. In advanced exercises where the buoyant array is deployed
use of evasive tactics are desirable, directly astern of the submarine
the submarine is not required to pro- and at the same depth.

2-14 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)
NOTE:
specific depth or cable length does
1. Throughout this article the term “towed not conflict with the limitations
array" is used to describe any form of imposed by:
towed array system.
(1) Articles 2213 - Vertical Safety
2. The terms TACTAS and SURTAS are Separation/Safe Depth Opera-
for operational use and are defined in tion;
the Glossary.
(2) Article 2239 - The Use of
2. (NC) General Explosive Charges; and

a. For general exercise planning (3) Article 2253 - Restrictions gov-

purposes, Table 2-4 indicates the erning the Use of Submarines
principal authorizations for use of as Impact Targets.
specific VDS/Towed Array Systems
against submarines of the different d. The OCE shall ensure that the
nationalities, shown in Column 3, as following information is promulgated
follows: in the appropriate operation order or
exercise directive:
. A - may be used without restric-
tion; (1) Name, Hull Number, Actiie
Sonar frequency and Signal
B - may be used with rules and Designator of type VDS/ Towed
relevant relaxations specified in Amy (Table 2-5) of each
this article and Table 3-2; or VDS/Towed Array ship in the
- exercise;
C - may not be used.
(2) specific exercise events in
b. When authorization B is appropriate which VDs/Towed Array is to be
(Table 2-4), the type of VDS/ Towed streamed:
Array to be used and the maximum
allowed cable length to which it may (3) all the appropriate SUBO-
be streamed must have the prior PAUTH approved relaxations
approval of the SUBOPAUTH. In marked with an asterisk (*)
the interest of realism in advanced (Table 3-2, Relaxation 8
Asw exercises, the OCE may Section); and
request relaxation of VDS/Towed
Array restrictions as approved by the (4) instructions for disposition of the
SUBOPAUTH (Table 3-2, VDS/Towed Array during the
Relaxation 8 Section). submarine surfacing procedure,
if other than those described in
C. The exercise scheduled, type of Articles 2273 and 2274, should
submarine assigned, and practice national policies so require
weapons to be employed may (Table 3-2. Relaxation 8*G).
impose additional restrictions on the
operating depth of the submarine. In e. The fact that VDS/Towed Array is to
specifying the maximum depth or be streamed must always be
cable length of the VDC/Towed included in the orders for the exer-
Array, the OCE must ensure that the cise, together with the Signal
Designator of the type VDS/Towed

2-15 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

Array (Table 2-5). Table 3-2, (3) When authorization B is

Relaxation 8 Section applies to the appliable (Table 2-4), ships with
use of VDS/Towed Array. VDS/DTAS streamed must
comply with the following rules:
3. (NC) Additional Restrictions
(a) Operate at least one sonar in
a. When VDS/DTAS is employed the active mode continuously.
using vertical safety separation, see
Article 2236 for additional safety (b) If no sonar systems are able
precautions and restrictions. to transmit, the VDS/DTAS
must be recovered as soon as
b. When VTS/DTAS is employed possible.
using horizontal safety separation,
see Article 2237 for additional safety (c) If the VDS/DTAS cannot be
precautions and restrictions. recovered and no sonar sys-
tems are able to transmit, the
C. When CATAS is employed, see warning signal -“VDS”- shall
Articles 2238, 2273 and 2274 for be transmitted on UWT every
additional safety precautions and 2 minutes.
restrictions.
(d) The above paras (a), (b) and
2236. ADDlTlONAL RESTRICTIONS TO (c) do not apply when
ESTABLISH A VERTICAL SAFETY Relaxation 8*H and/or 8*N
SEPARATION WHEN TOWED VDS/ are/is in force. The above
DTAS IS USED restrictions are, however,
applicable when in the vicinity
1. (NC) These additional restrictions apply of a submarine that is known
when submarines and ASW units using VDS/ to be coming to PD (see
DTAS operate in the same zone. Articles 2273 and 2274).

a. General (e) In addition to the above, when

a VDS/DTAS is, for whatever
(1) The OCE shall ensure that all reasons, being towed outside
participating units acknowledge its allocated depth limits, the
receipt of OPORD/Exercise warning signal -"VDM”-
Orders and any changes thereto followed by depth in metres
prior to Start Time in exercises (e.g. VICTOR DELTA MIKE
involving VDS/DTAS opera- NINE ZERO shall be
tions. transmitted at intervals of not
more than two minutes on
(2) In ASW exercises involving the UWT.
use of VDS/DTAS, the sub
marine Commanding Officer (f) In addition to the above, ships
must assume that all eswrts towing VDS/DTAS by night
are streaming VDS/DTAS are to show their navigation
unless positively known lights at full brilliance.
otherwise, and that VDS/DTAS
ships do not know the (4) Ships may be authorized to
submarine position. lower VDS/DTAS to depths
greater than the depth of the

2-16 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)
- submarine, providing the not employing VDS/DTAS, the
SUBOPAUTH and national safe depth applicable to the
authorities have agreed to the surface ship draft may be
Relaxation 8*M. The exercise assumed. These rules may be
schedule type of submarine relaxed at the discretion of the
assigned, and the practice or SUBOPAUTH using Relax-
exercise weapons to be ation 8*A.
employed may impose
additional restrictions on the (3) Normally, 1600 yards is to be
operating depth of the considered the minimum
submarine. In specifying the distance for use with Relaxation
VDS/DTAS depth limits, the 8*A
OCE/OSE must ensure that an
adequate vertical safety (4) Use of 8*H needs to transmit
separation is specified. Safety the warning signal ‘Victor Delta
signals for both VDS/DTAS and Sierra” successively on the VDS
submarine shall be specified by and hull sonar UWT, or hull
SUBOPAUTH/OCE. sonar UWT only if no
practicable, every two minutes.
b. Restrictions. When authorization B
is applicable (Table 2-4), the 2237. ADDlTlONAL RESTRICTIONS TO
following rules apply when ESTABLlSH A HORIZONTAL SAFETY
employing VDS/DTAS: SEPARATION “NEUTRAL CORRIDOR”
WHEN TOWED VDS/DTAS IS USED
(1) The minimum depth separation
between submarine and ship or 1. (NC) These additional restrictions shall
VDS/DTAS is to be in apply when submarines and ASW units using
accordance with Table 2-2 and VDS/DTAS operate in two adjacent areas separ-
associated important notes. ated by means of a neutral corridor.

(2) When VDS/DTAS is being a. General

employed, the submarine is to
go to a safe depth when the (1) Safety is achieved by the
nearest ship approaches within: establishment of a “safety corri-
dor” between the operating
(a) 4000 yards, if the permitted areas of participating units.
cable length does not exceed Therefore, accurate navigation
77 metres (250 feet); by all participants is of para-
mount importance; navigational
(b) 6000 yards, if the permitted accuracy relative to the neutral
cable length exceeds 77 corridor should be better than
metres (250 feet), but does 1000 yards.
not exceed 122 metres (406
feet); and (a) The basic safety requirements
for VDS are:
(c) 8000 yards, if the permitted
cable length exceeds 122 (i). that the exercise be limited
metres (400 feet). If the to two hours (or as author-
submarine has positively ized by the SUBOPAUTH);
identified the surface ship as

2-17 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFlDENTlAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(ii). that the submarine and in the vicinity of a submarine

the VDS ship be in visual that is known to be coming to
contact At the start of the PD (see Articles 2273 and
exercise; and 2274).

(iii). that the width of the neutral b. Modifications of Restrictions by

corridor is 4000 yards. Special Relaxations

(b) Until specific CASEXes are (1) Relaxation 14*A

promulgated for exercises
between ships with DTAS and (a) This relaxation is not to be
submarines, OCEs may order used in zones in which there
individual exercises using a are strong or variable
horizontal separation “Neutral currents/tidal streams, or
Corridor”. The duration of the when visibility is less than
exercise, the minimum width 4000 yards.
of the wrridor and the
relaxations to be used in such (b) The number of runs to be
an exercise must have the carried out and if required, the
prior approval of the duration of the runs is to be
SUBOPAUTH and national specified, bearing in mind the
authorities. difficulties of relocking after
nightfall.
(2) Since the width of the neutral
corridor and time limitation may (c) After each run the submarine
reduce the benefits of VDS/- wmes to PD or surfaces if
DTAS training, OSE/OCEs are necessary using the proced-
provided with relaxations to ure outlined in Article 2273 (or
modify this procedure and adapt Article 2274 if Relaxation 3*J
it to individual training require- in force), and establishes
ments under the prevailing radio contact with the OCS.
conditions. The OCS refixes the lock
point for the neutral corridor.
(3) When participants consider that
their navigation equipment is (d) If Relaxation 14*D is also in
not accurate enough to be able effect, each of the participants
to comply with the safety rules fixes its position and resets
in this paragraph, they should the plotting table from a
report to the OCE forthwith, who geographical fix.
will increase the width of the
neutral corridor accordingly. (2) Relaxation 14*B

(4) When authorization B is (a) This relaxation is not to be

applicable (Table 2-4), ships used in zones in which there
with VDS/DTAS streamed must are stmilg or variable
operate at least one sonar in the currents/tidal streams.
active mode continuously,
unless Relaxation 8*H is in (b) At GO TlME plus 2 hours (or
force. The above restrictions as specified), the neutral
are; however, applicable when corridor is extended to 8000

2-18 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AlR)

yards. The extension is made

into the VDS/DTAS area; the
original reference point of the
neutral corridor remaining
unchanged.

(3) Relaxation 14*C (Figure 2-2)

(a) This relaxation is to be used

only if the exercise zone is
large enough to allow the
submarine an area of at least
five nautical miles both in
length and width.

2-l 9 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 (NC) Table 2-4 General Authorization VDS/Towed Array

NATIONALITY OF EXERCISE SUBMARINE

TYPE OF EQUIPMENT
lOWED DEVICE DESIGNATOR
CA DA FR GE GR IT NL NO PL PO SP TU UK US

AN/WA-l 0 6 6 8 8 B B B B B B B B B
ANISQA-1 OA B 0 B 0 B B B B B 0 B B B
ANISQA-13 6 6 B B 8 B B 0 B B B B B
VARIABLE DEPTH ANISQS-35 0 B B B B B B B B B B B 0
SONAR (VDS) ANISQS-504 B B B B B B B B B B B B B
ANISQS-505 B B B B 0 B B 0 B B B B B
ANISQS-510 B B B B B B B B B B B
DUBV 43 A/B 0 0 8 6 0 B B 0 B B B B B
SONAR 199 0 B 0 B B B B B I3 B B B B
DE 1160 0 B B 0 B B B
DE 1164 B B B B B B B B 0 0 0 0 B
DUBV 43C B B B B B B B 0 0 B 0 0 B
FATHOM MOD 9-601 6 6 6 B B B B B 0 B B B B
SALMON TSM 2643A B B B 0 B B B B 0 B B B 0
DSBXlA B B 0 B B 0 0 0 B 8 0

DEPRESSED ANISQR-16A (US) B B B B B B B B 0 B B B B

TOWED ARRAY DSBV 61 (DTAS) 0 0 B 0 0 0 B 0 0 0 0 B B
SYSTEMS (DTAS) ANISQR-16A (V) 1 B B B B B B B B B B B B B
DSBXlA B B B B B B B B B B B

ANACONDA A B A B B B A 0 B B B A A
CRITICAL-ANGLE SONAR 2031 A 0 A 0 0 0 A 0 0 0 B A A
TOWED ARRAY DSBV 61 (CATAS) A B A B B B A B B 0 B A A
SYSTEMS (CATAS) DSBV 62C (CATAS) A 0 A B B B A B B B B A A
ANISQR-501 A B A 0 B B A B B B B A A
ANISQR-18A (V) 2 A B A B B 0 A B B 0 B A A
ANISQR-19 A B A B B B A 0 B B A A
DSBXlA B B A 6 0 A B B B A

SUBMARINE BQRll5 A B A B B A A 0 A A 0 A A
TOWED ARRAY DSUMPC A A B 0 A A A 0 S A
SYSTEMS (STAS) SONAR 2026 A B A B B A A B A A 0 A
SONAR 2046 A B A B B A A B A A B A
SUBTASS A A B 0 A A 0 A
 (NC) Table 2-4 General Authorization VDS/Towed Array (Cont’d)

I I NATIONALITY OF EXERCISE SUBMARINE

TYPE OF 1 EQUIPMENT I
TOWED DEVICE DESIGNATOR
I I----
CA DA FR 1 GE 1 GR r
ANIUQQP A B 0 B 0
CATAS-S
(ProductIon)
ANlUQQ2 B
A B 0 0 B 0 0 I3 0 0
(Twln Line)

I I
I I I I I I I
I I

I
I I I I I I

- -
 (NC) Table 2-5A VDS Specification

SIQNAL DESIGNATOR A
EQUIPMENT DESIGNATOR DE-l 160

USER NATIONS GR DA USISPIGRITU

UWT IN BODY NO NO YES
WEIGHT OF TOWED BODY 2200 300 1714
(kg1
WEIGHT OF CABLE 375 1591
(max)lkg)
MAX LENGTH OF CABLE 190 136,443) 183(6001
,m,ftb) 6271
DIAMETER OF VDS 26.3 22 26
CABLE(mm)

--I--
BREAKING STRENGTH Ikg) 25000 35454 66000
MAXIMUM PAYOUT/MAX 27127 73156 48/30
INHAUL SPEED ,90/90) ,240/l 85) ,167/98)
,m/minlft/minll

MAXIMUM OPERATIONAL
TOW DEPTH (m,ftl)
MINIMUM TIME TO 8
RECOVER FROM MAX
PAYOUT lminl

in VDS

MINIMUM LENGTH OF TOW 60 ,197) 40,132) 25 40,132)

CABLE Imlft))

NOTE: Non-metric values are accurate. Metric values are rounded off to the nearest metre.
 (NC) Table 2-5B Towed Array Specifications
T
SIGNAL DESIGNATOR M N 0 P 0 R U V W
A
TYPE OF ARRAY OTAS CATAS CATAS CATAS CATAS DTAS CATAZ DTAS :ATAS #
(
EQUIPMENT DESIGNATOR AN/SO ANACONDA DSBV SONAR DSBV 61 DSBV AN/SO ANISQR- 4NISOR- 14N/SOR-19 DSUV62 SUBTASS SLASM
R-16A 62C 2031 61 R-501 1 BA(VI 1 6AM2 C (DSBXlAI
USER NATION US NL FR UK FR FR CA USIGRIT lS/NL IJSlSP FR CA FR
I I I I I I U
TYPE OF DEPRESSOR IAN/SD
s-35
INA INA
I
INA INA louev
43
NA ANISQS-
35
JA
“A I”” I”” I””
I

UWT INCORPORATED
DEPRESSOR WEIGHT Ika)
CABLE WEIGHT (max)(kgl
YES
1710
1691
NO
NA
4250
INA
NO

4ooo
NO
NA
7000
NA
NA
4oQD
YES
9600
1800 ll6GO
NO
‘NA
3600
YES
1710
1591
JO
JA
1556
(
I
I

ARRAY WEIGHT (kg] 627 1500 1600 5240 1600 2ooo 3650 13650 1200 627 ‘71.1 I368 11200 1957- 12960
CABLE LENGTH (maxl 183 2600 3000 1829 3OCO 650 3051 4001 1700 183 I616 1707 600 2561 1 3000
ImWl jI6OOl 118300) ((98001 It60001 1196001 1(21451 1000 1312 (55761 l6OOJ 5300) I15600) (1960) (9900)
ARRAY LENGTH Im(ft) 1224 1300 1315 1763m 1315 1358 2211 3181 240 00 16 159 230 266 420 I1 3661
including connector, etc.) (7351 (10001 110401 (inc rope 110401 I1 1801 725 1043 (7871 (2641 314) i1520) 1759)
tail)

I
262
12.500~ (1875)fSPI
DIAMETER TOW CABLE 26/ 251 651 431 851 051 441 441 26.91 261 !6l 271 60/- 441 24.51
(mm) AND 35000 2Oocm 4000 42000 4000 4000 14ooo 14000 ,325OO 5670 !4946 31752 12730 17000
BREAKING

~~kg’~
MAXIMUM PAYOUT MAX 1 B/l 8 62.5 25 et
3Ol4990

0612061

16llB
14/l 134c I !50l5400

I612661

i6156
I9613760

#56156
941.

851.

-
441
12730
95.31
6730
NIA
NA

051.

60
INHAUL SPEED (m/mid 25 kts 36/361SPI
MAXIMUM OPERATIONAL
TOW DEPTH Imlftl)
MINIMUM TIME TO -120 -140 -130 -190 -130 -125 1-170 -120 I30
RECOVER FROM
MAXIMUM PAYOUT(minl

NOTE: Non-metric values are accurate. Metric values are rounded off to the nearest metre.
 (NC) Table 2-5B Towed Array Specifications (Cont’d)

CABLE WEKjHT (max)(kg) 2880 10886 10888

ARRAY WEIGHT (kg) 2380 10703 0301
CABLE LENGTH (mex) 270 1615 1087
mm (801)
ARRAY LENGTH (m(fl) 2821 853
inchdlng connedor, etc.) ;?lq
DIAMETER TOW CABLE 24% 42l27215 42127215
(nnn) AND eooo0
BREAKING
STRAIN (kg)
CONNECTOR - NA NA
ARRAY a5 aotetw
8Ol6604 8015715
MAXIMUM PAYOLITIMAX 42 48.3 02.0
INHAUL SPEED (mhnln)
MAXIMUM OPERATlC4JAl - NA NA
TOW DEPTH (m(n))
MlNlhAJM TIME TO w.5 -1150 -I150
RECOVER FROM M4XlMUM
PAYOUT (mln)

NOTE 1: Non-metric values are accurate. Metric values are rounded off to the nearest metre.
NOTE 2: Data fuses parameters for several similar array systems, using the most conservative values in terms of submarine
safety where differences exist.
 (NC) Table 2-5C Automatic Sequencing UWT Specifications

-- -.
SIGNAL DESIGNATOR A B C D E F.._ G H_.- I J

UWT DESIGNATOR UT 2OOQ 2009

USER NATION NL UK
f
d FREQUENCY RANGE step)
7.5 - 11.5 kHz (50 Hz step) 9-10 kHz

HY
1%
POWER OUTPUT LF 200W (9 kHz) -20W - 2W-
0.2w-0.02w NA

H POWER OUTPUT HF NA NA -

i TELEGRAPHY SIGNAL 712 Hz NA -.

TELEPHONY SIGNAL 3OOHz-3kHz-. NA _ -..
PINGER SIGNAL l-999 msec (step 10 msec) NA

PULSE LENGTH l-60 set (step 1 set) NA

PINGER MODE NA NA --

-. -. .-.
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(b) The two parts of the neutral “Submarine zone to the ...
corridor are established at GO TIME (e.g. northwest of the line
according to standard procedure. bearing . .. from ... (e.g.
The submarine position at that time lighthouse)).”
is the lock point common to the two
parts of the neutral corridor. It is only (C) The bearing of the neutral
necessary for the OCS to signal the corridor is not necessarily on
submarine quadrant to define the a cardinal heading: The safety
two parts of the neutral corridor. course may not be parallel to
One is parallel to the Safety Course the neutral corridor and it
and the other is at right angles to it, must be selected in such a
both parts extending from the lock way that the submarine does
point into the zone reserved for the not risk penetrating the
escort vessels. neutral corridor when coming
to PD.
(c) The Safety Course must be
selected so that when coming (d) Units are to plot the sub-
to PD, the submarine does not marine sector and the neutral
risk penetrating one of the two corridor on a suitable chart
parts of the neutral corridor, the and plotting table. The exer-
VDS/DTAS equipped escort cise should not start until the
vessels are to steer the submarine reports “ready”.
reciprocal of the Safety
Course, if necessary, to remain (e) Units will remain in their
outside the neutral corridor respective zones navigating
(see Articles 2273 and 2274). by dead reckoning, and the
neutral corridor is not re-
(4) Relaxation 14*D (Figure 2-3) established. If a significant
difference is observed be-
(a) At GO TIME, all participants tween the geographical posit-
are to establish their position ion and the dead reckoning
by visual fix or by a position (strong current, for
combination of radar/visual fix example) the OCS must
and not only by radioelectrical discontinue the exercise.
means.
(f) This relaxation removes the
(b) The geographically-estab- requirement for the partici-
lished neutral corridor is pants to be in visual contact at
defined by a bearing line from the start of the exercise.
a visible landmark. The
neutral corridor extends (5) Relaxation 14*E
laterally from the bearing line
into the VDS/DTAS vessels (a) This relaxation is to be
zone. The bearing line; ordered only if the visibility is
therefore, becomes the greater than 4000 yards in the
limited bearing line between exercise area and the overall
the neutral corridor and the navigation system accuracy
submarine zone. This is to be for each unit is better than
specified in paragraph U of 1000 yards per hour.
the CASEX order as follows:

2-26 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFlDENTtAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(b) This relaxation can be used (c) If the CATAS cannot be

with Relaxations 14*C and recovered and no sonar
14*D, but should never be systems are able to transmit,
ordered at the same time as the warning signal -“TAS”-
Relaxation 14*B. shall be announced on UWT
every 5 minutes.
(c) If it is desirable to extend the
duration of the exercise (d) The above paras (a), (b) and
beyond two hours, Relaxation (c) do not apply when
14*A should be ordered and Relaxation 8*J or 8*K is in
the neutral corridor must be force. The above paras are;
reestablished after each run. however, applicable when in
the vicinity of a submarine
2238. ADDlTlONAL RESTRICTIONS WHEN that is known to be coming to
CATAS IS USED PD (see Articles 2273 and
2274).
1. (NC) These additional restrictions shall
apply when submarine and ASW units using b. Use of Horizontal Safety
CATAS operate in the same zone. Separation “Neutral Corridor’
When Authorization B is
a. General Applicable

(1) The OCE shall ensure that all (1) Until specific CASEXes are
participating units acknowledge promulgated for exercises
receipt of OPORD/Exercise between ships with CATAS and
Orders and any changes thereto submarines, OCEs may order
- prior to Start Time in exercises individual exercises using a
involving CATAS operations. horizontal separation “Neutral
Corridor". The duration of the
(2) In ASW exercises involving the exercise, the minimum width of
use of CATAS, the submarine the wnidor and relaxations to
Commanding Officer must be used in such an exercise
assume that all escorts are must have the prior approval of
streaming CATAS unless the SUBOPAUTH and national
positively known otherwise, and authorities.
that CATAS ships do not know
the submarine’s position.

(3) When authorization B is appli-

cable (Table 2-4), ships with
CATAS streamed must comply
with the following rules:

(a) Operate at least one sonar in

the active mode continuously.

(b) If no sonar systems are able

to transmit, the CATAS must
be recovered as soon as
possible.

2-27 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

qccimeofre-aaRlng
ILock Point]

J
(NC) Figure 2-2 Relaxation 14*C

Subrr~lno poaltlon0d
pt a0 Tim0

VDS ESCORT
VESSEL ZONE

\
LIMITIMQ
\ SEARIWQ LWJE

(NC) Figure 2-3 Relaxtion 14*D

2-28 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

2239. EXERCISE STOVEPIPES 4. (NU) Starred relaxations to allow

participating surface forces and ASW
1. (NU) An Exercise Stovepipe is helicopters the ability to operate within or
designed to provide an exercise submarine adjacent to an Exercise Stovepipe are
with an enhanced level of safety when depth designated in Table 3-2 (Series 15
zone restrictions are in force. For example, Relaxations).
different depth zones may be in force as a
result of two or more submarines operating in 5. (NU) All ordered relaxations for the
the same geographical area; or when a exercise apply in an Exercise Stovepipe,
submarine is operating with surface forces however due to the express nature of an
operating VDS/DTAS (and in some cases Exercise Stovepipe in providing for submarine
CATAS) or helicopters employing dipping safety in exercises, the Relaxation 15 Series
sonar. An Exercise Stovepipe will allow a take precedence over other relaxations in
submarine to return to PD (or surface) for force.
safety or to copy signal message traffic, etc.
2240. THE USE OF EXPLOSIVE
2. (NU) An Exercise Stovepipe is a CHARGES
geographic volume of water which extends
from a specific depth (or the sea bottom if it is 1. (NU) Two important factors influence
not specified) to the surface. It is normally the use of explosive charges: the type of
centred on a geographic position and has a charge, and the range/depth from the
radius of 5nm from that position. This volume submarine.
of water may be modified in the CASEX
Standard Orders (para PP) or Exercise a. Table 2-6 is the authority
Orders as appropriate. governing the use of explosive
charges. Unless the National
3. (NU) An Exercise Stovepipe is for SUBOPAUTH, when assigning
the use of a designated submarine only; other a submarine for an exercise,
submarines, participating surface ships and specifically prohibits the use of
helicopters in the dip are to remain dear explosive charges, the employ-
(unless 15 Series Relaxations are in force). ment of these indicated in Table
The use of sonobuoys within an Exercise 2-6 is permitted subject to the
Stovepipe is not restricted (unless exercise instructions listed below:
instructions dictate otherwise).
(1) Types of Charges
WARNING
(a) Subject to the restrictions
The purpose of an Exercise Stovepipe is to given in column 7, only
ensure submarine safety. An Exercise the charges listed in
Stovepipe should not be confused with a Table 2-6 may be used
Stovepipe designated in an Operational against submarines of na-
Message or Oporder. ATP 1 details the use of tions listed in column 5 as
Stovepipes for operational use. The follows:
significant difference is that an operational
Stovepipe does not place the same X - May be used against
restrictions on waterspace management and SSN or dieselelectric
PMI on surface ships and helicopters. submarines.
Submarine crews must be aware of this fact.
Y - May be used against die-
sel electric-submarines.

2-29 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)
dropped OUTSIDE the
Z - Not to be used without range from the submarine
specific SUBOPAUTH specified in the relaxation.
approval.
(d) Under no circumstances
N - Not to be used against is a charge to be aimed to
any submarine. hit a submarine or aimed
at the estimated position
NOTE: of a submarine.

A blank indicates lack of response (e) No charge is to be

from the nation concerned. dropped on a submarine
in the act of diving or
(b) The exercise and trial surfacing.
orders are to specify all
the types of explosive (f) Charges are only to be
charges that are author- used where there is suf-
ized for use (X, Y and Z) ficient depth of water to
(Table 3-1, para V4). ensure that they detonate.
(c) Charges that cannot be b. The following procedures are to
positively identified are be applied:
not to be used.

(d) The use of charges other

(1) The OSE/OCE/OTC is
responsible for obtaining
than those listed in Table approval for Relaxation
2-6 is forbidden unless 10*A and Relaxation 10*B
specifically authorized by from the SUBOPAUTH
the SUBOPAUTH. who, in turn, is responsible
for obtaining appropriate
(2) Range/Depth national clearance for
submarines of other nations
(a) All X- and Y- rated operating under its OPCON.
charges may be dropped
without further authoriz- (2) Where national clearances
ation provided they are result in variations in range
aimed to fall outside 1000 criteria for use with Z-rated
yards from the estimated charges, the SUBOPAUTH
position of the submarine. is to use a single range
which reflects the most
(b) All X- and Y- rated restrictive condition, when
charges may be dropped approving Relaxation 10*B.
without a range restriction
only if Relaxation 10*A is C. When nations intend to
in force. introduce new charges for
inclusion in Table 2-6, full details
(c) No Z- Rated charges are of the charge should be
to be used unless speci- provided, induding the following:
fied in Relaxation 10*B. In
this case, those designate (1) general arrangement draw-
Z - rated charges may be ing with dimensions;

2-30 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(2) full particulars of any prior approval of the

explosive charge; SUBOPAUTH.

(3) detonation depth or depths; b. ESUS that cannot be positively

identified are not to be used.
(4) detonation depth range,
also measures taken to C. ESUS are not to be aimed to hit
ensure accuracy of the a submarine.
detonation depth;
22424249 Spare
(5) weight of complete charge;

(6) reference or full name

which clearly identifies the
charge; and

(7) means of identification.

These details will be required by

SUBOPAUTHs should a re-
quest be made to use in an
exercise a charge not already
authorized in Table 2-6.

d. Nations are to inform the

Custodian of any changes to
explosive charges which may be
used against their own sub-
marines, and the Custodian will
issue a message correction to
keep Table 2-6 current.

2241. ELECTRONIC SOUND UNDER-

WATER SIGNALS (ESUS)

1. (NU) Electronic sound underwater

signals (ESUS) are non-explosive electronic
devices which are used for signalling
submerged submarines. ESUS transmits a
coded acoustic signal for use in both exercise
and non-exercise operations.

2. (NU) For exercises, the meanings of

the various codes are detailed in Table 5-5.

The following general instructions apply

a. ESUS can be used any time

against any submarine without

2-31 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) Table 2-6 Explosive Charges to be Used in Exercises Against Submarines

ABBREVlATlONS
ASTI: Anti-Submarine PDC: Pmdtjc.e 1RC: Reduced Charge SUS: Signal Underwater
Target Indicator Depth Charge Sound

RESTRICTIONCODES
X: May be used against Y: May be used against Z: Not to be used without N: Not to be used against
SSN or dieseWectric diesel~ledtric spacifc SUBOPAUTH any submarine.
submarines. submarines. approval.

NOTES
General Notes - ApplicaMe to All Relevant Submarines

A: May only be used provided they are hand thrown from shipslhelos.

Spedf~~ Notes - Applicable to Submarines of Nationatky Indicated

GRl : This weapon is always to be usad in its deep setting. UK2: Only authorized for SDSKs with minimum keel
depth 42 m&as (140 feet).
ITl: Only shallow setting authomed.
USl: Not authorized for submarines with maximum keel
lT2: Deep satting to be used when signalling COMEX. In depth of less than 213 metres (700 feat).
all other dircumstandas only shallow setting is
auttwized. US2: Usa of the Manna Sound Signal Mk. 2 is not allowed
with US submarines. The Marine Sound Signal Mk.
NLl: Minimum submarine depth is 15 matras (5Ofeat). 1 may be usad as indicated.

TUl: Minimum submarine depth 30 metras (100 feat). US3: Autfwtzsd for unrest&t& operations from
periscope to test depth against US submarines wfth
TU2: Minimum submarine depth 45 metras (150 fast). keel depths greater than 125 matras (412 feet).

TU3: Minimum submarine depth 15 metras (50 feet). US4: Us8 is auWrtzad against 596/637 Class nudear
submarines only.
TU4: Used only to COMEX. Not to be dropped near
submarine. US5 Maximum depth setting is limitad to 5 rnatras (15
feet). Not authorized for submarines wtth maximum
UK1 : For SSN - Minimum submarine keel depth SOmetms keep depth of less than 213 m&es (700 feet).
(200 feat).

I I

2-32 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 (NC) Table 2-6 Explosive Charges to be Used in Exercises Against Submarines (Cont’d)

NOTES: 1. Non-metric values in Specific Notes and in Column 6 are accurate.

2. Metric values are rounded off to the nearest metre.
3. Conversion table for equivalent amount or TNT.

EXPLOSIVE CONVERSION
TNT (Trotyi) 1 .oo 1 lb = 454 grams
Tetryi 1.14 1 oz = 26.4 grams
Plastic Explosive 1.20 1 Kg = 2.2 lb
Pentoiite 1.12
A5 (similar to Pentoiite) 1.19

1 2 3 4 6 6 7

Lhl. Made In Deslgnrtlon of Explosive Nattonrllty of Submarines Against Whkh Weapon

No. Charges/ Total Content of Weapon or Charge May Be Used Depth Remarks
Weight Chargea Setllng (See
Metres Notes)
ifi)
CA DA FR GE GR IT NL NO PL PO SP TU UK US

1 BE M50 95 grams - 2 X X N N N X X Y Y Y z x N 4
35% TNT,
65% s&p&e

2 BE M62 95 grams - Z X X N N N X X Y Y Y z x N 4
35% TNT,
65% saltpetre

3 BE Marina Sound Signal 28 grams Y x x Y Y Y X Y Y Y X

Mk7 debrix

4 BE Mark-w Sound Signal 28 grams Y x x x Y Y X X Y Y Y X N

Mk5 pentolile

5 CA susMk4oOh4odo 1.8 lb TNT Z Z N N N N Z Z N N N Z N 18(60)

182(600)

6 CA SUSMk4OOMod3 1.8 lb TNT Z Z N N N N Z Z N N N N N 18(60)

183(600)

7 CA SUS Mk 401 Mod 3 1 oz tehyl Y x x x Y Y X X Y Y Y x Z 18(60) GRI IT1

182(600) TU2
 (NC) Table 2-6 Explosive Charges to be Used in Exercises Against Submarines (Cont’d)

NOTES: 1. Non-metric values in Specific Notes and in Column 6 are accurate.

2. Metric values are rounded off to the nearest metre.
3. Conversion table for equlvaient amount or TNT.

EXPLOSIVE CONVERSION
TNT (Trotyi) 1 .oo 1 lb = 454 grams
Tetryl 1.14 1 oz = 26.4 grams
Plastlc Explosive 1.20 1 Kg = 2.2 lb
Pentolite 1.12
A5 (similar to Pentoiite) 1.19

1 2 3 4 5 fl 7

Llne Made In Deslgnatton of Exptoslve Natlonrllty of Submrdnee Against Which Weapon

No. Charged Total Content of Weapon or Charge May Be Used Depth Remarks
Wetght Charges Senlng (See
Metres Noted
- - - - - WI
DA FR GE GR IT NL NO PL PO SP TU UK
- - - - -
CA SUSMk411 Mod0 1 02 1etryl X X X Y Y 1B(60) GRI IT1
182(6CO) TU2

CA Mk NC1 0.75 oz plastic X Y Y GRI

MCdl explosive

GE SUS Marine Sound 55 grams tetryi X Y Y Y 3(10) to UK2

Slgnal DM log lO(35) us1
Onax) us5

GE SUS Marine Sound 31 grams tetryl X Y 3(10) to

Signal DM 119 lO(35)
(425 grams) @ax)

IT SUS Grenade Mk 50 1.1 oztetryi X N Y 1ww IT2

Mod 1 RC 106(350) us3

IT Grenade SUS SABI 1.7 oz TNT X N Y 4 (15) TUI

(300 grams) UK1 A
us1

IT SUSMk72Modl 32 grams telryi X Y Y 15(50) us4

(200 grams) 213(700) IT2
- - -
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)
2-35 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)
t N N N N Z >
N X X X N N
x I
X Z z N Z Z Z
X Z z N Z N X
N N N N N N t
2-36 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 (NC) Table 2-6 Explosive Charges to be Used in Exercises Against Submarines (Cont’d)

NOTES: 1. Non-metric values in Speck Notes and in Column 6 are accurate.

2. Metric values are rounded off to the nearest metre.
3. Conversion table for equivalent amount or TNT.

EXPLOSIVE CONVERSION
TNT (Trotyl) 1 .oo 1 lb = 454 grams
Tetryl 1.14 1 oz = 26.4 grams
Plastic Explosive 1.20 1 Kg = 2.2 lb
Pentolite 1.12
A5 (similar to Pentollte) 1.19

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Line Made In Deslgnrtlon of Explosive Natlonallty of Submariner Aaalnst Which Weapon

No. Charges/ Total Content of weapon or Charge May 80 used Depth Remarks
Weight Charges Setting f S-
Metres Notes)
- - - - - VU

CA DA FR GE GR IT NL NO PL PO SP TV UK us
- - - - -
30 us SUSMk57ModO 1.i3lb TNT z N N N Z N 243(800)

31 us SUSMk59ModO 1.8 lb TNT Z N N N N 304

ww
32 us SUSMk59Modl 4.1 lb TNT N N N N Z N 5488
W3OW

(13iz3,
5486
(18000)

33 us SUSMk61 Mod0 1.8 lb TNT Z N N N Z N 18(60) A.

243(800)

34 us SUSMk84ModO 1.1 02 Mly X X X X Y Y X 18(60) GRI

243(800) IT1
TU2

35 US SUS Mk 78 Mod 1 1.7 lb TNT Z N N N z N 457

(1500)
- - - -..

- -
 (NC) Table 2-6 Explosive Charges to be Used In Exercises Against Submarlnes (Cont’d)

NOTES: 1. Non-metric values in Specific Notes and in Column 6 are accurate.

2. Metric values are rounded off to the nearest metre.
3. Conversion table for equivalent amount or TNT.

EXPLOSIVE CONVERSION
TNT (Trotyl) 1.00 1 lb = 454 grams
Tetryl 1.14 1 oz = 28.4 grams
Plastic Explosive 1.20 1 Kg = 2.2 lb
Pentolite 1.12
A5 (similar to Pentolite) 1.19

4 5 6 7

Explwlve Natlonallty of Submarlna Agalnrt Which Weapon

Content of Weapon or Chargo May Be Used Depth Remarks
Chxrges setting (See
Metros Notes)
- - - - - W

CA DA 1 FR GE GR IT NL NO PL PO SP TU UK us
- - - - -
Black powder Z N X N N N X N Z X N N TUl
- - - - ---
5W)
SUS HAND 90 GRAMS Z X N Y Z Z A
GRENADE PENTOLITE

MOD 1937(2976)

- - - -
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AlR)

2250. ASW EXERCISE RESTRICTIONS closer than 4000 yards, until 5

minutes after COMEX, unless
2251. ASW INVESTIGATION RESTRICTIONS relaxations in force otherwise
permit (Relaxations 2*B, 2*C or
1. (NU) Investigation of Contact by ASW 2*M). In this case, it must be
Ships. No ship is to deliberately approach a noted that it may be dangerous
contact closer than 1200 yards, and no ship with for the submarine, when
VDS streamed is to approach closer than 4000 Relaxation 2*J is granted, if
yards unless Relaxation 4*E is in force. relaxations such as 2*% and
2*M are in effect (see Article
2252. ASW EXERCISE ATTACK RESTRIC- 2213.7.b).
TIONS
(6) All ship weapons and projectiles
1. (NU) Unless otherwise stated in the are to be placed in such a
orders for the exercise, ASW ships and aircraft condition that both accidental
may simulate attack on submarines subject to the discharge or release, and explo-
restrictions contained in the paragraphs which der activation, are impossible.
follow:
(7) A distinction is to be made
a. Restrictions - Surface Ship between practice projectiles
Attacks requiring the submarine to be at
Safe Depth (hereinafter referred
(1) No attempt or threat to ram a to as HEAVY PROJECTILES),
submarine or a submarine and those for which no special
periscope is to be made. precautions are necessary when
fired at a dived submarine
(2) ASW ships are to avoid passing (hereinafter referred to as
directly over a submarine LIGHT PROJECTILES). Pro-
believed to be at less than Safe jectiles reaching a depth in
Depth excess of the surface ship draft
in force for the exercise (see
(3) When simulated attacks are Relaxation 12*B and Table 2-2)
carried out with medium or long are to be considered heavy
range shipbome ASW projectiles. If Relaxation 2D or
weapons, COMEX need not be 2*E is in force, the appropriate
executed until surface ships type of projectile may be loaded.
close within 5000 yards.
(8) Practice ASW torpedoes may
(4) When initiating COMEX by not be fired except under the
sound signal, and to ensure that provisions of Article 2263
the submarine is aware of (Relaxation 2’F).
COMEX, the signal should not
normally be made at a range (9) Relaxations 2*B, 2*C or 2*M
greater than 6000 yards from cannot be authorized unless 4*E
the submarine. is also authorized.

(5) No ship is to deliberately b. Restrictions - Aircraft Attacks

approach a contact closer than
1200 yards, and no ship with (1) Aircraft are not to carry live
VDS streamed is to approach bombs, depth charges, homing

2-39 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

torpedoes, or rockets (unless it apart. A properly coded Mk 84

is the specific aim of the CASEX ESUS may be used to indicate
(i.e., E-6) to do so and an attack in lieu of explosive
Relaxation 2*N has been charges (Table 55). See
authorized). Exercise Instruction 172 (Table
3-3).
(2) Extraordinary precautions are to
be taken by aircraft to ensure (6) Aircraft carrying out an attack on
that no machine-gun is loaded a submerged submarine may
with live ammunition prior to or drop one or more smoke bombs
during practice strafing runs. to indicate the attack, subject to
provisions of item (3) above.
(3) Under no circumstances
whatever are any sonobuoys, (7) Practice ASW torpedoes may
(depth charge) markers, not be dropped except under
practice bombs, flares, or other the provisions of Article 2253.
missiles to be dropped on a (Relaxation 2*H).
submarine when any portion of
the submarine other than its C. Restrictions - Submarine Attacks
periscope, snorkel, or radar
mast is exposed above the (1) When attacks by submarines
surface of the water. The are to be simulated, all tome-
weight of any such missile, does will be placed in such a
except sonobuoys, must never condition that neither their acci-
exceed 4.5 kilograms (10 dental discharge nor activation
pounds). Sonobuoys may be is possible.
used as above with prudence,
although their weight exceeds (2) Whenever exercise torpedo fir-
4.5 kilograms (10 pounds). ings have been authorized, sub-
marine Commanding Officers
(4) No missile shall be dropped on will ascertain that those torpedo
a target if for any reasons the tubes from which torpedoes will
aircraft commander is not be fired contain only exercise
certain that the target is a torpedoes; all other weapons
submarine, or if any portion of must be placed in the condition
the submarine other than its described in (1) above. If
periscope, snorkel or radar mast torpedoes are to be fired by
is exposed above the surface of submarines, the responsibility
the water. Explosive weapon for firing on a safe torpedo
charges dropped by aircraft wurse and at a safe torpedo
must comply with the depth rests entirely with the
prescriptions of Article 2239. Commanding Officer of the
submarine; the target ships are
(5) Abaft carrying out an attack on responsible for assuming a suit-
a submerged submarine and able damage control condition
requiring a reply from the prior to the firing of the torpedo.
submarine, are to drop two
explosive charges to indicate an
attack (Table 52). The charges
should be dropped five seconds

240 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

d. Restrictions on the Marking of transmission of SST or UWT

Attacks not in answer to explosive
signals. In this event, all
(1) It is desirable that every ASW surface ships and aircraft
attack on a submarine by a taking part in the exercise are
surface ship or aircraft be to be informed by the unit
assessed or analyzed. How- receiving the transmissions.
ever, the marking of attacks in
tactical exercises should not be (3) At the desire of any surface
used as an aid to classification; ships or aircraft.
for this reason, the dropping of
two charges to mark attacks 2253. RESTRICTIONS GOVERNING THE
should be limited to certain USE OF SUBMARINES AS IMPACT
basic exercises, the latter TARGETS
periods of ASW action in tactical
exercises, and those cases in 1. (NC) Realistic training in the use of ASW
which it is required to analyze weapons should be conducted when practicable.
the result of VECTACs. When such firings are scheduled, the precautions
and restrictions of this article shall be observed to
(2) Units should not drop explosive ensure safety of the submarine target. The
charges over the estimated following conditions will be met prior to the
position of submarines since execution of the exercise:
there is a risk of causing serious
damage to the submarine if the a. The OSE/OCE will request from the
charges explode in contact with national SUBOPAUTH authorization
the hull. to utilize a submarine as a target for
exercise weapons. The requesting
e. Abandonment of Attacks. All message shall include the following
attacks are to be broken off and the information:
period of attack is considered to be
over as follows: (1) type of exercise, weapon
including modification, settings
(1) Five Minutes before the sche- desired (e.g. search depth, floor,
duled time of ending each ASW ceiling, etc., and whether or not
action (FINEX), or five minutes the weapon will be set-to-hit);
before stop time if this is earlier.
(2) method of delivery, i.e. airdrop-
(2) At the desire of the submarine, ped, tube-launched; ASROC.
in which case the indication to
surface ships and aircraft may (3) method of protection for sub-
be: marine, i.e. depth stratum
separation, use of weapon
(a) the sighting of a Red pyro- attack cutoff, turnaway, ceiling
technic; or floor protection, or insertion of
suitable fire control offset;
(b) an unexpected pyrotechnic
signal for which there is no (4) geographic exercise area;
satisfactory explanation; and
(5) requested maximum and mini-
(c) the reception of unexpected mum submarine keel depths, if

241 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

applicable; and surface ships shall not pass over the

area immediately above the
(6) requested maximum and mini- submarine, so that the latter may be
mum submarine speed, if free to surface in case of
applicable. emergency.

b. The SUBOPAUTH will promulgate b. Exercise weapons shall not be

the submarine target exercise launched until the target submarine
approval message to all has positively signalled “ready to
participants. This message will commence the exercise”.
include, but not be limited to:
C. Attacking ship or aircraft will make
(1) specific authorization to use a attack signals, including preparatory
submarine for impact firing signals.
exercise or for non-impact firing
exercises; d. On each occasion of being hit by an
exercise weapon, the submarine
(2) type of exercise weapon to be must surface to check for damage.
launched and its settings;
e. ASW units should not launch a
(3) maximum and minimum sub- weapon if a ship or aircraft is within
marine operating depths; the weapon danger area established
for that weapon.
(4) maximum and minimum sub-
marine speed; f. Submarines launching acoustic
homing torpedoes with a stratum
(5) maximum hydroplane, pitch limit set, for self-protection, should
angles and rudder angles, if ensure that the highest or lowest
applicable; and point of the ship’s structure is below
or above, respectively, the stratum
(6) minimum water depth consistent protection limit inherent in the type
with possible uncontrolled depth of torpedo being fired.
changes.
g. Submarines launching homing
c. Receipt of the exercise directive torpedoes when it is not possible to
shall be acknowledged by the provide depth stratum protection
launching platform(s) and target shall take precautions to preclude
submarine(s) prior to the execution the possibility of the torpedo
of the exercise. acquiring the firing submarine.

d. A submarine rescue ship shall be h. Positive checks shall be conducted

available if practicable. If not, any prior to weapon launch to verify that
ship with any means of underwater weapon system settings agree with
communications may be substituted. those in the exercise directive. The
launch platform commander shall
2. (NC) During the conduct of the exercise, receive a report that this verification
the following additional precautions shall be check has been satisfactorily
observed: completed prior to his order to
launch weapons.
a. Where weapons installation permits,

242 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFlDENTlAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

i. Submarine commander will maintain 2260. POSITIONING OF SURFACE SHIPS

ship’s parameters within safe AND HELICOPTERS WHILE
operating limits prescribed by the SUBMARINES DIVE
national authority.
1. (NU) In Elementary Exercises, when the
3. (NC) Weapons set NOT-TO-HIT are submarine dives in the vicinity of ships and/or
considered to be impact weapons. helicopters, they should station themselves at
least 1500 yards off the submarine’s signalled
2254. NIGHT ASW EXERCISE diving course unless otherwise specified. VDS/
RESTRICTIONS DTAS ships may stream VDS/DTAS before the
rendezvous for CASEXes Al, A2, Cl and E2
1. (NU) Unless otherwise stated in the provided that they remain at least 1500 yards off
orders for the exercise, the following special the submarine’s signalled diving course. The
restrictions apply during ASW exercises by night: submarine is to be informed that the VDS/ DTAS
is streamed and its streamed depth.
a. Only sonobuoys, Mk 64 ESUS, and
smoke/light markers are to be 2. (NU) The submarine is required to signal
dropped by aircraft unless her proposed diving course. This will most likely
Relaxation 2G is in force. be a course beam to sea. The submarine will
signal when it is ready to dive. When the
b. Ships are to show navigation lights submarine reports “READY’ the OCS or
at full brilliance unless Relaxations delegated unit orders “DIVE FOR SERIAL ...“.
6C, 6*D, 6E or 6*F are in force
(Table 3-2). 3. (NU) Submarines require time to adjust
their submerged trim after diving and before going
C. The exercise area is to be to a safe depth. This usually is done at PD to
reasonably clear of other shipping. ensure that it is safe to return to the surface
should this be necessary. The submarine should
d. In night encounter exercises, the show as much periscope as possible during the
target ship (and screen, if trimming operation, which may take up to 10
applicable) is to be limited in speed minutes.
and evasive steering. Such limits
are to be agreed to by operating 4. (NU) After the initial trim has been
authorities of ships and submarines caught, subsequent dives can be made directly to
and are dependent on the Safe Depth. ASW units must not start ASW
experience of the submarine action until the submarine reports “I am at correct
Commanding Officer. depth, course and speed and am ready to
commence the exercise (KKK)” (Table 5-4).
e. Only pyrotechnic signals that give
visible flames are to be used by the 5. (NU) The following procedure is to be
submarine. used:

f. Submarines are to show navigation a. Establish radio communications with

lights at full brilliance when on the the submarine prior to go time.
surface unless Relaxation 6A or 6B
is in force (Table 3-2). b. Conduct time check with all units.

2255-2259 spare C. Confirm submarine’s position.

d. Submarine reports intended diving

2-43 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

course to OCS or delegated 2272. SURFACING METHODS AND PRO-

controlling unit. CEDURES

e. When the diving course is 1. (NU) The following procedures are to be

established the OCS or controlling used when required to bring a submarine from
unit will order units to take station Safe Depth to PD.
laterally at least 1500 yards from the
submarine’s diving wurse unless a. Method ALFA. Surfacing method
otherwise specified. ALFA consists of the procedures
described in Article 2273 and is the
f. If ships have VDS/DTAS streamed, standard method for a submarine to
then the OCS or controlling unit change depth from Safe Depth to
must report this to the submarine. PD.
This report must include at what
depth VDS/DTAS is streamed. b. Method ALFA is a controlled pro-
cedure which is normally used to
g. Submarine signals “READY’ when bring submarines to PD at FINEX or
ready to dive. STOP TIME. Method ALFA
requires communications between
h. On receiving “READY” the the ship tasked with the procedure
submarine is ordered to dive by the and the submarine in order to
OCS or controlling unit “DIVE FOR establish the submarine’s position
SERIAL .........“. and pass a surface SITREP.

i. When at SAFE DEPTH the C. Method BRAVO. Surfacing method

submarine will report “I am at BRAVO is an alternative method for
correct depth, course and speed a submarine to change from Safe
and am ready to commence the Depth to PD at FINEX or STOP
exercise” or “KKK” (Table 5-4). TIME, and consists of the
procedures described in Article
2261-2269 Spare 2274. It is only to be used when
Relaxation 3*J is authorized for use
2270. PROCEDURES FOR UNlTS TO BRlNG and when ordered in the CASEX
A SUBMARINE FROM SAFE TO PD message.

2271. RESPONSlBlLITIES FOR SUBMARINE d. Method BRAVO allows the

SAFETY WHEN RETURNING TO PD submarine Commanding Officer to
bring his submarine to PD
1. (NU) The Commanding Officer of the expeditiously and safely upon
submarine is responsible for submarine safety. completion of a CASEX. This is
The decision to leave Safe Depth and proceed to accomplished by surface units
PD should only be made when the submarine CO clearing the immediate area in
is satisfied that it is safe to do so. which the submarine was operating
on the Safety Course or its
2. (NU) If it is desired that the submarine reciprocal while cavitating and
not return to PD at FINEX or STOP TIME, transmitting on SRS/MRS regard-
arrangements should be made with the OCE less of the submarine’s position at
prior to the start of the exercise (see Relaxations FINEX or STOP TIME. Even if
3A, 3B, 3’H). some ships are on the Safety
Course and others are on the

2-44 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

reciprocal, the main concern of the e. Once PD has been regained, inform
submarine Commanding Officer is surface units the submarine is at
that ships are well clear of his track PD.
before he brings his submarine to
PD. NOTE:

2273. CONDUCT AND PROCEDURES FOR If at FINEX or STOP TIME the submarine
SURFACE SHIPS AND/OR and participating units are not in contact
HELICOPTERS IN THE VICINITY OF A (for any reason), the submarine will return
SUBMARINE THAT IS COMING TO PD to PD when the Commanding Officer
- METHOD ALFA considers it safe to do so. The
submarine will steer the Safety Course
1. (NC) Conduct of the Submarine. A and fire two pyrotechnics three minutes
submarine intending to wme to PD from a Safe apart to indicate the wurse and that the
Depth when ships and/or helicopters are in the submarine is returning to PD.
vicinity is to carry out the following procedures
unless Relaxations 3*K, 8*E and/or 9*F are in 2. (NC) Conduct of Ships and Heli-
force: copters. All ASW units in the vicinity of a
submarine known to be coming to PD are to act
a. Turn to the Safety Course. as follows:

b. Fire two yellow/white pyrotechnic a. (1) Raise helicopter sonar systems

signals spaced three minutes apart and decoys to a depth of 30
... Use yellow/white smokes by day metres (98 feet) or less, or the
and white flares by night. On firing reduced ship’s draft which may
each smoke/flare, transmit “QQQ" be authorized by relaxation
by UWT or SST (Table 54). 12’8.

C. Upon receipt of “DDD” and/or five (2) Raise VDS/DTAS to a cable

charges, the submarine returns to length not exceeding 30 metres
PD if the submarine Commanding (98 feet) or the cable length
Officer is satisfied that it is safe to authorized by Relaxation 8*G.
do so. Once PD has been regained, CATAS need not be recovered.
the responsibility for avoiding However, it should be noted that
collision rests entirely with the CATAS must always be
submarine. After regaining PD; recovered during surfacing pro-
therefore, the submarine is entirely cedures with Italian submarines.
free to alter course as necessary to
surface if required by exercise (3) Inform the ASW unit assigned
instructions. This would normally be the responsibility for surfacing
carried out into the sea/swell. the submarine, of the actual
VDS/DTAS cable length.
d. If signal “JJJ”, signal A3, and/or MK
84 Code 2 are received, remain at b. Take position to remain a distance
safe depth. Mark position upon of at least 1500 yards off the
receipt of signal “QQQ” or signal A2. submarine course, if known. It
Restart surfacing procedures after should be noted that sonar fixes
signal “PPP” is received. may be unreliable since units may
be in contact with a non-submarine
contact.

2-45 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

c. (1) If the submarine position is transmission watch.

known (for example, sonar fix
confirmed by the Mark-Snap (c) If they cannot transmit with
procedure), steer the ordered any of their sonar systems -
safety wurse or it’s reciprocal act in accordance with Article
as ordered. 2236.

(2) If they have a short range sonar (d) Except in an emergency, units
- normal transmission watch. should not transmit on
underwater telephone from
d. During the entire time that the the time the submarine
submarine is coming to PD, proceed acknowledges the all-clear-to-
at above cavitation speed and at not surface signal (DDD) until the
less than 12 knots (unless submarine is at PD.
Relaxation 3*G is in force), secure
Prairie Masker if applicable, and (3) When authorization B is applicable
have switched off or recovered Table 2-4), ships with CATAS
decoys. At night, show navigation streamed must comply with the
lights at full brilliance. If a ship must rules of Article 2238.1.a (3).
stop during the surfacing procedure,
it is to tap the hull, run its echo f. Keep a sharp lookout for the sub-
sounder or make some other form of marine while it is coming to PD.
noise until voice communication is Should the submarine be on a
established with the submarine. wurse or in a position other than
anticipated, ships should be ready to
e. (1) Ships fitted only with medium or move clear of the submarine
long range sonar systems may immediately.
transmit at low power, provided
underwater telephone commun- 3. (NC) Conduct of ASW Units Respon-
ications can be established and sible for Executing the Surfacing Procedure.
maintained. The ASW unit assigned by the OTC/OCS with the
responsibility of bringing the submarine up to PD,
(2) Ships with VDS/DTAS streamed should in addition to Article 2273.2:
(Relaxation 8’G) are to apply
the following special a. warn units which are not complying
transmitting procedure: with the preceding procedures;

(a) If they have a short range b. maintain UWT listening watch (see
sonar - normal transmission A-tide 2218);
watch.
C. exchange range by MARK-SNAP
(b) If they have medium or long method;
range sonar - normal
transmissions at low power or d. upon sighting the first pyrotechnic
3 transmissions every 5 from the submarine, make “ROGER
minutes if required to estab- SMOKE, Bearing ..." on UWT (if
lish and maintain UWT fitted) or “QPQ” on SST;
communications. If uwr
wmmunicatiins cannot be e. upon sighting the second
established - normal pyrotechnic from the submarine,

2-46 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFlDENTlAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

make “ROGER SMOKE, Bearing ...” streamed to a greater depth than

on UWT (if fitted) or “QPQ” on SST; allowed during the surfacing proced-
and ure, and of the depth to which the
VDS/DTAS is streamed. This may
f. pass a surface situation report on be necessary if bad weather
UWT. restricts the recovery of VDS/DTAS.

NOTE: h. Once the position of the submarine

has been definitely established and
Example of Surface SITREP it is safe for the submarine to wme
to periscope depth in the next 10
This is not to be considered a minutes, transmit “DDD” on UWT or
mandatory format, but is an illustration of SST or signal A5 (five charges) or
the type of information of interest to signal MK84 Code 3, unless Relax-
submarines. If UWT communications are ation 3*E is in force. If it is NOT
difficult, the information passed should be SAFE for the submarine to come to
kept to a minimum consistent with periscope depth, pass ‘JJJ” on
submarine safety to prevent unnecessary UWT or SST or signal A3 (three
delays in coming to PD. If exercises are charges) or signal MK 84 Code 2. If
of short duration, only significant changes in any doubt that “JJJ” or MK 84
to visibility, wind, and sea conditions Code 2 has been received by the
need be transmitted. Position reports submarine, signal A3 must also be
may be delayed until the submarine is at made.
PD. The position of all ships within five
miles, and those within 10 miles which i. If “JJJ”, signal A3, or signal MK 84
are closing, should be induded. Code 2 have been made, the entire
surfacing procedure must be
“L6X this is 2PG ROGER SMOKE standby restarted as described above.
SurfaceSITREP.
j. The surfacing procedure may be
1. Your position at 1203,175 position AA 15 considered as completed when the
miles. submarine has reported that it is at
PD and operations normal.
2. Visibility 7 miles.
k. If no communications have been
3. Wind 230 15 knots. established at STOP TIME Plus one
hour, return to the last known posi-
4. Sea and swell from 230, height 1 metre (3 tion of the submarine, initiate a
feet). search, attempt to establish commu-
nicationsby all means possible and
5. 2PG bears 165 degrees, 200 yards from follow the instructions of ATP-10.
you, steering safety course, VDS
streamed to 30 metres (98 feet), 5XC 2274. CONDUCT AND PROCEDURES FOR
bears 010,2300 yards from you, steering SURFACE SHIPS AND/OR HELI-
safety course. One tanker bears 330 COPTERS IN THE VlClNlTY OF A
degrees, 4 miles, wurse 090, speed 15 SUBMARINE THAT IS COMING TO PD
knots, will pass 2 miles north of you. No - METHOD BRAVO
other ships 5 miles. Over.”
1. (NC) Conduct of the Submarine. When
9. Inform the submarine of any ship in Relaxation 3*J is in force, a submarine intending
the vicinity which has VDS/ DTAS

2-47 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

to wme to PD from Safe Depth when ships yards off the submarine’s course.
and/or helos are in the vicinity, is to carry out the
following procedures unless Relaxation 3*K, 8*E C. At STOP TIME the OTC/OCS may
and/or 9*F are in force: assign an ASW unit, which is the
nearest unit from the probable
a. turn to the safety course; submarine position, with the
responsibility to pass a short surface
b. may fire pyrotechnics to indicate his Situation Report on UWT (blind
position; and transmission). The surface SITREP
is passed once all units are on the
C. when it is considered safe to do so safety wurse (or its reciporal).
by the submarine CO, return to PD SITREP only contains the position
and contact the OTC/OCS on UHF, of all non-exercise ships within 5
HF or VHF. miles of the forces and those within
10 miles which are dosing.
2. (NC) Conduct of Ships and
Helicopters. All ASW units in the vicinity of a d. During the entire time that the
submarine known to be coming to PD are to act submarine is coming to PD, proceed
as follows: at above cavitation speed and at not
less than 12 knots unless
a. Raise helicopter sonar and decoys Relaxation 3*G is in effect, and at
to a depth of 30 metres (98 feet) or night show navigation lights at full
less or to the reduced ship’s draft brilliance, and secure Prairie Masker
which may be authorized by if applicable. lf a ship must stop
Relaxation 12*B; during the surfacing procedure, it is
to tap its hull, run its echo sounder
(1) before FINEX or STOP TIME, or make some form of noise until
raise VDS/DTAS to a cable voice communication is established
length not exceeding 30 metres with the submarine. Ships must
(98 feet), or the cable length transmit continuously on SRSNRS
authorized by Relaxation 8*G - from FINEX until UHF/HF/VHF
CATAS need not be recovered. communications with the submarine
However, it should be noted that have been established.
CATAS must always be
recovered during surfacing e. If no communications have been
procedures with Italian sub- established at STOP TIME plus one
marines. hour, return to the last known
position of the submarine, initiate a
b. Assume the safety course or search, attempt to establish
reciprocal, whichever wurse opens communications by all means
from the last known position of the possible and follow the instructions
submarine. At times it may be of ATP-10.
desirable for the OTC/OCS to order
ships to steer either the safety 2275. CONDUCT OF ASW SHIPS AT STOP
wurse or the reciprocal if the OCS TIME
wishes to keep the formation
together for subsequent operations. 1. (NU) The procedures for returning to PD
This should only be done if the outlined in Articles 2272, 2273 and 2274
submarine’s position is known and (Methods ALPHA and BRAVO) apply at STOP
all ships are displaced at least 1500 TIME in the following cases, unless Relaxations

2-48 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

I 3*F, 3*H and 3*K in force otherwise permit: normal manner. Aircraft may also
use the explosive charge(s)
a. The ASW ships are in contact with authorized for use by the exercise
the submarine. instructions for tracking unidentified
contacts. They are not to be aimed
b. The ASW ships are not in contact to fall within 1000 yards of the
with the submarine, but are estimated position of a submarine,
remaining in the exercise area. or dropped on submarines on the
surface or in the act of diving or
If no contact has been established with the surfacing. Explosive and signal
submarine at STOP TIME plus one hour, return charges are not to be used in any
to the last known position of the submarine, manner which could be considered
initiate a search, attempt to establish commun- provocative.
ications by all means possible and follow the
instructions of ATP-10. b. No offensive action or action which
could endanger the unidentified
NOTE: submarine is to be taken unless the
submarine first definitely and unmis-
When the procedure for returning to PD is takably takes hostile action by using
applied, Relaxations 3*G, 8*G and 12*B, weapons against a unit operating
if authorized, remain in effect until the under NATO control. In this case,
submarine returns to PD. the commander of the attacked unit
inherently has the right to self-
22762279 spare defence, employing conventional
weapons with as much force as may
2280. ACTION TO BE TAKEN UPON CON- be necessary to protect his com-
TACT WlTH AN UNIDENTIFIED mand and the lives of his men. If
SUBMARINE DURING EXERCISES any actii is taken, it must be
WITH UNlTS UNDER A NATO COM- strictly limited to the needs of
MANDER defence and must not be
transformed into reprisals or punitiie
1. (NU) Scope. When operating under sanctions.
NATO control, the following procedures are to
be used upon sighting or detecting an C. Any surface, submarine, or air unit
unidentified submarine outside territorial waters. which suspects the presence of a
non-NATO submarine will:
2. (NC) Initial Actions to be Taken
(1) Inform the Officer in Tactical
a. Surface, submarine or air forces Command (OTC), the Oper-
suspecting contact with an intruder ational Commander, or the
or unidentified submarine will try to Officer Conducting the Exercise
hold the contact until it has been (OCE), as appropriate, and
definitely dassified. If it is other NATO or Allied units in the
“CERTSUB” or “PROBSUB”, the vicinity, as soon as possible.
UNCLE JOE procedures of Article
8021 should be initiated to establish (2) If desired by the OTC,
the identity of the submarine. Operational Commander, OCE
Aircraft are to attempt to establish or participating submarine
and maintain contact and at night Commanding Officers, NATO or
may illuminate the contact in the Allied submarines will be

2-49 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AlR)

surfaced in accordance with estimated course/speed of ships

procedures in AXP-1. Attention in visual, radar, or sonar
is invited to ATP-1 with respect contact:
to prevention of mutual inter-
ference between submerged (5) information on any aircraft in the
submarines and surface ships vicinity; and
with VDS or towed acoustic
devices streamed. Any orders (6) any additional information which
to Allied submarines to surface may be of assistance in
will always be passed to them reaching a final evaluation.
through the Controlling Authority
(e.g. SUBOPAUTH or the OTC 3. (NC) Subsequent Action to be Taken
under whose TACON they
operate). a. If the suspected submarine is on the
surface or surfaces as a result of the
d. When the OTC, Operational action outlined above, communica-
Commander, or OCE receives tions should be established by any
information from other sources that means possible and the nationality
a non-Allied submarine is believed of the submarine determined in
to be either in a NATO exercise accordance with internal pro-
area or in the vicinity of a NATO cedures. The submarine should
force, he will attempt to determine, then be informed that NATO forces
by an appropriate method, that the are operating in the vicinity and that
submarine is friendly. This could for its own safety it should keep
include consulting with the OTC or dear.
Task Group Commanders and
directing appropriate submarines to b. Photographs should be taken
report the situation existing at the (sketches made, if appropriate) of
time of the initial contact report (e.g. the surfaced submarine. Dimen-
REPORT 231 OOOZsituation). sions should be noted and special
attention paid to the following
e. Submarines reporting the situation technical details:
existing when intruders or unident-
ified submarines are suspected in (1) armament;
the area will provide the following
information, prefaced by the Date- (2) periscopes, hull form and
Time Group and the word exhaust systems;
SITUATION (e.g. 231300Z
SITUATION): (3) electronic antenna and devices
and their use while under
(1) own position (specifying time observation;
and type of navigational fix upon
which position is based); (4) characteristics of radar and
sonar transmissions;
(2) own course;
(5) propeller revolution counts and
(3) own status (surfaced, sub- other acoustic characteristics
merged, snorkelling); produced by the submarine; and

(4) description, range, bearing, and (6) any indications of unconven-

2-50 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

tional construction or unusual (5) any other special circumstances

configuration. which may prevail.

C. If the contact does not surface as a g. In consideration of the above

result of the actions outlined above, requirement, the OTC, the
every reasonable effort will be made Operational Commander or OCE is
to maintain contact with the granted authority to suspend,
submarine, and appropriate charac- cancel, or modify operating
teristics should be noted. schedules or exercises as
necessary. In the case of exercises,
d. If it should appear that the uniden- the effect upon the large military
tified contact will enter the territorial effort exerted by the participating
waters of an Allied nation which has nations in planning and executing an
forces assigned to the unit holding exercise must be carefully weighed.
contact, the OTC should, in the in-
terest of persevering in the develop- 4. (NC) Security. When in the process of
ment of the contact, detach the establishing, reporting, and identifying non-
participating units of the appropriate exercise submarine contacts, and during any
nation(s), and direct them to comply follow-up action subsequently taken, every effort
with their national instructions. Both should be made to ensure the security of NATO
the impending violation and the communications and procedures, NATO tactics,
action taken should be reported to antiisubmarine warfare procedures, or counter-
appropriate national authorities, measures.
information to MNC and appropriate
subordinate commanders. 1. (NC) Reports

e. If there are no forces assigned from a. The Operational Commander or

nations which are authorized to OCE is responsible for reporting and
enter the territorial waters appraising submarine contacts in
concerned, the OTC should inform accordance with current NATO
appropriate national authorities as reporting procedures.
soon as possible.
b. The Commanding Officer obtaining
f. The OTC will determine, in the intelligence data is to forward such
absence of instructions from higher data to the OCE or OTC as soon as
authority, how long a CERTSUB practicable, without detriment to the
and PROBSUB contact should be conduct of the exercise or operation.
pursued using the following factors The OCE or OTC is to forward this
as a basis for his decision: information through the appropriate
NATO channels, as promulgated by
(1) weather conditions; the Major NATO Commander
concerned. These instructions do
(2) the overall tactical situation; not in any way supersede such
national directives as may be
(3) the effect on scheduled promulgated to commanding officers
exercises or operations; on the reporting of intelligence data.

(4) the importance of obtaining 2281-2289 Spare

intelligence data and the quality
of data being obtained; and

2-51 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

2290. ASW EXERCISES IN SHALLOW AND

CONFINED WATERS

1. (NU) In shallow and confined waters

submarines have a need to update their position
frequently to ensure safe navigation. In planning
ASW exercises, the following should be taken into
consideration:

a. Duration of ASW action.

b. Establishment of a special safety

area where prosecution of contacts
by surface forces is prohibited. The
special safety area should be
established for submarine safety
only, and not in order to give the
submarine tactical advantage.

2291-2999 Spare

2-52 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

CHAPTER 3

STANDARD EXERCISES AND METHOD OF ORDERING

3000. SUMMARY OF STANDARD EXER- 4. (NU) When the term Aircraft is used, it
CISES includes both fixed-wing aircraft and helicopters.

1. (NU) Standard ASW Exercises 5. (NU) CASEXes may be carried out by

(CASEXes) are listed in this Chapter and are day or night unless otherwise specified.
grouped as follows:
3001. SUBSTlTUTlON FOR A SUBMARINE
A Series - Exercises involving ships
and/or Helicopters (Table 3- 1. (NU) In certain joint exercises, a ship may
7) take the place of a submarine when it is desired to
exercise Air/Surface Cooperation procedures. A
B Series - Exercises involving Aircraft mobile ASW target may take the place of a
(Table 3-8) submarine in any CASEX.

C Series - Exercises involving Multiple 3002. METHOD OF ORDERING EXERCISES

Forces (Table 3-9)
1. (NU) This section contains information on
D Series - Exercises involving Sub- the method of ordering the variws ASW
marines in the Support Role exercises listed in this Chapter.
(Table 3-10)
2. (NU) Security of the Order Table:
E Series - Exercises of a Miscel-
laneous Nature (Table 3-l 1) a. Although AXP 1C is classified
NATO Confidential, the major part of
F Series - Synthetic Exercises for the message ordering the exercises
surface ships and aircraft does not contain material requiring
when no submarine is security and may, subject to any
available special instructions issued by
National or Area Commanders, be
NOTE: passed by unclassified message.

A further group of Exercises (S Series) b. Certain sections however (parti-

involving Submarines vs Submarines is cularly Q, R and S) may wntain
included in Chapter 4. information of a classified nature.

2. (NU) Within the above series, the 3003. ORDER TABLE (TABLE 3-l)
exercises have been placed in an approximate
degree of complexity. However, by use of the 1. (NU) When scheduling an ASW Exercise,
Relaxation Table (Table 3-2), the Exercise the authority ordering the exercise should first
Instruction Table (Table 3-3), and Special decide which of the exercises in Chapter 3 most
Instructions, the exercises may be varied to nearly meets his requirements. Individual
achieve virtually any desired complexity and also CASEXes list the procedure to be followed for
provide opportunities for pro-submarine training. starting, conducting and stopping the exercise.
The Order Table should then be used by the
3. (NU) When the term Unit is used, it authority ordering the exercise in compiling the
signifies a ship or aircraft or a small group of ships Operation Order or CASEX message. The
and/or aircraft acting as an entity. authority ordering the exercise should always
-
3-l CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

consider the whole Order Table when compiling shown in the table for that time
his orders, but omitting those headings not relative to Zero Time.
applicable or required.
b. If the table is completed before
3004. RELAXATION TABLE (TABLE 3-2) FINEX, the submarine is to restart
the table at Zero Time.
1. (NU) This table should be used to
modify the Safety Precautions, Operating Re- c. The times shown in the table are the
strictions and Procedures to make the training times at which the submarine is to
more realistic. The use of relaxations will depend start altering to the ordered depth.
on the equipment, capabilities and state of training
of the participating units. Certain relaxations are d. The Depth Tables may be ordered
marked with an asterisk (*) and may only be used in an exercise in which the
subject to the prior approval of the SUBOPAUTH. submarine is unrestricted in course
Exercise planners must obtain this approval and speed.
before including starred relaxations in operation
orders. Relaxations ordered follow the prefix Q in 3007. SUBMARINE COURSE AND SPEED
the Order Table. DIAGRAMS (TABLE 3-5)

3005. EXERCISE INSTRUCTIONS 1. (NU) These diagrams may be ordered by

(TABLE 3-3) the use of the Exercise Instruction Number 121.
The authorities ordering these diagrams are to
1. (NU) This table is to be used in ensure that the submarine can comply with the
conjunction with the Relaxation Table. These two diagram while still remaining within the exercise
tables enable the authority ordering the exercise area and within sufficient depth of water.
to adapt any of the standard CASEXes to meet
his specific requirements. Exercise Instructions 2. (NU) The diagrams are divided as
ordered should follow the prefixes R, S and T in follows:
the Order Table.
31-33 High-Speed Runs
3006. SUBMARINE DEPTH TABLES
(TABLE 34) 41-44 Medium-Speed Runs

1. (NU) These tables may be ordered by the 51-56 Slow-Speed Runs

use of the Exercise Instruction Number 166. The
use of these tables is subject to Article 2213. 3. (NU) Except in the case of high speed
When the tables require the submarine to exceed runs, the first two diagrams in each division are
the limits imposed by these Safety Rules, the designed for use in a restricted area, and the
submarine is to proceed as near the depth finishing position corresponds with the starting
specified in the Depth Table as the Safety Rules position. The second two diagrams in each
allow. division allow for a small advance along the base
course between the beginning and end of the run.
2. (NU) The following instructions apply to These diagrams will be of advantage in a tideway
the Submarine Depth Tables: or when starting the exercise in one corner of the
exercise area.
a. Zero Time (minute 0) is the exact
hour immediately preceding the time 4. (NU) Diagram 56 is a special diagram for
of execution. If the time of use with aircraft for Passive/Active Sonobuoy
execution is exactly on an hour, that training.
time will be Zero Time. The
submarine is to go to the depth

3-2 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

w 5. (NU) The following instructions apply to 3009. SPEClAL INSTRUCTlONS

the Course and Speed Diagrams:
1. (NU) When exercises require instructions
a. Courses and Speeds are to be that cannot be ordered by using the tables
taken as through the water, without provided, they should be included in Section U
allowing for tide. (Special Instnrctions) of the Order Table.

b. The Base Course (AB) should be 2. (NU) These instructions should be

arranged before the start of the written clearly and concisely and, if possible,
exercise. should be discussed with all participants before
the exercise.
C. Zero Time (minute 0) is the exact
hour immediately proceeding the 3910. ISSUING CASEX STANDARD IN-
time of execution. If the time of STRUCTlONS
execution is exactly on an hour, that
time will be Zero Time. The sub- 1. (NU) In the interest of brevity, local
marine is to go to the course and Commanders may issue CASEX standard
speed shown in the diagram for that instructions which will always apply when ordering
time relative to Zero Time. CASEXes in their area. For example, the areas
and time of Start Time and Stop Time may be
d. If the run is completed for FINEX, taken as those in the weekly practice
the submarine is to restart the run at programmes, and the Submarine Safety Course
Zero Time. within the command area may always be standard
unless specifically listedin the Order Table.
e. The times shown in the diagrams
are the times at which the 30113999 spare .
-
submarine is to start altering to the
new course.

3988. LONG-RANGE TRACKING DIAGRAMS

(TABLE 3-6)

1. (NU) The diagrams in this table present

various options for manoeuvring of units during
basic tracking exercises. Each diagram provides a
generalized scheme for the practice of specific
techniques; course, speed, etc., must be ordered
in the CASEX message.

2. (NW The diagrams are specifically

oriented to passive operations but may also be
applied to active tracking.

3. (NW As proficiency improves the

target/sensor presentations can be made more
complex by the superposition of parameters on a
basic track.

3-3 CHANGE 2
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) Table 3-1 Order Table

ORDER TABLE
Designator Meaning
A CASEX No.. . . . . and/or purpose of the exercise and/or description of the exercise
B Officer Scheduling the Exercise (OSE)
c Officer Conducting the Exercise (OCE)
D Officer in Tactical Command (OTC)
E Officer Conducting the Serial (OCS)
F Friendly Forces (FRNFOR)

1. Screened force or convoy

2. Screen and/or Patrol Group

3. Name, hull number, active sonar frequency and signal designatortype of

VDSITowed Array (Table 2-5) of each VDWTowed Array ship in the exercise

4. Carrier and shipbome aircraft i

.-
5. Land-based aircraft -
f
6. Submarines (mission to be stated, e.g. escort, patrol, transit. . . . . etc.)

7. Independent units

8. Officer in Command - FRNFOR (on board . . . . . or at. . . . .)

34 CHANGE 2
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) Table 3-1 Order Table (Cont’d)

ORDER TABLE
Designator Meaning
G Opposing Forces (OPFOR)

Submarines designated for:

1. Individual attack

2. Coordinated attack

3. Tracking (shadowing)

4. On passage (in transit)

5. On patrol

Cooperating aircraft designated for:

6. Patrol

7. Search

8. Tracking (shadowing)

9. Strike

Cooperating ship for:

10. ELINT/SIGINT

11. Tracking (shadowing)

12. Raider, minelayer, etc.

13. Officer in Command-OPFOR(onboard .,... or at . . ...)

H Zone time to be used throughout the exercises. (GMT to be used whenever possible
to avoid confusion.)
J Date and time the exercise is to start (Go Time)
JJ Date and time the exercise is to stop (Stop Time)
K Duration of ASW actions, if allowed (until Stop Time may be ordered; but attacks
must be broken off five minutes before this time)

3-5 CHARGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) Table 3-l Order Table (Cont’d)

ORDER TABLE

Designator Meaning

KK Out-of-action period
L Assigned exercise area
LL 1. Rendezvous

2. Initial position and size of areas of OPFOR submarine(s)

M Reference Positions. (The line joining the positions is the centre of a channel or
transit lane of stated width.)
MM The width of the channel or transit lane in miles or yards
N Base Course and speed and/or Mean Line of Advance (MLA):

1. FRNFOR

2. OPFOR

(Must be expressed as a numbered group to avoid confusion with Safety Course)

NN Limits of Submarine Operating Area
P Safety Course. (Must be expressed as one of the four cardinal points of the
compass, i.e. North, South, East or West.)
PP 1. FRNFOR submarine ordered depth or allocated depth zones.
2. OPFOR submarine ordered depth or allocated depth zones.
3. Submarine Depth Restrictions (see Articles 2213 and 4027).
4. Exercise Stovepipe allocation (see Article 2239).

Q Relaxations (Table 3-2)

R Exercise Instructions - FRNFOR (Table 3-3). (Not to be communicated to OPFOR.)
RR Start position - FRNFOR. (Not to be communicated to OPFOR.)
S Exercise Instructions - OPFOR (Table 3-3). (Not to be communicated to FRNFOR.)
ss Start position - OPFOR. (Not to be communicated to FRNFOR.)
T Exercise Instructions - FRNFOROPFOR (Table 3-3)
U Special Instructions

3-6 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) Table 3-l Order Table (Cont’d)

ORDER TABLE
Designator Meaning
V Communicationsmeans available (quoting tables in Chapters2 and 5 where
applicable):

1. Radio (Voice or CW with frequency and callsigns

2. Flag (Table 5-6)

3. SST (with frequency and callsigns - Table 5-4)

4. Specific type of charge (by line number in Table 2-6) and Explosive
Charge Signal (Table 5-2)

5. Pyrotechnics (Table 5-3)

6. Aircraft manoeuvres (Table 5-7)

7. Underwater telephone (UVVT- Table 54)

8. ESUS (Table 5-5)

W 1. Practise weapons to be employed

2. Practise weapon settings to be employed:

a. Depth

b. Speed

C. Running Range

d. Explosive Charge
Ship(s) detailed for practice weapon recovery
X Records:

1. Authorities designated for analysis and reporting

2. CASEX Forms or FORMEX (specified by FORMEX number) required

3. ME-YOU Message

4. National Requirements
Z Movements on completion

3-7 CHANGE 2
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AlR)

(NU) Table 3-2 Relaxation Table

NOTE

Certain Relaxations are marked with an asterisk (‘) and may only be used subject to the prior
approval of the Submarine Operating Authority.(See Article 1030.)

TOPIC RElAXA- DEGREE OF REWXATION PERMIlTED

TION
NUMBER
General 1 A All NON-STARRED Relaxations are authorized.

Attacks 2 A Spa=
% ASW ships may dose and carry out simulated attacks at any range without
restriction immediately after COMEX. (See Artide 2252.1 .a.(5) and
2252.1 .a.(9))

lC ASW ships may dose and carry out one simulated attack without delay, at
any range without restriction, before signalling COMEX. (See Article
2252.1 .a.@) and 2252.1 .a.(9))
D ASW ships may fire light projectiles at died submarines. (See Article
2252.1 .a.(7))
lE ASW ships may fire heavy projectiles, if the s&twine is known to be at a
safe depth. (See Article 2252.1 .a.(7))
-I= ASW ships may fire practice ASW torpedoes or missiles carrying practice
ASW torpedoes. (See Artide 2252.1 .a.(8))

G Airaaft may carry out night attacks against submarines, subject to Artides
2252 and 2254.
7-l AinxafVDrones may drop practice ASW torpedoes. (See Artide
2252.1 .b.(7))

‘J Submarine is not obliged to go to, or to remain at, Safe Depth after COMEX
or Go Time. (See Artides 2252.1-a.(5) and 2213.7.b.)
K Submarines may fire exercise torpedoes provided the requisite attack
signals are displayed by the target ships. (See Artide 5015)
L Submarines may fire grenades (flares), in addition to red grenades (flares)
in an emergency, provided it is assessed that helicopters or fixed wing
aircraft will not be endangered.

w ASW ships may dose and carry out any number of simulated attacks at
any range without restriction, without delay, and without signalling COMEX.
(See AHide 2252.1 -a(5) and 2252.1 -a.(9))

3-8 CHANGE 2
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) Table 3-2 Relaxation Table (Cont’d)

TOPIC RELAXA- DEGREE OF RElAXAllON PERMllED

nON
NUMBER

‘N ASW units may conduct a live ordnance attack with (. . . . . .) (weapons to be

inserted) subject to the specific authorization and limitations as laid down
by the national SUBOPAUTH.

Conduct of Forces at 3 A Submarines need not return to periscope depth after FINEX. (See Artide
FINW or STOP TIME 2271.2.)

B Submarines are not to come to periscope depth after FINEX and will
remain at safe depth until Stop Time.

C Spare.

D ASW ships may break off attacks before FINEX and continue operations
without waiting for the submarine to come to periscope depth.

‘E Submarines may proceed from Safe Depth to periscope depth when in

company with surface forces prior to receipt of DDD or the 5charge signal.
(See Arbjcbs 2272,2273 and 2213)

‘F Submarines are allowed to remain submerged and need not return to

periscope depth at STOP TIME, provided that UWT communications are
established between the submarine and surface units before the latter
departs from the scene of action.

‘G During the time that the submarine is coming to periscope depth or

surfacing, ships may proceed at less than 12 knots but must cavitate.

‘H lAW Articles 2273 or 2274, para 2. submarines are allowed to remain

submerged and need not return to periscope depth at STOP TIME (see
Article 22712). There is no need to communicate and surface forces,
without turning to the safety course, are allowed to depart.

‘J Surfacing Method BRAVO is to be used as standard surfacing method.

(See Article 2272.1.c. and 2274.)

‘K Submarines may proceed from Safe Depth to periscope depth when in

company with surface forces at the discretion of the submarine
Commanding Officer.

Contact Investigation 4 A Once contact has been made, shadowing submarines may leave their
assigned areas and shadow the target, but are not to die in other
submarine areas.

B Spare.
C Spare.

D Spare.

‘E ASW ships may investigate contacts by day or night without restriction.

(See Articles 2251 .l and 2252.1.a.(9))

3-9 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) Table 3-2 Relaxation Table (Cont’d)

TOPIC RELAXA- DEGREE OF RELAXATION PERMITTED

TION
NUMBER

Evasive Steering 5 A The Main Body (or Target Submarine in “S” Series CASEXes, Chapter 4)
may cany out evasive steering as detailed in Exercise Instructions ordered.

B Individual ships of Main Body may weave.

C Ships of Main Body are free to avoid torpedoes.

D Emergency turns are permitted by day.

E Emergency turns are permitted by night.

F ASW ships may use evasive steering as desired by day, independently of

the force screened.

I I G ASW ships may use evasive steering as desired by night, independently of

the force screened.

1 H 1 ASW ships are entirely free to avoid torpedoes. I

I J I Evasive steering by surface forces is unrestricted. I

Navigation Lights 6 A Submarines are not to show any navigation lights by night except for
reasons of safety and when surfacing.

B Submarines need not show navigation lights when surfacing at night.

C Ships of main body are to dim their navigation lights except in situations
where their safety is impaired.

‘D Ships of main body are not to show navigation lights except in situations
where their safety is im@kd.

I I E

‘F
ASW ships not towing VDS/DTAS are to show only dimmed navigation
lights except in situations where their safety is impaired.

ASW ships not towing VDS/DTAS are not to show navigation lights except
in situations where their safety is impaired.

3-10 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1 C (NAVYXAIR)

(NU) Table 3-2 Relaxation Table (Cont’d)

TOPIC REIAXA- DEGREE OF RELAXATION PERMllTED

l-ION
NUMBER

Surface Ship 7 ‘A ASW ships may slow below cavitation speed, operate radiated noise
Propeller Cavitations masking systems or stop the screws by day. (Sea Articles 2216,2273 and
(See Artide 2216) 2274)

lB ASW ships may slow below cavitation speed, operate radiated noise
masking systems or stop their straws by night. (See Articles 2216,2273
and 2274)

lC ASW ships may slow below cavitation speed, operate radiated noise
masking systems, provided they transmit on sonar. (See Artidas 2216,
2273 and 2274)

‘D All ships may slow below cavitation speed, operate radiated noise masking
systems or stop their screws by day.

lE All ships may slow below cavitation speed, operate radiated noise masking
systems or stop their screws by night

‘F All ships may slow below cavitation speed or operate radiated noise
masking systems by day or night, without transmitting on sonar, provided
they transmit continuously on the lowest frequency echo sounder at
maximum power and maintain an alert listening watch on underwater
telephone. (See Artide 2218)

lG Ships may slow b&w cavitation speed or operate noise masking systems
by day or night without transmitting on sonar, providing they transmit on
UWT, repeating YANKEE BRAVO CHARLIE” three times every five
minutes (see Article 2216).

‘H Ships may slow below cavitation speed or operate noise masking systems
by day and/or night without transmitting on sonar providing they transmit on
a sequencing UWT (UWT designator from Table 2-X) at max/min power
or . . . dB every...minutasat . . . kt-tz(seeArtide2216-4).

Variable Depth 8 ‘A Submarines are to proceed to a safe depth when nearest ship streaming
Sonar/Towed Array VDS/DTAS approaches to within ( . . . . ...) yards as indicated. (See Attide
Systems (See Table 2236.1 .b)
2-2 Note 7)

NOTE:

Units of measure
rnent must be spaci-
lied in CASEX mas-
sages.
‘B Ships may employ VDS/DTAS (. . . . .) (Signal Designator from Tables 2-5A
&B)tocablalength(.... .) measured in m&es (feet) from the water line
(See Artide 2238)

3-11 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) Table 3-2 Relaxation Table (Cont’d)

TOPIC REIAXA- DEGREE OF RELAXATION PERMll-lED

l-ION
NUMBER

Submarines need not proceed to a safe depth when operating with

helicopters using active sonar. They must not, however, deliberately
approach to within 500 yards of any helicopter in the dip. (see Article 2234)

Helicopters operating in dipping sonar may lower transducers to maximum

depth of (......) meters (feet) as indicated.

In advanced exercises when VDS/Towed Anay is being employed,

submarines need not initiate standard surfacing procedures before
proceeding from Safe Depth to periscope depth.

Helicopters operating dipping sonar may lower transducers to the best

search depth if accurate sonar search, conducted at the start of each dip
with the transducer at a depth no greater than (..... ..) metres (feet), has
negative results. Transducers should be raised to the above depth if a
contact approaches within 1000 yards.

At FINEX or STOP TIME VDS/DTAS cable length must not exceed (......)
m&es (feet).
Ships may employ VDS/DTAS(.. . ...) (Signal Designator from Tables 2-5A
andB)tocablalength( . . . . ...) measured in n-&es (feat) from the water-line
without transmitting on any active sonar, provided they transmit the warning
signal “VDS” successively on the VDS and hull sonar UWT, or hull sonar
UWT only if not practicable, every two minutes.

Ships may employ CATAS ( . . . ...) (Signal Designator from Table 2-58)
without resbiction.

‘K Ships may employ CATAS...(......) (Signal Designatorfrom Table 2-58)

without transmitting on any active sonar, provided they transmit the warning
signal TAS on UWT every 5 minutes.

L Ships may employ CATAS ( . . . ...) (Signal Designator from Table 2-58)
without restriction, provided authorization A is promulgated (see Table 24).

Ships may employ VDWDTAS (......) (Signal Designator from Tables 2-5A
&B)inazone( . . . . ...) rrn?tles (feet) to ( . . . . . ..) metres (feet) and zone (.. . ...)
meb-es (feat) to (. . . . . . .) metrw (feet). When a VDS/DTAS zone is
authorized below the submarine, the system employed must be capable of
maintaining the towed body accurately within the specified zone. (See
At-tide 2236.1 .a(4).)

Ships may employ VDWTAS (......) (Signal Designator from Tabies 2-!iA
8 B) tu cabk length (........) measured in meb-es (feet) from the water line
without transmitting on any sonar, provided the fathomstar is operated at
maximum power. maximum scale.

‘P Ships may empby CATAS ( . . . . ...) (Signal Designator from Tables 2-5A &
B) without transmitting on sonar, provided the fathornater is operated at
maximum power, maximum scale.

3-12 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 _

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) Table 3-2 Relaxation Table (Cont’d)

TOPIC REIAXA- DEGREE OF RELAXATION PERMITlED

TlON
NUMBER

Towed Decoys 9 *A Submarines are to proceed to Safe Depth when nearest ship towing decoy
(See Table 2-2, at long stay approaches to ( . . . . . ..) yards as indicated (see Artide 2233.1 c).
Note 7)
B Ships of Main Body may tow decoys at short stay. Type of decoy is to be
indicated using Signal Designator from Table 2-3.

‘C Ships of Main Body may tow decoys at long stay. Type of decoy is to be
indicated using Signal Designator from Table 2-3.

D ASW ships may tow decoys at short stay. Type of decoy is to be indicated
using Signal Designator from Table 2-3.

lE ASW ships may tow decoys at long stay. Type of decoy is to be indicated
using Signal Designator from Table 2-3.

lF In advanced exercises when decoys are being employed, submarines

need not initiate standard surfacing procedures before proceeding from
Safe Depth to periscope depth. (See Articles 2273 and 2274)

Signal Charges 10 *A Ships and aircraft may drop X- and Y-rated explosive charges wtthin 1000
yards of the estimated position of a submarine (See Article 2239 and Table
2-6.)

‘B Ships and aircraft may drop Z-rated explosive charges ( (line number
from Table 2-6) OUTSIDE u (range in yards) of the estimated position
of a submarine. (See Article 2239 and Table 2-6.)

Aircraft Height 11 A Subject to approval of Scene-of-Action Commander and appropriate Air

Separations Commander, fixed-wing airc& cooperating with helicopters are allowed to
descend to any altitude to carry out ASW action. (See Artide 2231.2.)

3-13 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

TOPIC RELAXA- DEGREE OF RElAXAnON PERMllED

TlON
NUMBER

Submarine Safety 12 ‘A Submarine height (base of keel to top of fin) (. . . . . . ..) m&es (feet).
Separations (See
Articles 2212 and
2213)
NOTE:
Units of measurement
must be specified in
CASEX massages

lB Draft of surface ships may be assumed to be (.......) metres (feet). (Sea

important Note 2 to Table 2-2.)

‘C Upper vertical safety separation is reduced to those figures shown in Column

D, sub+zolumns Y of Table 2-2 or to (. . . . . ..) rnetras (feet) for speeds as
indicated.

lD Bottom vertical safety separation is reduced to those figures shown in

Column F, sub-column Y of Table 2-2 or to (........) meters (feet) for speeds
as indicated.

lE Lower vertical safety separation is reduced to those figures shown in Column

H, sutilumn Y of Table 2-2 or to (... . . ..) n-&es (feet) for speeds as
indi`cated.

lF Submarines may bottom. (See Artide 2213.2)

‘G Horizontal separation towards the limit of the submarines area is modiliad to

(.......) miles. (see Artide 2212.1).

Environmental Re 13 *A lf the visibility through the periscope by day or night is reduced to 2,000
strictions (See Attide yards, submarines equipped with surface warning radar, which is working
2214) efficiently, may dive.

lB Submarines equipped with surface warning radar, which is working efficiently,

. . ..
may dive under all conditions of periscope vrsrbrkty, day or night

lC Submarines not equipped with surface warning radar, or submarines which

have defective surface warning radar, may dive under all conditions of
periscope visibility, day or night.

Variable Depth 14 *A The exercise may be extended beyond 2 hours. It will indude (.. . ...) runs of 2
Sonar/Towed Array hours or (......) hours. The neutral corridor must be re-established after each
System (See Article run.
2237 and Figures 2-2
and 2-3)
+B The duration of the exercise will be 4 or ( . . ...) hours. The width of the neutral
corridor will be extended to 8000 yards at GO TIME plus 2 or (. . . ...) hours.

‘C The neutral corridor consists of two right-angle corridors. The zone reserved
for the submarine is quadrant (. . . . . .).

3-14 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1 C (NAVY)(AIR)

TOPIC RElAxA- DEGREE OF RELAXATION PERMTITED

nON
NUMBER

‘D The neutral corridor at GO TIME is defined in relation to a line beating (. . . ...)

(from visible landmark).

lE
The neutral corridor at GO TIME is reduced to 2000 yards.

NOTE:
This Relaxation should not be ordered at the same time as Relaxation 14’8.
Exercise Stovepipe 15 ‘A Helicopters may operate dipping sonars in Exercise Stovepipes.

‘B Helicopters may operate dipping sonars in Exercise Stovepipes provided they

transmit continuously on active sonar.

lC Ships not deploying towed bodies, VDS/DTAS or CATAS may enter an

Exercise Stovepipe.

‘D Ships not deploying tared bodies, VDS/DTASD or CATAS may enter an

Exercise Stovepipe, providing they steer a direct course through the Exercise
Stovepipe and are cavitating.

‘E Ships not deploying towed bodies, VDS/DTAS or CATAS may enter an

Exercise Stovepipe provided they transmit continuously on active sonar within
(. . . ..) yards (normally 3000) from the outer edge and within all of the Exercise
Stovepipe. Ships may not approach a sonar contact doser than (. . . ..) yards
(normally 4000).

‘F Ships deploying CATAS (. . ..) (signal from Table 2-5B) may enter an Exercise
Stovepipe provided they cavitate or transmit on active sonar or UWT or other
acoustic warning system.

‘G Ships deploying CATAS (. . ..) (signal designator from Table 2-5B) may enter
an Exercise Stovepipe provided they steer a direct course through the
Exercise Stovepipe and cavitate or transmit on active sonar or UVVT or other
acoustic warning system.

‘H Ships deploying VDS/DTAS (. . ..)(signal designator from Tables 2-5A and 2-

5B) may enter an Exercise Stovepipe provided they steer a direct course
through the Exercise Stovepipe and transmit continuously on active sonar
within (. . ...) yards (normally 3000) from the outer edge and within all of the
Exercise Stovepipe or if Relaxation 8*H is in force, cavitate and use the
signals described in Relaxation 8*H. Ships may not approach a sonar
contact closer than (......) yards (normally 4000).

Counter-Attacks 20 A OPFOR submarines may counter attack.

Depth (see Articles 21 A FRNFOR submarines may be at periscope depth at night from (....) to (.. ..).
2213 and 4022) OPFOR submarines must be in their deep depth zone between these times.

B OPFOR submarines may be at periscope depth at night from (.. ..) to (. . ..).
FRNFOR submarines must be in their deep depth zone between these times.

3-15 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED

.
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1 C (NAVY)(AIR)

TOPIC RELAXA- DEGREE OF RElAXAnON PERMlTTED

TlON
NUMBER

lC FRNFOR submarines may come to periscope depth while in the Safety

Zone/Safety Circle to identify HE, provided they return to minimum safe depth
within 5 minutes after arrival at periscope depth.

lD FRNFOR submarines have freedom in depth until HE has been firmly

established, whereafter they are to go to safe depth or to (. . ..) metres (feet).

lE Submarines can be at periscope depth when this depth zone is assigned to

another submarine (but cannot remain there for more than . . . . . minutes). (see
Articles 4026 and 4032).

‘F Submarines are allowed to change depth through depth zone(s) allocated to

other submarines. (see Article 4032).

‘G Submarines changing depth to PD through depth zone(s) allocated to other

submarines may dear baffles in this depth zone, but cannot remain there for
morethan (.... minutes). (see Artide 4032 and Table 4-l).

Snorkelling 22 A FRNFOR submarines may snorkel from (.......) to (........ ).

B OPFOR submarines may snorkel from (. . . . ...) to (.. . . . . . .).

lC Submarines may snorkel at all times.

Safety line (see 23 A Safety line will be (......) yards from the initial position of the attacking
Al-tide 4015) submarine.

Safety Circles (See 24 *A Radii of the Inner and Outer Safety Circles are (.......) and (......) yards,
Article 4014) =pecthrely.

lB Radius of the Special Safety Cirde in CASEX S4 is (.......) yards.

lC Radius of special Safety Circle around bottomed submarine in CASEX E-6 is

( . . . . ...) yards.

Too Close (See 25 ‘A Submarines are too dose when range is less than 1000 yards and the
Article 4017) distance off the track is less than 600 yards.

Submarines and 26 ‘A Ships need not inform submarines of the presence of fishing vessels (see
Fishing Vessels Articles 2113 and 2114).

lB Fishing vessels not engaged in fishing activities are not to be treated as

fishing vessels according to Article 2113.

lC Remain at least (......) yards clear of fishing vessels that are engaged in
fishing. To assist submarines in identifying fishing vessels, and maintaining
the separation distances, ships are to inform submarines whenever a fishing
vessel engaged in fishing approaches within (. . . ...) yards of suspected
submarine position.

‘D Avoidance of fishing vessels is at CO discretion.

3-16 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) Table 3-3 Exercise Instruction Tables

I I

TO SUBMARINES
El NO MEANING

I 100

101
IAre to be marked throughout the exercise as follows: by day, by towing marker floats; by
night, by burning navigation and/or specialty marker lights.
Dive (.......) minutes after detecting aircraft radar transmission, and start snorkelling.
102 Are not to dive until aircraft are sighted visually.
103 Are not to dive until attacked by aircraft.
104 Remain within ( . . . . . ..) yards of the diving position for (.. . . ...) minutes after COMEX.
105 Remain within ( . . . . ...) degree sector, centre bearing (. . . . . ..) from diving position.
106 Subject to any safety requirements, are to operate at the depth most favorable to ASW units.
106A Remain at ( ....... . metres (feet).
107 Is not to go below (. ...... ) metres (feet) unless safety requires.
108 Hover at (. ....... . metres (feet).
109 Are to stay deep for a maximum of (.......) minutes each (. ... ..) hour(s).
110 Are to surface (.. ..... . minutes after diving.
111 Are to surface at specified times to expose themselves to the aircraft.
112 Remain within (...... ) thousands of yards of start position until COMEX.
113 Maintain a course (. . . . . ..) for (. . . . . ..) minutes after COMEX.
114 Is to snorkel or remain at periscope depth in initial position.
115 At Go Time, is to be within ( ........ . miles from Start Position.
116 Are to station themselves (..... .. . miles apart.
117 Are to station themselves at (. . ....) mile intervals along the FRNFOR Force route.
118 Is to steer Safety Course except during ASW action.
119 Limit speed to ( . . . . ...) knots for ( . . . . ...) minutes after COMEX.
120 Speeds are not to exceed (.......) knots.
1
121 I Comply with course and speed diagrams (...... ). I
122 Remain within range of the aircraft sonobuoy pattern for (. . ....) minutes.
123 Do not react to aircraft detections.
124 Do not react until ESM warning of radar is ( . . . . . ..)% higher than the Normal Danger level. I

3-17 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)
(NU) Table 3-3 Exercise Instruction Tables (Cont’d)

1
F El NO MEANING
Snorkel until sighting aircraft.
TO SUBMARINES

Snorkel until attacked by aircraft.

I-
I
127
128
129
Attempt to snorkel for (. . . ..)% of exercise. However, they should avoid detection by aircraft.
Is to have (. . ....)% battery endurance remainingon completion of transit.
Snorkel from (. . ...) until (. . . ...).

F 130
131
132
Make frequent changes in engine revolutions.
When ordered, stop diesel engines and start them again a few minutes afterwards.
While snorkelling, proceed at the quietest speed.
133 Is to ensure periods of high speed snorkel.
134 Are to snorkel at various courses and speeds or on (.. .. . ..) course and (. . . . . ..) speed.
135 Provide visual and acoustic detection opportunities for (. . . . . . .)% of time.
136 Cavitate for (. . . . . . .)% of time.
137 Cavitate for (......) minutes after COMEX.
138 Are to press home attack on force screened and, if undetected, may surface when the force is
out of sight, if safe to do so.
139 Priority of the target for attack is:

(a) Screening units.

(b) Screened units.

(c) Surface unit designated.

Is to indicate attack by releasing a green flare. (Relaxation 2L must be in force.)
Submarines are to simulate attacks and counter-attacks as opportunity occurs.
Is to mark simulated attacks by UWT or SST without firing green grenades.

3-18 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AlR)
(NU) Table 3-3 Exercise Instruction Tables (Cont’d)

TO SUBMARINES
El NO MEANING
143 Is to obtain attack data by means of:

(a) Periscope.

(b) Radar.

(c) Active Sonar.

144 While conducting attacks, obtain fire control data by making frequent transmissions on radar.
145 Make anti D/F sweeps with search radar at intervals of (......) minutes, from (.....) until (....... ).
146 Make frequent periscope radar transmissions on each ship and/or aircraft in turn, from (. . ...)
until (.....).
147 Transmit continuously on search radar from (......) until (. . . ...).
148 May use SST or UWT for their own communications.
149 Evasion:

(a) No evasion.

(b) 30° from base course, 2 knots ordered speed, no change in depth.

(c) 60° from base course, 4 knots ordered speed, no change in depth.

(d) 90° from base course, unlimited speed, 15-metre (50-foot) change in depth.

(e) Depth. Evasion between safe depth and maximum permissible operating depth.

(9 Unlimited evasion in course and speed.

150 May use decoys or evasive devices.
151 Are to use decoys or evasive devices.
152 Are to station themselves to ensure that forces gain contact.
153 If not detected within (. . ....) hours, provoke contact.
154 Provoke attacks by ASW units.
155 Steer towards ASW units if it is considered that contact has been lost for more than (......)
minutes.

3-19 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)
(NU) Table 3-3 Exercise Instruction Tables (Cont’d)

TO SUBMARINES
El NO MEANING
156 Are to assist relocation after (. . . . . ..) minutes following last attack signal, when it is considered
that contact has been lost, by:

(a) Smoke.

(b) Pyrotechnic.

(c) UWT or SST.

(d) Bubbles.

(e) Underwater vertical light.

157 Simulated guided missile fire by:

(a) Surfacing for 5 minutes, and

(b) Transmitting continuously on X-band radar on firing bearing for five minutes, and

(c) Firing two yellow submarine pyrotechnics.

158 Are not deliberately to close within 1000 yards of medium range sonar-fitted helicopters.
159 Cany out EXTAC (.. . ...) from AXP 5.
160 FRNFOR submarines are to be “Marked” (see Article 4011.1).
161 OPFOR submarines are to be “Marked” (see Article 4011.1).
162 Maximum speed for submarines at periscope depth is 10 knots.
163 Target submarine is to steer a straight course.
164 Target submarine is allowed to zig.
165 Release one (colour) pyrotechnic signal when at Safe Depth and ready to COMEX. (This
instruction may only be ordered with the prior approval of the Submarine Operating Authority
(SUBOPAUTH).)
166 Comply with depth table No. . . . . . .. Reference depth is . . .. . ...
167 Submarines use underwater vertical safety light for 1 minute after ASW attack.
168 Submarine is to wmmence evasive manoeuvres when active sonobuoys or attack signals are
heard.
169 Before diving, are to transmit a short drill message on . . . . . .... KHz.

3-20 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)
(NU) Table 3-3 Exercise Instruction Tables (Cont’d)

i-
El NO MEANING
170 Are to conduct . . . . . . . all-round sweeps with radar at random intervals (or at intervals of . . ... . .
Minutes)
171 After the exercise are to report to the OCE details of electronic transmissions, i.e.

(a) Radar transmission times and durations;

(b) Times at which surface ships or helicopters were detected, giving bearings and ranges
in yards; and

(c) Times of radio transmissions.

172 On receiptof the first ( . . . . . .) attack signals by Mk 84 ESUS (Code 1, Table 5-5), submarines are to
mark theirpositionby firing a white/yellowsmoke.
173
to Spares
199 >

3-21 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)
(NU) Table 3-3 Exercise Instruction Tables (Cont’d)

TO MAIN BODY/FORCE SCREENED/TARGETS

El NO. MEANING

200 I Make one zig of not more than 300 during the run.
201 I Make alterations of wurse not more than 300 at intervals of not less than five minutes.
202 I Carry out one alteration of wurse not more than 300 by turning together.
203 May carry out one or more navigational alterations of wurse by wheeling at intervals of not
less than 10 minutes.
204 Is to zigzag, ships turning together. Alterations of wurse are not to exceed 300 and at
intervals of not less than 10 minutes.
205 May use any zigzag plan from ATP 3.
206 Target ships are to zigzag independently.
207 Target ships are to carry out independent narrow weave.
208 Free to carry out any of the evasive tactics previously mentioned.
209 May make alterations of speed.
210 Use speeds up to and including 10 knots.
211 Use speeds up to and including 18 knots.
212 Speeds in excess of 18 knots may be used.
213
Spares
214
215 Screened ships may attack submarines subject to Relaxations in effect.
216 Screened ships shall not attack submarines.
217

218
Spares
>
219
220 Maintain radar policy:

1(a) Silence.
(b) Intermittent.
(c) (......).

3-22 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AlR)
(NU) Table 3-3 Exercise Instruction Tables (Cont’d)

TO MAIN BODY/FORCE SCREENED/TARGETS

El NO. MEANING
221 Maintain Sonar Policy:

(a) Continuous active.

(b) Intermittent.

(c) HE listening.
222 Maintain decoy (noisemaker) policy:

(a) Silence.

(b) Intermittent.

(c) Continuous.
223 Follow a wurse that will bring ships to a point more than (. . ....) nautical miles from the
starting position of the submarine.
224 At the beginning of the pass, ships are to be at a point more than (. . . . . ..) nautical miles
from the starting position of the submarine.
225 Follow a wurse that will bring ships within (. . ....) miles of the starting position of the
submarine.
226 Target ships with screen to pass within (....... ) yards of submarine position or centre of
submarine area.
227 Target ships open to (. . .....) miles on completion of each run.
228 Is to coast-crawl (that is, target ships follow the line of the coast as closely as safe
navigation permits).
229 Main body to be formed by (. . ....) (time).
230 Main body may be simulated.
231 Make initial contact reports to ( . . . . . . .) and amplifying reports, including classifica tion, to
( . . . . . . .)*
232 Carry out EXTAC (.. ....) from AXP 5.
233
to Spares
299 >

3-23 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)
(NU) Table 3-3 Exercise Instruction Tables (Cont’d)

TO ESCORTS/SCREENING SHIPS

El NO. MEANING

300 Are to use any zigzag plan from ATP 3 independentlyof the force being screened.
301 Use a simple zigzag independently.
302 Are to weave independently.
303 Are to carry out independent narrow weave.
304 Spare
305 Ships are not to alter more than 1200 from the MLA/Base wurse to carry out urgent
attacks.
306 Free to carry out any of the above manoeuvres.
307 Alterations of wurse are not to exceed 300 at intervals of not less than five minutes.
308 Conform to the limitations imposed on the target information.
309 Are to patrol within 400 yards of station (narrow weave) up to four knots in excess of
base speed.
310 Are to patrol within 2,000 yards of station (broad weave) up to eight knots in excess of
base speed.
311 Maintain radar policy:

(a) Silence.

@I Intermittent.

(c) (. . . . . ..).
312 Maintain decoy (noise maker) policy:

(a) Silence.

(b) Intermittent.

(c) Continuous.
313 Maintain sonar policy:
(a) Continuous active.
(b) Intermittent.
(c) HE listening.

314 Are not to transmit on long and medium range sonar before Go Time.

3-24 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AlR)
(NU) Table 3-3 Exercise Instruction Tables (Cont’d)

TO ESCORTS/SCREENING SHIPS
El NO. MEANING
) 315 Conduct sonar deception procedures.
316 Maximum duration of unsuccessful investigations (......) minutes.
317 Make initial contact reports to (. . ...) and amplifying reports including classification to
(. . ....).
318 May illuminate contact by ( . . . . . ..) e.g., search light/starshell).
319 Practise lost contact procedure.
320 Conduct ASW action while under air attack.
321 Conduct ASW action in a Nuclear Fallout area.
322 Cruising watches are to practise ASW action.
323 May use Signal A2 in marking attacks.
324 Conduct attacks at silent speed. (Applicable Relaxations 7*
325 Screening ship shall not attack submarine.
326 Screening ships may attack submarine subject to Relaxations in force.
327 Only one attack is to be carried out.
328 After (. . ....) attacks, ASW units withdraw to (......) miles for (. . ....) minutes and then return
to datum.
329 Practise “Stand off attacks without dosing the target.
330 Carry out EXTAC (......) from AXP 5.
331
to Spares
399 1

3-25 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)
(NU) Table 3-3 Exercise Instruction Tables (Cont’d)

TO FIXED-WING AIRCRAFT
El NO. MEANING
400 Dive submarine when at (. . ....) miles.
401 May carry out simulated attacks subject to provisions in Section 2250.
402 Maximum duration of unsuccessful investigations (. . . . . ..) minutes.
403 Wiidraw outside visual range of submarine.
404 Carry out GAMBIT tactics.
405 Practice ON TOP procedures.
406 Open and close submarine’s position. (Pro Sub.)
407 Distance from cooperating ships to be (. . ....) miles at Go Time or at (. . .. . ..).
408 Distance from submarine to be ( ..... ..) miles at Go Time or at (.......).
409 Make initial contact reports to ( ...... ), and amplifying reports, including contact
classification, to (.......).
410 Carry out EXTAC (....... )fromAXP 5.
411 Conduct only passive localization and tracking (until .... ..).

I 412 I First attack is to be based on passive sensor information.

413
to Spares
499 1

3-26 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)
(NU) Table 3-3 Exercise Instruction Tables (Cont’d)

TO HELICOPTERS

El NO. MEANING

500 Maintain sonar contact on the submarineat Go Time.

501 At Go lime, one helicopter is to orbit the submarine and the others to orbit between 5 and
10 miles away.
502 At Go Time, helicopters remain outside 5 miles from the submarine.
503 At Go Time, all helicopters are to be at least 3 times TSR from submarine.
504 Start exercise using Method One. At Go Time, helicopters are at immediate readiness and
are scrambled so as to join the fixed-wing aircraft at datum at Go Time plus (.. ....) minutes.
505 Start exercise using Method Two. Helicoptersjoin the ASW ships at Go Time plus 20
minutes and search with them, being detached so as to join the fixed-wing aircraft at datum
at Go Time plus (......) minutes.
506 Start exercise using Method Three. Helicopters join the ASW ships at Go Time plus 20
minutes and are sent to investigate a false datum. Subsequently, they are ordered to
proceed direct from the false datum so as to join the fixed-wing aircraft at the actual datum
at Go Time plus (......) minutes.
507 Dive submarine when at (. . . . . ..) miles.
508 May simulate attack subject to provisionsof Section 2250.
509 Track the submarine and home the ASW ships to the datum in conjunction with the fixed-
wing aircraft, which will act as a radio link and carry out ON TOP procedures.
510 Assist surface ships in close ASW action in accordance with current doctrine.
511 Make initial contact reports to (. . ..) and amplifying reports, including classification, to (. . . .).
512 Maximum duration of unsuccessful investigations (.......) minutes.
513 Medium-range sonar-fitted helicopters are not deliberately to dip or remain in the dip within
1,000 yards of a submarine.
514 Carry out EXTAC (. . ..) from AXP 5.
515 Helicopters may lower transducers to the maximum depth allowed in the exercise orders
only when accurate sonar search, with the transducer at a depth of 15 metres (50 feet), has
been completed with negative results (see Section 2234).

3-27 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(Al R)
(NU) Table 3-3 Exercise Instruction Tables (Cont’d)

TO ALL PARTICIPANTS

El NO. MEANING

600 Time of Order to Dive is time of COMEX.

601 Exercise terminates at FINEX.
602 Termination of exercise will be ordered by:

(4 OTC

0)) OCE

(c) OSE

W ocs
603 Practice weapon firing phase:

(a) Submarine from (. . . . . ..) to (. . . . . ..).

(b) ASW ships from (. . . . ...) to (....... ).

(c) Fixed wing aircraft from (.......) to (....... ).

(d) Helicopter from (. . . . ...) to (....... ).

604 Make attack reports in accordance with current doctrine.
605 Make occasional transmission oh radar and/or radio as opportunity permits.
Recovery vessel takes station (.......) miles from submarine.
607 Carry out EWX (..... ..) from (....... ).
608 Carry out EXTAC (........) from AXP 5.
609 Designated sonobuoys are not to be dropped in Exercise Stovepipes.

610
to Spares
699

3-28 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)
(NU)Table 34 DepthTables
These depth tables are designed to allow matching ordered depth with exercise conditions. Depths are indicated relative
to a reference depth (H) which is chosen by the OCE and will be either safe depth, layer depth. or other selected depth. In all
circumstances, the OTC must ensure:

(a) That the minimum depth ordered is greater than safe depth, unless the procedure or relaxation in force permits
otherwise

(b) That the maximum depth ordered is less than the maximum operating depth of the submarine.

Table No. 1 (going down, by stages, from reference depth to

a very deep depth; going up by stages)

Table No. 2 (going down, then going up, by stages inside a 100 metres
(328 feet)wide layer, under the reference depth)

MINUTE 0 15 30 45 50 75 90 105 120

DE!‘TH 1 hetres) H +20 +40 +60 +100 +70 +50 +10 H

(W H +66 +131 +197 +328 +230 +164 +33 H

Table No. 3 (oscillations up and down the reference depth, small width)

MINUTE 0 15 30 45 so 75 90 105 120

DEPTH @@=I -20 H +50 -10 +30 H +60 H -20

(fw 46 H +164 -33 +98 H +197 H 6

Table No. 4 (large oscillations up and down the reference depth)

MINUIE 0 20 40 50 so 100 120

DEPTH (mebes) 40 +100 H -20 +!50 +120 40

(fw -131 +328 H 46 +164 +3&l -131

Table No.5 (one stage at periscope depth, then deep depth, then going up to
reference depth (conven ient for CASEX A9 and C.5)

MINUTE 0 30 50 90 100

DEPTH m-1 Periscope depth +150 +50 H H

(fw +492 +1&l H H

.-
3-29 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) Table 3-5 Submarine Course and Speed Diagrams

( Diagram No. 31 I

LEG TIME SPEED

I (MINS) I (US) I
A-B 30 lo-15
EC 20 5-7
C-D 30 lo-15

3-30 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) Table 3-5 Submarine Course and Speed Diagrams (Co&d)

Diagram No. 41

.
HI 10 2 675 H +95
IA’ 15 3 522 I +105
A’ +120

3-33 CHANGE 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) Table 3-5 S u b marine Course and Speed Diagrams Kont’d)

-

Diagram No. 42

I I
Leg Time
(mins)
4 1 2702 1 A 1 0 1
5 1 2871 1 B I +20 I
3 2027 C +37
6 3040 D +57

5 1 2196 I H I+1071
I 1 A’ I+1201

3-34 CHANGE 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) Table 3-5 S u b marine Course and Speed Diagrams (Cont’d)

Diagram No. 43

Leg Time Speed Distance Time at

(mins) (kts) (yds) Each Point
AB 15 2 1013 A 1 0
BC 10 5 1689 B +15
CD 10 2 597 c +25
DE 20 2 1430 D +35
EF 25 6 5067 E +55
FG 15 4 2027 F +80
GH 13 5 2218 G +95
HI 12 3 1216 H +108
I +120

3-35 CHANGE 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) Table 3-5 S u b marine Course and Speed Diagrams (Cont’d)

-

Diagram No. 44

Time
(mins)
Speed
(kts)
3
Distance
(vds) I Time at
Each Point

1 DE
1 EF
1 FG
1 GH 25341 G 179
1 HI 1689 H 1 +89
IJ
t-

3-36 CHANGE 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVYIIAIR) .

(NU) Table 3-5 Submarine Course and Speed Diagrams (Cont’d)

-

Diagram No. 51

0 1000 yoo YOE

-

3-37 CHANGE 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) Table 3-5 Submarine Course and Speed Diagrams (Cont’d)

Diagram No. 52

GH 10 3 1013 G +83
HI 18 2.5 1520 H +93
IA’ 9 3 912 I +lll
. A +120

3-38 CHANGE 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) Table 3-5 Submarine Course and Speed Diagrams (Cont’d)

Diagram No. 53

(X

HI 21 2.5 1774 H +90

IJ 19 2.5 760 I +lll
J +120

3-39 CHANGE 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) Table 3-5 Submarine Course and Speed Diagrams (Cont’d)

-

Diagram No. 54

160

ye 2700 YDS e-1 Y’

0 7000
“to YDS

Leg Time Speed

(mins) (kts) 1 Di;::;e 1 E:?;t
AB 8 2.5 676 A 0
BC 15 3 1520 B +8
CD 15 4 2027 C +23
DE 10 5 1689 D +38
EF 15 2 1013- E +48
FG 10 4 1352 F +63
GH 10 2 1 676 ICI +73
HI 10 3 1 1013 1 H I +83
IJ 15
JK 12

3-40 CHANGE 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) Table 3-5 Submarine Course and Speed Diagrams (Cont’d)

Diagram No. 55

(Spare)

3-41 ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) Table 3-5 Submarine Course and Speed Diagrams

Diagram No. 56

L
r 0

C D

AB 6 6000
BC 6 Turn 180’

I CD I 6 I 6000

3-42 ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) Table 3-6 Tracking Exercise Diagrams

Diagram No. 60
CONVERGENCE ZONE TRACKING

COURSE 2 30’
ABOUT 000’ T.
’ SPEED ADJUSTED
TO MAINTAIN TARGET
AT 090’ TO SHIPS
POSlTlON

090-T IOKT GAIN OF CONTACT

THE ZIGZAG MANEUVERS ALLOW THE OPERATORS TO OBSERVE THE TARGET AS IT PASSES THROUGH THE
ANNULUS. THE OPERATOR OBSERVES CONTACTS OF VARIOUS STRENGTHS, PRACTISES REGAINING SONAR
CONTACT, AND DETERMINES THE WIDTH OF THE CZ ANNULUS. ALSO, VALUABLE EXPERIENCE IS GAINED IN
OBSERVING PHENOMENA WITHIN ASSOCIATED WITH GAINING AND LOSING CONTACT. THE ZIGZAG MANOEUVRES
WILL PROVIDE PRACTICE IN TEAM CO-ORDINATION BETWEEN SONAR, CIC, AND THE BRIDGE.

NOTES: 1. BASE COURSE AND SPEED MAY BE ADJUSTED.

2. SUBMARINE MAY BE DIVED AFTER CONTACT.

3-43 ORIGINAL
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) Table 3-6 T racking Exercise Diagrams (Cont’d)

Diagram No. 61
OTHER TRACKING OPTIONS

A. SUBMARINE DEPTH INVESTIGATION B. SUBMARINE ASPECT INVESTIGATION

START START I- \
I
/ StARCH 1 SEARCH STERN QUARTER
DFPTH (LAYER DEPTH
SkilP I 15 METRES (SO FEET), SHIP I ASPECT
*’ 45’
.A
l* BOW ASPECT
DEPTH (LAYER DEPTH : I
7 5 METRES (25 FEET)’ .
.
I
-9-w STERN ASPECT

7
-. 45’ I
SUB- ,
DEPTH (BEST MPTH) MARINF: BOW QUARTER
SUBMARINE
I TARGET ASPECT
.l TARGET . I FINEX I
FINEX

COURSE z 30’ SPEED 3 KT SPEED 3 - 5 KT SPLED7- IOKT

ABOUT 000’ - 100’ COUWSE 000’ - 180’ COURSE 000’ - 180’ PERISCOPE DEPTH
------_---_----_____----------------------
-------____----_--__---------------------
NOTE: Depth m.y also bc ordrrcd u ,n Table 3-4
NOTE wrn and dtpchr may be ahercd IO sunt cquipmenc. condo-
WON and opcr.c,rg me...

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

C. TARGET SPEED VARIATION (NUCLEAR SUBMARINE) 0. OWN SHIP SPEED INVESTIGATIONS

START c
I
t
START’ t SEARCH
SEARCH SHIP
SHIP
NUCLEAR
SUBMARINE

SUB-
SUB- MARINE
MARINE TARGET
TARGET 1
FlNEX
FlNEX t 4
COURSE 000’ - 180’ COURSE 000’ - 180’
COURSE AND SPEED COURSE 000’ - 180’
SPEED INCREASED AT 5-u) TO MATCH
VARIED TO KEEP SPEED INCREASED AT
TARGET IN CZ ORDERED IKI-ERVALS OWERED INlERVAS SEARCH SHIP
------------------------------------ --------------------------------------
NOTE tkpth and -pea changer may also be ordered. NOfE: Depth uld upect chanw may aLo be ordered.

3-44 ORIGINAL
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) Table 3-7 CASEX A Series - Exercises Involving Ships and/or Helicopters

CASEX NO. PURPOSE RECOMMENDED REMARKS

I DURATION
A-l Basic Tracking Exercise 1-1/2 hrs
A-2 Basic Coordinated Tracking Exercise 2hrs
A-3 Basic SAU Exercise 2 hrs
A-4 Advanced SAU Exercise 2-1/2 hrs
A-5 Basic Submarine Attack on a Screened or 3hrs
Unscreened Target - Counter Attack not Allowed
A-6 Intermediate Submarine Attack on a Screened or 3-1/2 hrs
Unscreened Target - Counter Attack Allowed
A-7 Advanced ASW Action on an Unrestricted 2hrs
Submarine - Submarine Counter Attacks
(Simulated or Firing Practice Torpedoes)
A-3 Defence of an Open Anchorage or Assault Area 5 hrs
A-9 VDS Tracking Exercise Using Safety Zone 2hrs
Separation
A-10 VDS Tracking Exercise Using a SubmarineArea
and Safety Zone
A-l 1 Sonar Passive Tracking
A-12 Sonar Passive Tracking (multi-ship)
A-13 Passive Tracking Exercise
A-14 to Spares
A-20
A-21 Basic Passive Tracking Exercise
A-22 Long-Range Passive
Exercise
A-23 Long-Range Passive Surveillance Exercise
Procedures
A-24 Intermediate ASW Area Search

3-45 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) Table 3-8 CASEX B Series - Exercises Involving ASW Aircraft

CASEX PURPOSE RECOMMENDED REMARKS

NO. DURATION

I B-1 I Basic Search, Homing and Attack Exercise 2 hrs I

I B-2 I Basic Localization and Attack Exercise 2hrs I

r B-3 Advanced Search, Localization

Exercise

1Basic ASW Barrier Exercise

and Attack 4hrs

12 hrs I

r
B-6
B-5 Advanced ASW Barrier Exercise

I Basic Passive Tracking and Attack Exercise I

At least
24 hrs

4 hrs I

(NU) Table 3-9 CASEX C Series - Exercises Involving Multiple Forces

CASM PURPOSE RECOMMENDED REMARKS

NO. DURATION

C-l MADVEC and VECTAC Exercise I 1 hr I I

G2 Basic Coordinated ASW Exercise I 3hrs I I
G3 Advanced Coordinated ASW Exercise 3 hrs
or more

G4 Advanced Coordinated ASW Exercise/Protection 12 hrs

of a Force or more

c5 Advanced Coordinated ASW Exercise Against 12 hrs

Transiting/Patrolling Submarines or more

c-6 VDS Exercise Use Safety Zone Separation 2hrs

c-7 Defence of Main Body During Opposed Sortie/ 3hrs

Entry or more

c-8 Advanced Coordinated ASW Barrier Exercise 12hrs

Against Transiting Submarines or more

G9 ASW Forces Area Search Followed by Submarine 5 hours

Attack on Underway Replenishment Group or more

Cl0 Coordinated Passive Tracking Exercise by TAS

Units and Aircraft

Cl1 Intermediate Coordinated ASW Area Search

Cl2 Advanced Coordinated ASW Exercise

(PROWLEX)

3-46 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) Table 3-10 CASEX D Series - Exercises Involving Submarines in the Support Role

CASEX PURPOSE RECOMMENDED REMARKS

NO. DURATION

D-l Support Submarine Tracking and Attack Exercises 12 hrs or more

(by day or night)
D-2 Basic Exercise of Coordinated Operations Each phase of this
exercise should
last at least 4 hrs

I D-3
IAdvanced ASuW Exercise of Coordinated
Operations
18 hrs or more

ID4 I Advanced ASW Exercise of Coordinated Operations 18 hrs or more

(NU) Table 3-11 CASEX E Series - Exercises of a Miscellaneous Nature

4
PURPOSE RECOMMENDED REMARKS
DURATION

FamiliarizationSubmarine and ASW Units Exercise As specified

I E-2 Practice Weapon Delivery Exercise 1 hr

Mutual Sensor Exercise 1 hr
ASW Action Against a Bottomed Submarine or 2hrs
Target
E-5 Exercise in Searching for a Simulated Submarine 3hrs
Casualty (SMASHEX)
Coordinated Submarine Rescue Operations
Underwater Look Exercise 2 hrs or more
Depth Charge Exercise

(NU) Table 3-12 CASEX F Series - Synthetic Exercises

CASEX PURPOSE RECOMMENDED REMARKS

NO DURATION
F-l Train basic ASW procedures (SAU procedures and 3 hrs Former
close ASW action) when no submarine is available. SYNTEX 525
F-2 To exercise advanced ASW procedures when no 3hrs Former
submarine is available SYNTEX 522

-
3-47 (Reverse Blank) CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) CASEX A-1

BASIC TRACKING EXERCISE

PURPOSE 9. At FINEX, submarine is to be surfaced

in accordance with Article 2273 unless relaxa-
1. To exercise one ASW ship and/or tions in force otherwise permit.
helicopter in basic submarine tracking and
attacking. SPECIAL PROVISIONS
None.
FORCES REQUIRED
RECORDS
1. One ship and/or helicopter.
As required.
2. One submarine.

SITUATION

1. Submarine is on the surface or at PD

with the ship and/or helicopter within 4000
yards, and is required to dive to a Safe Depth,
or

2. Helicopter and submarine are in visual

contact.

3. Initially, submarine course, speed and

depth are to be restricted.

PROCEDURE

1. Establish communications prior to Go

Time.

2. Units station themselves in accordance

with Article 2260.

3. Submarine reports “Ready”.

4. Unit orders submarine to dive.

5. Submarine reports when at Safe Depth

by UWT or SST.

6. Unit initiates COMEX.

7. Carry out ASW action.

8. Unit breaks off attacks five minutes

before FINEX.

3-Al-l (Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVYHAIR)

(NU) CASEX A-2

BASIC COORDINATED TRACKING EXERCISE

PURPOSE 5. Submarine reports when at Safe Depth

by UWT or SST.
1. To exercise two or more ASW units in:
6. OTC/OCS initiates COMEX.
a. Tracking and attacking a sub-
marine. 7. Carry out ASW action.

b. Inter-unit plotting and reporting 8. Units break off attacks five minutes
procedures. before FINEX.

2. To exercise a submarine in counter- 9. At FINEX submarine is to be surfaced in

attacking and evading. accordance with Article 2273 unless relaxations
in force otherwise permit.
FORCES REQUIRED
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. Two or more ASW ships and/or heli-
copters. None.

2. One submarine. RECORDS

SITUATION As required.

1. Submarine is on the surface or at PD

with the ships and/or helicopters within 4000
yards, and is required to dive to a Safe Depth; .
and/or

2. Helicopters and submarine are in visual

and voice contact. Submarine may be on the
surface or at PD.

3. Initially, submarine course, speed and

depth are restricted.

PROCEDURE

1. Establish communications prior to Go

Time.

2. Units station themselves in accordance

with Article 2260.

3. Submarine reports “Ready”.

4. OTC/OCS orders submarine to dive or

go to Safe Depth.

3-A2- 1 (Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) CASEX A-3

BASIC SAU EXERCISE

PURPOSE 3. If the submarine is prematurely forced

deep it may return to PD, when safe to do so,
1. To exercise two or more ASW units in: provided COMEX has not been initiated.

a. Detecting, classifying, tracking and 4. First unit gaining contact initiates

attacking a submarine. COMEX.

b. Simple SAU procedure. 5. Carry out ASW action (see Article

2252, para 1 .a.).
C. Inter-unit reporting, plotting and
control procedures. 6. Submarine remains at Safe Depth until
FINEX or Stop Time, depending on relaxations
2. To exercise a submarine in counter- in force.
attacking and evading after detection.
7. Units break off attacks five minutes
FORCES REQUIRED before FINEX.

1. Two or more ASW units. 8. At FINEX or Stop time, submarine is to

be surfaced in accordance with Article 2273,
2. One submarine. unless relaxations in force otherwise permit.

SITUATION SPECIAL PROVISIONS

1. Submarine to remain within 2000 yards None.

of start position until COMEX, unless otherwise
directed. RECORDS

2. Submarine is required to go to a Safe As required.

Depth when threatened by ASW ships or heli-
copters.

3. After COMEX the submarine may be

restricted or unrestricted.

4. Start position for ASW units to be lo-

15 miles (or as desired) from submarine’s start
position.

PROCEDURE

1. Units close estimated position of sub-

marine.

2. Submarine goes to Safe Depth in accor-

dance with the Safety Precautions and the
relaxations in force.

3-A3- 1 (Reverse Blank) CHANGE 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) CASEX A-4

ADVANCED SAU EXERCISE

PURPOSE 5. First unit gaining contact initiates

COMEX.
1. To exercise two or more ASW units in:
6. Carry out ASW action (see Article
a. detecting, classifying, tracking and 2252.1 .a.). I
attacking a submarine;
7. Submarine remains at Safe Depth until
b. advanced SAU procedures; and FINEX or Stop Time depending on relaxations in
force.
C. inter-unit plotting, reporting and
control procedures. 8. Units break off attacks 5 minutes before
FINEX.
2. To exercise submarines in counter-
attacking and avoiding detection. 9. At FINEX or Stop Time, submarine is to
be surfaced in accordance with Article 2273
FORCES REQUIRED unless relaxations in force otherwise permit.

1. Two or more ASW units. SPECIAL PROVISIONS

2. One submarine. None.

SITUATION RECORDS

1. Submarine is to remain within specified As required.

Submarine Probability Area until COMEX, then
it is unrestricted.

2. ASW units are to be 15-20 miles (or as

desired) from the centre of the Submarine
Probability Area.

PROCEDURE

1. Units close estimated position of sub-

marine.

2. Submarine is to attempt to avoid detec-

tion while within the Submarine Probability
Area.

3. Submarine goes to Safe Depth in accor-

dance with the Safety Precautions and the
I relaxations in force.

4. If the submarine is prematurely forced

deep, it may return to PD when safe to do so,
provided COMEX has not been initiated.

3-A4-1 (Reverse Blank) CHANGE 1

NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) CASEX A-5

BASIC SUBMARINE Al-TACK ON A SCREENED OR UNSCREENED TARGET (COUNTER-ATTACK

NOT ALLOWED)

PURPOSE 3. Submarine goes to Safe Depth in

accordance with the safety Precautions and
1. To exercise submarines in simulated or the relaxations in force.
practice torpedo attacks on screened or
unscreened targets and escorts. 4. If the submarine is prematurely forced
deep, it may return to PD, when safe to do so.
2. To exercise ASW units in detecting
submarines attacking or penetrating a screen. 5. If ASW units gain contact, they are not
to drop back, alter course to investigate,
3. To exercise ASW units in the detection attack or counter-attack, or initiate COMEX.
of torpedoes and the employment of torpedo
countermeasures. 6. Submarine attacks should be signaled.

FORCES REQUIRED 7. Exercise terminates at Stop Time, or

for individual submarines when they surface,
1. One or more ships and, if available, whichever is earlier. (Surfacing procedure in
helicopters. accordance with Article 2273 is to be carried
out at Stop Time unless all submarines have by
2. One or more submarines. then surfaced, or unless relaxations in force
permit otherwise.)
SlTUATlON
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. Surface units steer a base course and
speed to pass known submarine start position 1. When practice torpedo firings have
as ordered. been authorized, the following provisions
apply:
2. As the attack proficiency of the a. Normally, only one run will be
submarine improves, the surface units may be allowed.
allowed to employ countermeasures as
authorized by the relaxations and Exercise b. OCS may specify a minimum tor-
Instructions in force. pedo firing range to obtain max-
imum value in torpedo detection.
3. Submarine may be at any depth in
start position. C. Surface ships are not to evade
torpedoes, unless the appropriate
4. Distance between submarines and relaxations are in force.
surface units for each run, is to be specified by
the OCS. d. Restrictions on firing practice
torpedoes are to be in accordance
with Article 2253.

1. Units close position of submarine. RECORDS

2. Submarine makes approach and attack. As required.

3-A5-1 (Reverse Blank) CHANGE 3

NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 _--_-

NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) CASEX A-6

--
INTERMEDIATE SUBMARINE ATTACK IN A SCREENED OR UNSCREENED TARGET (COUNTER-
ATTACK ALLOWED)

PURPOSE 5. The first unit gaining contact initiated

COMEX.
1. To exercise submarines in attacking an
unscreened or screened target and evading 6. Carry out ASW action (see Article
detection. 2252.1 .a.).

2. To exercise units in detecting, attacking 7. Submarine attacks may be signalled.

and/or counter-attacking submarines.
8. Submarine remains at Safe Depth until
FORCES REQUIRED FINEX or Stop Time.

1. One or more ships, and, if available, 9. Units break off attacks five minutes
helicopters. before FINEX.

2. One or more submarines. 10. At FINEX or Stop Time, submarine is to

be surfaced in accordance with Article 2273
SITUATION unless relaxations in force otherwise permit.

1. Surface units steer a base course to SPECIAL PROVISIONS

pass within 6000 yards, or as specified by the
OCE/OCS, of the initial position of the sub- 1. If more than one submarine is to partici-
w marine or centre of the area, employing pate, they are to be stationed at least 5 miles
countermeasures authorized by Relaxations and apart, unless coordinated attacks are allowed.
Exercise Instructions.
2. Practice torpedoes may be fired during
2. Submarines are to avoid detection and the exercise until COMEX plus five minutes.
achieve a firing position.
RECORDS
3. The initial distance between surface
units and submarines will be at least 15 miles As required.
or as specified by the OCE/OCS.

PROCEDURE

1. Units close estimated position of sub-

marine.

2. Submarine makes approach and attacks.

3. Submarine goes to Safe Depth in accor-

dance with the Safety Precautions and the
I relaxations in force.

4. If the submarine is prematurely forced

deep, it may return to PD, when safe to do so,
provided COMEX has not been initiated.

3-A6- 1 (Reverse Blank) CHANGE 1

NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) CASEX A-7

ADVANCED ASW ACTION ON AN UNRESTRICTED SUBMARINE

SUBMARINE COUNTER-ATTACKS
(SIMULATED OR FIRING PRACTICE TORPEDOES)

PURPOSE 4. After COMEX the submarine is un-

restricted in the conduct of the exercise pro-
1. To exercise ASW ships in attacking an vided Relaxation 2 *J is in force.
unrestricted submarine, employing Torpedo
Countermeasures and avoiding torpedoes 5. All attacks may be simulated or sub-
detected at close range. marine practice torpedoes may be fired.

2. To exercise submarines in aggressive 6. All attacks should be marked by appro-

tactics against ASW ships. priate signals.

3. To exercise submarines in attacking and 7. When practice torpedoes are fired,

evasion during an ASW action. torpedo attack signals received, and/or tor-
pedoes detected, the OTC/OCS is to:
FORCES REQUIRED
a. Break off the ASW action, mark
1. One or more ASW ships. torpedoes and prepare to surface
the submarine.
2. One submarine.
b. Surface the submarine in accor-
SITUATION dance with Article 2273 unless
relaxations in force otherwise
1. Submarine, at PD, in visual contact with permit.
ASW ships who are stationed outside 1500
yards but within the submarine tactical sonar 8. When attacks are simulated, the
range. OTC/OCS is to:

2. Submarine attacks and/or counter- a. Break off attacks five minutes

attacks. before FINEX.

3. Ships employ Torpedo Countermeasures b. At FINEX, the submarine is to be

when the appropriate Relaxations and Exercise surfaced in accordance with
Instructions are in force. Articles 2272 and 2273 unless
relaxations in force otherwise
PROCEDURE permit.

1. Establish communications prior to Go SPECIAL PROVISIONS

Time.
1. This CASEX can only be carried out
2. Submarine reports “Ready to commence when both the submarine and ASW units are at
the exercise” and fires one smoke/flare. the required level of training, and must have the
prior approval of the SUBOPAUTH.
3. OTC/OCS initiates COMEX.

3-A7- 1 ORIGINAL
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

2. With Relaxation 2 l J, ships should RECORDS

anticipate that the submarine may come to PD
to obtain fire control data. As required. -

3. The submarine is responsible for its own

safety throughout the exercise and is to take
offensive action primarily from PD. If forced
below PD for more than three minutes, or
uncertain of the surface situation while deep
after COMEX has been initiated, or if sea condi-
tions are such as to prevent the submarine
going deep rapidly, or if for any reason it is
unsafe to remain at PD, it is to go to and
remain at Safe Depth until FINEX or Stop Time,
whichever is the earlier.

4. The submarine is to be surfaced or put

deep if the OTC/OCS of the surface forces
considers that it might be confused by the HE
of any other ship in the vicinity, of whose
presence the submarine may not be aware
(e.g., if other ships approach the submarine’s
position after the ASW action has been
started). However, there is no requirement for
the ASW ships to stop the action by putting the
submarine deep at the start of the exercise,
when the ASW ships form part of a larger
force, since the submarine should then be able
to appreciate the situation and go deep on its
own initiative if necessary.

5. Unless otherwise ordered, the torpedo

firing phase is to begin at least 45 minutes
before FINEX or Stop Time, whichever is earlier.

6. Relaxation 2’J is in force during the

torpedo firing phase. Relaxations 2D, 2 l E,
2*F, 7*A, 7*C, 8+B, 9D and 9’E are not
allowed.

7. CASEX may only take place by day and

in good visibility.

8. Submarine’s sonar must be fully opera-

tional.

9. Orders for the recovery vessel and

torpedo recovery must be included.

3-A7-2 ORIGINAL
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) CASEX A-8

DEFENCE OF AN OPEN ANCHORAGE OR ASSAULT AREA

PURPOSE 5. First unit gaining contact initiates

COMEX.
1. To exercise ASW units in protecting an
exposed anchorage or assault area. 6. At FINEX or Stop Time, submarine is to
be surfaced in accordance with Article 2273,
2. To exercise submarines in penetrating a unless relaxations in force otherwise permit.
patrol of ASW units and attacking a concen-
tration of shipping. SPECIAL PROVISIONS

3. To exercise participants in conducting 1. Submarines are to be informed of the

inshore operations. limits of the approach sector and may be given
information on the type of patrol used by the
FORCES REQUIRED ASW units.

1. Two or more target ships, or a 2. If more than one submarine take part,
reference ship. the senior submarine commanding officer is to
coordinate attacks.
2. Two or more ASW ships and/or heli-
copters. 3. ATP 28, paragraph 1114b should be
read when considering this CASEX.
3. One or more submarines.
RECORDS
SITUATION
As required.
1. ASW units defend the designated area
while submarines endeavour to penetrate the
ASW patrol and attack shipping or the
reference ship.

2. Target ships or reference ship may be at

anchor or underway.

PROCEDURE

1. The OSE/OCE designates the area and

establishes patrols.

2. At Go Time, or as ordered, the sub-

marine is to dive, remaining in assigned
approach sector, and is to try to penetrate the
ASW defence.

3. ASW units defend the area as ordered.

4. Submarines which penetrate the patrol

are to indicate simulated torpedo attacks by the
appropriate signals, and avoid detection.

3-A8- 1 (Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) CASEX A-9

VDS TRACKING EXERCISE USING SAFETY ZONE SEPARATION

PURPOSE 4. Against non-VDS units the submarine

complies with Article 2232.
1. To exercise ASW ships and helicopters
in detecting and counter-attacking an attacking 5. COMEX to be initiated in accordance
submarine. with OCS direction.

2. To exercise VDS ships in basic sub- 6. After COMEX, the submarine is to

marine tracking. remain at Safe Depth until FINEX or Stop Time.
VDS depth should not be considered when
FORCE REQUIRED calculating submarine Safe Depth, and if all
ships are VDS-fitted the submarine is un-
1. One or more ASW ships and/or heli- restricted in depth throughout.
copters, with at least one VDS ship.
7. ASW ships break off attacks 5 minutes
2. One submarine. before FINEX or Stop Time.

SITUATION 8. The submarine is then to be surfaced in

accordance with Article 2273, unless relaxa-
1. Submarine is on the surface or at PD at tions in force permit otherwise.
Go Time.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
2. The OCS is in visual contact and within
5 miles of the submarine. The Relaxation 14”D 1. CASEX A-9 (Safety Zone) is designed to
(Table 3-2) allows the exercise to start when allow both VDS ships and submarine freedom
the participating units are not in visual contact. from depth restrictions with regard to each
other.
PROCEDURE
2. The danger of submarine/VDS collision
1. OCS orders all ASW units and sub- is minimized by the establishment of a neutral
marines to lock plots at Go Time. The Safety corridor at the start of the exercise. Unless
Zone (see Special Provisions) is marked on the special relaxations are authorized (14*), their
plots of submarine and all ships. neutral corridor is 4,000 yards wide and parallel
to the safety course. As far as possible the
2. The submarine, after initial locking of orientation should not be at right angles to the
the Safety Zone, dives and manoeuvres so as current. When 14” relaxations are in force,
to remain within the Submarine Area. changing the shape or dimension of the neutral
corridor, Figures 2-2 and 2-3 should be referred
3. Ships open out in the VDS area, outside to.
the Safety Zone. VDS may be streamed pro-
viding the submarine is on the surface, or 3. Unless Relaxation 14”D is in force, the
streamed in the VDS area after the Safety Zone lock point of the neutral corridor is the sub-
has been locked and the submarine has dived. marine position at mutual locking time, when
VDS ships then manoeuvre as required to the submarine is to be on the surface within 5
detect and track the submarine, remaining miles and in visual contact with the OCS. The
outside the Safety Zone. Other units close the submarine area is to be indicated in paragraph
position of the submarine as directed by the l U of the Order Table as follows: “Submarine
ocs. area West or North or East or South)“. The

3-A9- 1 ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

VDS ships have the area on the other side of 11. The submarine area is to be a minimum
the Safety Zone. (See diagram.) of 5 miles wide.
-
CASEX A-9 DIAGRAM 12. This exercise is to be conducted with
visibility in accordance with Article 2214.

.
0
SAFETY
COURSE
~ . .I’.

VDS SHIPS
SUBMARINE
AREA AREA
(West Area) (East Area)

POSITION OF
SUBMARINE AT
%
SA FETY ZONE
LOCKING

4. The submarine and all ships plot the

Safety Zone on their plotting tables and remain
in their respective areas using Dead Reckoning
Navigation. The Safety Zone is never to be
locked geographically and may not be updated
except under the stringent conditions used in
the initial locking. If Relaxation 14’D is
ordered, consult Article 2237.1 .b.(4).

5. There are no restricted areas for non-

VDS ships.

6. The OCS is always to be aboard a VDS

ship.

7. Unless Relaxations 14 *A and 14”B are

in force, this CASEX is not to exceed 2 hours.
This period should be reduced in areas of
strong currents/tidal streams.

8. The exercise is to be terminated if

contact is lost for a period of one hour.

9. Only one run is allowed.

10. Submarine radar must be operating

efficiently and radar range checked.

3-A9-2 ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVYHAIR)

(NU) CASEX A-10

VDS TRACKING EXERCISE USING A SUBMARINE AREA AND SAFETY ZONE

PURPOSE to detect and track the submarine remaining

outside the submarine area and safety zone.
1. To exercise VDS-fitted ships in de- (See Diagram.)
tecting and tracking a submarine.
4. When at PD and ready to commence
2. To exercise VDS ships without VDS the exercise, the submarine reports to the OCS
restrictions. “READY”.

3. To exercise helos and non-VDS ships in 5. The OCS acknowledges the “READY”
detecting and tracking a submarine. and orders “Commence CASEX A-l 0”.

FORCES REQUIRED 6. After the exercise commences, the non-

VDS units, including helicopters, close the
1. One or more ASW ships and/or heli- position of the submarine as directed by the
copters with at least one VDS ship. ocs.

2. One submarine. CASEX A-10 DIAGRAM

1
SITUATION

1. Submarine is on the surface or at PD at

Go Time.
I -
2. The OCS is in visual contact and within
5 miles of the submarine. If the visibility is less
1 than 5 miles but greater than 1 mile, a heli-
copter visual on top is acceptable as visual
I contact.

3. All other units are at least 8000 yards

from the submarine.
7. Against units not streaming VDS the
PROCEDURE submarine complies with Article 2232.

1. OCS orders all ASW units and sub- 8. ASW units break off the attacks 5
marine to lock plots at Go Time. The Sub- minutes before FlNEXor Stop Time.
marine Area and Safety Zone are marked on the
plots of the submarine and all ships. 9. The submarine is to be surfaced in
accordance with Articles 2273 and 2274. VDS
2. On completion of plot lock, the OCS will ships are to remain outside the Submarii ne Area
order the submarine to dive to PD. All ships and Safety Zone.
remain outside the Safety Zone and Submarine
Area while the submarine is diving. SPECIAL PROVISIONS

3. Ships stream VDS outside the Safety 1. This special CASEX A-l 0 is desi gned to
Zone as ordered by OCS after plots have been allow VDS ships freedom from depth re-
locked. VDS ships then manoeuvre as required

3-Al O-l ORIGINAL

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

strictions, while carrying out controlled ASW a. When it is considered that the
exercises. submarine is proceeding outside
the Submarine Area. -
2. The Lock Point for the Submarine Area
and Safety Zone is the position of the sub- b. when the unit is in doubt as to its
marine at locking time. The submarine is to be position relative to the Safety
on the surface within 5 miles and in visual Zone.
contact with the OCS. If the visibility is less
than 5 miles but greater than 1 mile, a heli- C. If the submarine is believed to be
copter visual on top is acceptable as visual leaving the Submarine Area and
contact with the submarine. communications cannot be esta-
blished with the submarine on
3. Submarine radar must be operating UWT or SST. The OCS will order
efficiently and radar range checked with the ships to clear the area and he will
ocs. surface the submarine using explo-
sive charge signal A5.
4. The submarine and all ships mark the
submarine area and the safety zone on their 11. Relaxation 7”A or 7 l B may never be
plotting tables and remain in their respective approved concurrently with 2 l J.
areas using Dead Reckoning navigation. The
Submarine Area/Safety Zone are never to be 12. COMEX will be initiated using explosive
locked geographically and may not be up-dated charge signal A4 by the first non-VDS ship or
except under the stringent conditions used in helo gaining sonar contact.
the initial locking.
13. The OCS is to be in a VDS fitted ship
5. During the exercise, there are no for this CASEX.
restricted areas for ships not streaming VDS. -
Prior to plot lock the submarine is to be 14. Voice procedure for plot lock is to be
informed of the number and type of non-VDS conducted as follows:
exercise units.
ocs - “STANDBY TO LOCK PLOTS IN
6. This CASEX is not to exceed 2-l/2 1 MINUTE”.
hours, and in areas of strong or variable tidal OCS - “LOCK PLOTS NOW, NOW,
I,
current this period should be reduced. NOW, TIME .

7. This CASEX is to be conducted with On the third of the three “NOWS” all ships and
visibility in accordance with Article 2214. submarines lock plots.

8. The Submarine Area is to be a circle

with a 4000-8000 yard radius, dependent on
environmental conditions. The radius should
normally be specified in the CASEX message
but may be modified.

9. The Safety Zone is a 4000 yard exten-

sion of the Submarine Area and may be modi-
fied by Relaxation 14” E.

10. The OCS is to be informed by a partici-

pating unit:

3-A 1 O-2 ORIGINAL

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) CASEX A-11

SONAR PASSIVE TRACKING

PURPOSE C. Promulgate course and speed

manoeuvres, if any, to the sub-
1. To exercise an ASW team in procedures marine. Manoeuvres should be
for passively tracking a quiet submarine through kept simple, dependent upon
use of passive bearings only. training level of surface
ships/operators, and should vary
2. To exercise sonar operators in operation from no manoeuvres for basic
of passive sonar equipment and classification of training to three known speed
targets. changes per hour for advanced
training.
3. To develop proficiency in internal com-
munications. d. Order COMEX when the submarine
reports at Safe Depth and all units
FORCES REQUIRED are ready.

1. One or more ASW ships with passive 2. ASW ship(s):

sonar capability.
a. Take station as directed by OCE.
2. One submarine.
b. Notify OCE when ready to com-
SITUATION mence passive tracking.

1. Submarine is on the surface or at PD C. Track submarine as it submerges.

not less than 1500 yards from exercise ship(s). When the submarine is at Safe
Depth and OCE orders COMEX,
2. When surface units have gained passive manoeuvre as necessary to track
contact and are ready, the OCE orders the the submarine. Maintain position
submarines to submerge to a Safe Depth. that presents good passive con-
tact.
3. When the submarine reports at Safe
Depth and the surface units are ready, the OCE d. Determine submarine course and
orders COMEX. The surface units then speed by plotting passive bearings
manoeuvre as necessary to maintain passive and through use of assist ship(s)
contact out to the maximum possible range. bearings if available. Check ac-
curacy of course and speed
PROCEDURES plotted when the submarine trans-
mits courses and speeds.
1. The OCE shall:
3. The submarine shall:
a. Assign station to ASW ship(s)
normally on the quarter of the a. When ordered by the OCE, take
submarine at a distance that would any depth which meets the se-
ensure good passive contact. paration requirements of Table 2
2, remaining above the thermal
b. Establish initial base course and layer if possible. Report when at
speed of participating ships. Safe Depth.

3-Al l-l ORIGINAL

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

b. At COMEX, manoeuvre in accor-

dance with exercise instructions.
-
SPECIAL PROVISIONS

None.

RECORDS

1. Transmit courses and speeds to ASW

ship(s) after FINEX.

2. As required by OCE.

3-Al l-2 ORIGINAL

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 _-. --_--

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) CASEX A-12

SONAR PASSIVE TRACKING (MULTI-SHIP)

PURPOSE b. Establish initial base course and

speed of participating ships,
1. To exercise ASW teams of two or more
surface ships in procedures for passively C. Order COMEX when the submarine
tracking and plotting a quiet, manoeuvring reports at Safe Depth and all the
submarine through use of passive bearings only units are ready.
with assistance from another passive surface
ship. 2. ASW ship(s):

2. To exercise sonar operators in operation a. Take stations as directed by OCE.

of passive sonar equipment and classification of
targets. b. Notify OCE when ready to com-
mence passive tracking.
FORCES REQUIRED
C. Track submarine as it submerges.
1. Two or more ASW ships with passive When the submarine is at Safe
sonar capability. Ships must have satisfactorily Depth, and the OCE orders
completed CASEX A-l 1. COMEX, manoeuvre as necessary
to maintain contact and favourable
2. One submarine. firing position.

SITUATION d. Determine submarine course and

I - speed by plotting passive bearings
1. Submarine is on the surface or at PD and through use of assist ship(s)
not less than 1500 yards from exercise ships. bearings. Check accuracy of
course and speed plotted when
2. When surface units have gained contact the submarine transmits courses
and are ready, the OCE orders the submarine to and speeds.
go to a Safe Depth.
3. The submarine shall:
3. When the submarine reports at Safe
Depth and the surface units are ready, the OCE a. When ordered by OCE, proceed to
orders COMEX. Surface units then manoeuvre any depth which meets minimum
as necessary to maintain contact out to the separation requirements of Table
maximum range possible while tracking the 2-2 and report.
submarine.
b. After COMEX and at intervals of
PROCEDURES 12 to 15 minutes, change course
30 to 60 degrees, change speed
1. The OCE shall: by at least three knots, and
change depth by at least 60
a. Assign stations to ASW ships, metres (200 feet). Operate on
normally on the quarters of the three different courses, speeds
submarine at a distance that would and depths during a 45-minute
ensure good passive contact. exercise.

3-A12-1 ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

None.

RECORDS

1. Transmit course, speed, depth changes

and times to ASW ships after FINEX.

2. As required by OCE.

3-A 12-2 ORIGINAL

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) CASEX A-13

PASSIVE TRACKING EXERCISE

PURPOSE PROCEDURE

1. To train the shipboard ASW team to 1. Establish communications prior to Go

track a target submarine using passive sonar Time.
only.
2. Establish FINEX Time.
2. To train the shipboard ASW team in
determining target range using Target Motion 3. After all ships and the submarine report
analysis (TMA) procedures. “Ready”, the OCE/OCS initiates COMEX.

FORCES REQUIRED 4. Ships and submarine come to base

course and speed.
1. One or more ASW ship(s) with passive
sonar capability. 5. Diesel electric submarines snorkel
during first 40 minutes of exercise and during
2. One submarine. at least 30 minutes of each hour of the exer-
cise. Between snorkel periods diesel-electric
SITUATION submarines may go to Safe Depth,, remaining
at best detection depth, if feasible. If predeter-
1. Ships are positioned outside predicted mined submarine source levels are not high
passive sonar range to submarine. enough to allow passive tracking, nuclear
submarines may be ordered to manoeuvre at
2. Submarine and ship base courses and high speeds (or otherwise raise self-noise
speeds are established so that ships should gain levels).
contact 20-30 minutes after COMEX. Sub-
marine must maintain base course and speed 6. Ships carry out passive sonar ASW
during first 30 minutes of exercise. search and tracking. Shipboard ASW teams are
to conduct standard TMA techniques to esti-
3. Three exercise training levels based mate target range. When more than one par-
upon submarine manoeuvring restrictions and ticipant holds contact, units should periodically
exercise training objectives may be assigned as exchange range estimates.
follows:
7. Ships break off tracking 5 minutes prior
a. Basic - Submarine maintains con- to FINEX.
stant course and speed.
8. At FINEX submarine is surfaced in
b. Intermediate - Submarine makes accordance with Article 2273 unless relaxations
one course change of less than 30 in force otherwise permit.
degrees and one speed change of
2 knots during each hour of the SPECIAL PROVISIONS
exercise.
1. Ships should maintain radar and visual
C. Advanced - Submarine makes two watches as a safety precaution and contacts
30-60 degree course changes and should be passed to the bridge for manoeuvring
two speed changes of 3-5 knots purposes. Contacts. should not, however, be
during each hour of the exercise. divulged to the ship plotting team in CIC.

3-A13-1 ORIGINAL
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

RECORDS

As required.

3-A13-2 ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) CASEX A-21

BASIC PASSIVE TRACKING EXERCISE

PURPOSE SPECIAL PROVISIONS

1. To exercise the TAS Unit command and 1. The risk of submarine and TAS Unit
analysis team in basic classification, tracking, collision is reduced by the establishment of the
Target Motion Analysis (TMA) and cross-fixing safety haven/zone specified in the CASEX
procedures. signal (see 14 Series Relaxations).

FORCES REQUIRED 2. Primary communications are by Secure

Voice or UWT.
1. One or more TAS units.
RECORDS
2. One noise enhanced submarine.
1. See Article 6002.
SITUATION

1. Submarine is at start position, at PD at

Go Time.

2. TAS Unit with array streamed, is on

specified side of safety haven/zone within UHF
communication range of the submarine.

PROCEDURE

1. Establish communications prior to

COMEX.

2. TAS Unit and submarine lock plots.

Safety haven/zone to be drawn on both TAS
Unit and submarine plots.

3. Establish proper working order of noise

augmenter.

4. When ready, TAS Units initiates

COMEX and orders the submarine to proceed to
best tracking depth.

5. Submarine proceeds on track ordered in

CASEX signal.

6. TAS Unit manoeuvres to maintain

contact, opening and closing range as required
for TMA.

3-A2 1 - 1 (Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) CASEX A-22

LONG-RANGE PASSIVE DETECTION AND LOCALIZATION EXERCISE

PURPOSE 4. TAS Unit attempts to detect, track and

localize submarine remaining outside the sub-
1. To exercise a TAS Unit command team marine safety haven.
in establishing an effective barrier patrol in a
known Area of Probability (AOP). 5. ASW helicopters may be used to assist
tracking and localization operating in or outside
2. To exercise command team in classifi- the safety haven.
cation, Target Motion analysis and localization
of a submarine whose route is predicted. SPECIAL PROVISIONS

3. To exercise passive sonar operators in 1. The risk of submarine and TAS Unit
initial detection and classification of a sub- (hull or array) collision is minimized by the
marine. establishment of a submarine safety haven of
4000 yards radius based on the submarine
FORCES REQUIRED track ordered in the CASEX signal.

1. One or more TAS Units. RECORDS

2. One noise enhanced submarine. See Article 6002.

3. ASW helicopters, if available.

SITUATION

1. Submarine is at start position at PD at

Go Time.

2. TAS Unit with array streamed, esta-

blishes a barrier patrol outside the submarine
safety haven promulgated in the CASEX signal.

PROCEDURE

1. The submarine and TAS Unit should

take a satisfactory fix as close as practicable to
Go Time, and thereafter as frequently as pos-
sible.

2. COMEX is assumed at Go Time.

3. At COMEX submarine is to proceed to

the best depth for tracking (unless otherwise
ordered) on the track ordered in the CASEX
signal, minimizing manoeuvres, except as
necessary, to clear stern arcs.

3-A22- 1 (Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) CASEX A-23

LONG-RANGE PASSIVE SURVEILLANCE EXERCISE PROCEDURES

PURPOSE 4. If the submarine considers it has been

detected it is either to attempt to break contact,
1. To exercise TAS Units in passive detec- or to close the TAS Unit and simulate attacks.
tion and tracking of a submarine for a period of
not less than 24 hours. SPECIAL PROVISIONS

2. To exercise a transmitting submarine in 1. The SUBOPAUTH may require that

countering passive detection. safety depth, stovepipes or horizontal safety
distances be established.
FORCES REQUIRED
2. Unless otherwise ordered, the TAS Unit
1. One or more TAS Units. is to operate an echo sounder at low frequency
(about 10 KHz). Relaxation 7 l F must be in
2. One noise enhanced submarine. force.

3. One of more ASW helicopters, if avail- RECORDS

able.
1. See Article 6002.
SITUATION

1. The submarine is within the defined

area at Go Time with the specific mission of
proceeding to a given position by Stop Time.

2. The TAS Unit with array streamed

establishes a barrier patrol to cover the sub-
marine’s predicted track at a range from the
submarine’s initial defined area greater than the
predicted initial detection range.

PROCEDURE

1. COMEX is at Go Time.

2. The submarine, simulating a transiting

Type II Soviet submarine, attempts to proceed
covertly from the initial defined area to the stop
position, adjusting depth as necessary to avoid
detection and to read the communication broad-
cast.

3. On gaining detection, the TAS Unit

manoeuvres to maintain contact and to passive-
ly track the submarine using ASW helicopters,
if available.

3-A23- 1 (Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) CASEX A-24

INTERMEDIATE ASW AREA SEARCH

PURPOSE regain contact re-establishing COMEX as

required.
1. To exercise one or more ships and/or
helicopters in the conduct of Intermediate ASW 6. Unit(s) break off attacks 5 minutes
Area Search Operations. before FINEX.

2. To exercise submarines in detection 7. Submarine need not return to PD at

avoidance and subsequent simulated attack on Stop Time.
escorts without being counter detected.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
3. To exercise sonar operators in initial
detection and contact classification. 1. Although this CASEX is predominantly
designed for surface ships, it has been written
FORCES REQUIRED to allow submarine training as individual sub-
marine Commanding Officers see fit. Sub-
1. One or more ships assisted by ASW marine is to provoke attacks by surface forces
helicopters, if available. in the final hour of the serial if no contact has
been gained.
2. One submarine.
RECORDS
SITUATION
1. See Article 6002.
1. Submarine is on patrol in allocated areas
and has freedom to manoeuvre limited only by
Table 2-2.

PROCEDURE

1. Units conduct ASW Area Search until

contact gained.

2. To avoid submarine smokes influencing

the classification process, attacks are to be
marked with signal Al until completion of the
first period of ASW action. In any subsequent
period of ASW action, attacks may be marked
by any appropriate signal.

3. Duration is to be 30 minutes or until

Stop Time.

4. Relaxations 2+J, 3A, 3D, 3*E, 3*H,

3°K are to be considered.

5. If sufficient serial time remains at

FINEX, ship(s) may break off and attempt to

3-A24-1 (Reverse Blank) CHANGE 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) CASEX B-l

BASIC SEARCH, HOMING AND ATTACK BY AIRCRAFT

PURPOSE 5. At Stop Time the submarine establishes

communications with the aircraft
1. To exercise aircraft in search, detection,
classification, homing procedures and attack. SPECIAL PROVISIONS

2. To exercise submarines in visual detec- 1. When more than one aircraft is

tion of aircraR operating with the same submarine, the senior
aircraft commander assumes the responsibilities
FORCES REQUIRED of the Scene of Action Commander (SAC).

1. One or more aircraft. RECORDS

2. One or more submarines. 1. As required.

SlTUATlON

1. The submarine will provide the type and

degree of detection opportunity desired by (
conducting surfaced, periscope, or snorkelling
operations as ordered. Submarine course and
speed may be restricted or unrestricted.

2. The initial position of the aircraft will be

determined by the type of search to be con-
ducted. Detection may be followed by homing
and illumination and/or attacks.

PROCEDURE ,

1. Establish communications prior to Go

Time.

2. Submarine reports “Ready to commence

the exercise”.

3. At Go Time submarine proceeds as

ordered and aircraft conducts type of
search/homing/illumination and attack runs
ordered.

4. Aircraft breaks off attacks five minutes

before Stop Time.

3-61-1 (Reverse Blank) CHANGE 2

NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) CASEX B-2

BASIC LOCALIZATION AND ATTACK BY AIRCRAFT

PURPOSE the Commanding Officer, and establishes com-

munications with the aircraft.
1. To exercise aircraft in localizing, classi-
fying, tracking and attacking a submerged SPECIAL PROVISIONS
submarine, the initial position of which is
known. 1. When more than one aircraft is
operating with the same submarine, the senior
2. To exercise a submarine in evasion. aircraft commander assumes the responsibilities
of Scene of Action Commander (SAC).
FORCES REQUIRED
RECORDS
1. One or more aircraft.
1. As required.
t
2. One submarine.

SITUATION

1. When ordered, the submarine acts as a

submerged target and may be restricted or
unrestricted.

2. The initial position of the aircraft is

I - determined by the type of localization to be
conducted.
I
PROCEDURE

1. Prior to Go Time, aircraft and submarine

must be in visual contact, and establish com-
munications.

2. Submarine reports “Ready to commence

the exercise”.

3. Aircraft initiates COMEX.

4. At COMEX, submarine dives and

manoeuvres as prescribed by exercise instruc-
tions.

5. EER charges are not to be employed

within five minutes of FINEX or Stop Time,
whichever is earlier.

6. At FINEX or Stop time, the submarine

surfaces or returns to PD, at the discretion of

3-BZ- 1 (Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVYHAIR)

(NC) CASEX B-3

ADVANCED SEARCH, LOCALIZATION AND ATTACK BY AIRCRAFT

PURPOSE SPECIAL PROVISIONS

1. To exercise aircraft in search for, locali- 1. When more than one aircraft is opera-
zing, and attacking submarine. ting with the same submarine, the senior air-
craft commander assumes the responsibilities of
2. To exercise submarines in detecting and the Scene of Action Commander (SAC) >
evading aircraft.
2. Go Time/COMEX may be ordered to be
FORCES REQUIRED coincident for this exercise. COMEX is initiated
by the first aircraft attack using signal A4 or
1. One or more aircraft. MK 84 Code 1.

2. One or more submarines. RECORDS

SITUATION 1. See Article 6002.

1. At Go Time, the submarine is in a

defined area with a specific mission which must
be accomplished within conditions ordered.

2. Aircraft conduct an area search

designed to detect the submarines.

PROCEDURE

1. Prior to Go Time the aircraft and sub-

marine may be ordered to establish communica-
tions.

2. After Go Time, the submarine is to take

appropriate action when action aircraft are
detected.

3. After Go Time, the aircraft is to take

appropriate action to detect, localize and attack
the submarine.

4. EER charges are not to be employed

within 5 minutes of FINEX or Stop Time, which-
ever is earlier.

5. At FINEX or Stop Time the submarine

either surfaces or returns to PD, at the discre-
tion of the submarine commanding officer, and
establishes communications with the aircraft.
If time remains, the exercise can be initiated
again or another CASEX ordered.

3-B3- 1 (Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) CASEX B-4

BASIC AlR/SUB OPERATION EXERCISE

PURPOSE cooperating submarines and

wmmence operations in assigned
1. To train submarines and aircraft in air/sub APAs.
operations against a snorkeling submarine target
or surface contacts of opportunity. b. Friendly submarines in JTAAs dive
and commence patrols.
FORCES REQUIRED
C. Transiting submarine dives and
1. One or more, nuclear powered or wmmences transit as directed.
snorkel-equipped, submarines equipped with
medium or long-range passive sonar 4. On gaining contact, submarines
cooperate with assigned aircraft, employing the
2. One or more ASW aircraft. procedures promulgated in the current air/sub
operation doctrine.
3. One snorkelequipped transiting
submarine. 5. On being attacked, by any means, the
transiting submarine is to secure snorkeling and
SlTUATlON evade for the duration of the specified ASW action
period, giving due regard to the Safety
1. Patrolling friendly submarines are in the Instructions.
assigned JTAAs within the exercise area and
transiting submarine is in assigned start position 6. On completion of the cooperating phase:
at communication depth prior to Go Time.
a. The OTC/OCS orders cooperating
2. Cooperating aircraft are in assigned units to return to their assigned
Aircraft Patrol Areas (APA) prior to Go Time. patrol areas in preparation for the
next phase, and target data is
3. The transiting submarine will operate to exchanged.
provide a maximum number of incidents between
Go Time and Stop Tie. b. On completion of the exchange of
information, the patrolling submarine
PROCEDURE goes to best depth.

1. Submarines and assigned cooperating C. The transiting submarine resumes

aircraft start establishing communication 45 snorkel transit.
minutes prior to Go Time. Aircraft will designate
type of rendezvous desired (e.g., Net Ball, 7. At Stop Tlme:
Sunlamp, etc.).
a. The patrolling submarine surfaces
2. All participating report “Ready to Go” to and reports results to OTC/OCS.
the OTC/OCS at Go Time.
b. The cooperating aircraft proceed as
3. At Go Time: previously directed (when released).

a. Aircraft report ‘Ready” to

344-l CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AlR)

C. The transiting submarine surfaces C. Designate the duration of each

and reports to the OTC/OCS giving cooperative phase of ASW action.
an evaluation of attacks received.
3. Simulated attacks may be made using
SPEClAL PROVISIONS appropriate attack signals and safety precautions
contained in Articles 2239, 2252, 1.b. and 1.c.,
1. By the OSE, designate: and 2254.

a. Transiting submarine’s SOA. 4. When surface targets of opportunity are

used for this exercise, only ‘Call for Assistance”,
b. Operating instructions for transiting "Aircraft Approach Methods” and ‘Contact
submarines, designed to generate a Handovef procedures are to be conducted.
maximum number of incidents.
RECORDS
C. Simulated weapon assignments and
loadings. 1. As required.

d. The OCE.

2. By the OTC/OCS:

a. Prepare and send the CASEX

message using the Order Table
(Table 3-1). and obtain
acknowledgement from all
partidpants.

b. coordinate with the appropriate

SUBOPAUTH and AlROPAUTH to:

(1) Establish JTAAs and APAs for

friendly forces and a submarine
exercise operating area(s) for
the transiting submarines(s).

(2) Order the appropriate level of

cooperation in accordance with
current Air/Sub operations
docbine.

(3) Specify required measures to

prevent mutual interference
induding depth Strata
assignments, stovepipe plan,
and safety orders for patrolling
and transiting submarines.
Provisions of Article 2213 of this
publication apply.

3-84-2 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) CASEX B-5

ADVANCED AIR/SUB OPERATION EXERCISE

PURPOSE a. Aircraft report “Ready” to co-

operating submarines and com-
1. To train submarines and aircraft in mence operations in assigned
advanced air/sub operations. Such training APAs.
includes detection, classification, localization
and attack, with evasion and attack by transit- b. Friendly submarines in JTAAs dive
ing submarines allowed. and commence patrols.

FORCES REQUIRED C. Transiting submarines dive and

commence transits as directed.
1. Two or more, nuclear-powered or
snorkel-equipped, submarines equipped with 4. On gaining contact, submarines and
medium or long range passive sonar. Active assigned aircraft conduct operations prescribed
sonar may also be employed. in current air/sub operations doctrine.

2. One or more ASW aircraft. 5. Patrolling submarines are to conduct

attacks on transitors as opportunity occurs.
3. One or more nuclear-powered or snor-
kel-equipped transiting submarines. 6. On completion of each incident, co-
operating units exchange target information.
SITUATION
7. At Stop Time:
1. Patrolling friendly submarines are in
assigned JTAAs within the exercise area and a. Patrolling submarines surface and
transiting submarines are in assigned start report results to the OTC/OCS.
positions at communication depth prior to Go
Time. b. Aircraft proceed as directed by the
OTCIOCS.
2. Co-operating aircraft are in assigned
APAs prior to Go Time. C. Transiting submarines surface and
report to the OTC/OCS, giving an
3. Transiting submarines conduct their evaluation of attacks received.
transit to avoid detection and are to attack
patrolling submarines as opportunity occurs. SPECIAL PROVISIONS

PROCEDURE 1. The OSE designates:

1. All participants establish communica- a. Transiting submarine’s SOA.

tions with the OTC 45 minutes prior to Go Time
in accordance with the COMPLAN. b. Points through which transiting
submarines are to pass.
2. All participants report “Ready to Go” to
the OTC/OCS at Go Time. C. Evasion and attack restrictions for
transiting submarine.
3. At Go Time:
d. Simulated weapon assignments
and loadings for all participants.

3-B5- 1 ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

e. The OCS (preferably HQ ashore).

2. By the OTC/OCS:

a. Prepare and send the CASEX

message using the Order Table
(Table 3-l ), and obtain acknow-
ledgement from all participants.

b. Coordinate with the appropriate

SUBOPAUTH and AIROPAUTH to:

(1) Establish JTAAs and APAs for

friendly forces and a sub-
marine exercise operating
area(s) for the transiting sub-
marine(s).

(2) Order th e appropriate level of

cooperation in accordance
with current Air/Sub opera-
tions doctrine.

(3) Specify required measures to

prevent mutual interference
including depth strata assign-
ments, stovepipe plan, and
safety orders for patrolling and
transiting submarines. Provi-
sions of Article 2213 of this
publication apply.

C. Designate the duration of each

ASW action.

3. Simulated attacks by all participants

may be made using the appropriate attack
signals and the safety precautions contained in
Articles 2239, 2252.1 .b. and 1 .c., and 2254.

1. Full records as required.

3-B5-2 ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) CASEX B-6

BASIC PASSIVE TRACKING AND ATTACK BY AIRCRAFT

PURPOSE 6. SUS are not to be employed within 5

minutes of FINEX or Stop Time, whichever is
1. To exercise aircraft in the passive earlier.
tracking and attacking of submarines.
7. At FINEX or Stop Time the submarine
FORCES REQUIRED either surfaces or returns to PD, at the discre-
tion of the submarine commander. After esta-
1. One aircraft (OCS). blishing communications, the submarine is to
pass the submarine track plot and the time
2. One nuclear submarine or noise intervals between hearing aircraft attack and
enhanced diesel electric submarine. firing candles. The aircraft is to mark on top
the submarine’s position to lock plots.
SITUATION
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. At Go Time the submarine is in a
defined area with the specific mission of pro- 1. Go Time-COMEX are coincident for this
ceeding to a given position by Stop time. exercise.

2. The aircraft conducts passive tracking RECORDS

and attacks on passive information.
1. As required.
PROCEDURE

1. Prior to go Time the aircraft and sub-

marine rendezvous to establish communications
and to lock plots.

2. After Go Time the submarine is to

proceed to an ordered position making major
course alterations at a frequency not exceeding
2 per hour and as directed by the OCS.

3. After Go Time the aircraft is to take

appropriate action to passively track and attack
the submarine in passive information.

4. The submarine is to acknowledge all

aircraft attacks with a smoke candle, and
record the time interval between hearing the
attack and firing the candle.

5. Aircraft crews are to measure the

accuracy of all attacks by timing from on top
the attack marker to on top the submarine
candle.

3-B6- 1 (Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) CASEX C-1

MADVEC AND VECTAC EXERCISE

PURPOSE SPECIAL PROVISIONS

1. To exercise ASW units in carrying out 1. None.

MADVEC and VECTAC procedures in accor-
dance with ATP 1, Vol I. RECORDS

FORCES REQUIRED 1. As required.

1. One or more ASW ships and/or heli-

copters.

2. One or more fixed-wing aircraft.

3. One submarine.

SITUATION

1. Submarine is on the surface or at PD

with ships and/or helicopters within 4000
yards, and is required to go to a Safe Depth.

PROCEDURE

1. Establish communications prior to Go

Time.

2. ASW units station themselves in accor-

dance with Article 2260.

3. Submarine reports “Ready”.

4. OTC/OCS orders submarine to dive.

5. Submarine reports when at Safe Depth

by UWT or SST.

6. OTC/OCS initiates COMEX.

7. Carry out ASW action.

8. Units break off attack five minutes

before FINEX.

9. At FINEX or Stop Time, submarine is to

be surfaced in accordance with Article 2273
unless relaxations in force otherwise permit.

3-Cl-l (Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) CASEX C-2

BASIC COORDINATED ASW EXERCISE

PURPOSE 5. Submarine goes to Safe Depth in accor-

dance with the Safety Precautions and the
1. To exercise ASW units in localizing, relaxations in force.
attacking, and reporting a submarine whose
initial position is known. 6. If the submarine is prematurely forced
deep, it may return to PD, when safe to do so,
2. To exercise ASW units in Scene of provided COMEX has not been initiated.
Action Commander (SAC) duties.
7. SAC tracks, attacks and reports the
FORCES REQUIRED submarine.

1. One or more ships and helicopters. 8. SAU Commander initiates SWAP.

2. One or more fixed wing aircraft. 9. First ship or helicopter in the SAU
gaining contact initiates COMEX.
3. One submarine.
10. Carry out ASW action.
SITUATION
11. Submarine acts in accordance with
1. Submarine is on the surface or Exercise Instructions.
snorkelling, at lo-20 miles from the ships and
helicopters, and remains in the vicinity of its 12. Submarine remains at Safe Depth until
initial position until attacked by fixed wing FINEX or Stop Time depending on relaxations in
aircraft. If aircraft fail to locate the submarine, force.
the latter should assist the aircraft by any
means available. 13. ASW units break off attack five minutes
before FINEX.
2. Initial contact is made by fixed wing
aircraft. After first attack, submarine goes to 14. At FINEX or Stop Time, submarine is to
most favourable depth to facilitate tracking. be surfaced in accordance with Article 2273
unless relaxations in force otherwise permit.
3. SAU is formed.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
PROCEDURE
1. To provide balanced training, the exer-
1. Units establish communications prior to cise should progress through the following
Go Time. three phases:

2. Prior to Go Time, aircraft completes a. Phase One. Search by aircraft,

Joining Procedure. resulting in a contact and attack,
with subsequent tracking and
3. Aircraft locates, attacks and tracks reporting. (Recommended dura-
submarine, making contact reports to OTC/ tion 30 minutes.)
ocs.
b. Phase Two. SAU approaches
4. Helicopters and ships close scene of Datum; helicopters are homed by
action as ordered by OTC/OCS. aircraft to contact (or Datum) to

3-CZ- 1 CHANGE 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

assist prosecution of the contact.

(Recommended duration 30
minutes.)

C. Phase Three. SAU arrives at

Scene of Action, executes SWAP
and prosecutes contact in a
coordinated ASW action until
FINEX or Stop Time. (Recom-
mended duration 30 minutes.)

NOTE:

The duration of phases may be varied

by the OTC/OCS to accomplish specific
objectives.

2. Aircraft tracking methods, with times,

should be specified.

1. As required.

3-C2-2 CHANGE 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) CASEX C-3

-
ADVANCED COORDINATED ASW EXERCISE

PURPOSE attacks and tracks submarine, making contact

reports to the OTC/OCS.
1. To exercise ASW ships, helicopters and
fixed wing aircraft in coordinated ASW search 4. Submarine goes to Safe Depth in accor-
and attack tactics including advanced SAU dance with the Safety Precautions and the
procedures. relaxations in force.

FORCES REQUIRED 5. SAU closes scene of action, conducting

Direct Path (DP), CZ or BB, active or passive
1. Two or more ASW ships and heli- sonar operations as dictated by exercise
copters. training objectives. If aircraft weapons are
available, CZ/BB environmental conditions exist,
2. One or more fixed wing aircraft. and ships are CZ/BB sonar mode capable, the
SAU need not enter the Torpedo Danger Area
3. One submarine. (TDA).

SITUATION 6. First unit gathering contact initiates

COMEX.
1. Submarine is on surface or snorkelling
in a delineated area, its position unknown to 7. SAU conducts ASW prosecution, in-
participating units. Aircraft should be outside cluding directing aircraft ASW operations, swap
the area at least 30 miles from the submarine, with aircraft and simulated attacks (if tactically
ships should be at least 10 miles from the advisable, or if ships cannot conduct CZ/BB
submarine, or at least five miles further than sonar operations).
the longest Convergence Zone (CZ)/Bottom
Bounce (BB) range if ship sonars are CZ/BB 8. Submarine acts in accordance with
mode capable, depending on training objec- exercise instruction.
tives. The submarine is to remain the surface
or continue snorkelling until attacked by ASW 9. Submarine remains at Safe Depth until
aircraft. FINEX or Stop Time, depending upon relaxa-
tions in force.
2. Initial contact is made by aircraft. After
first attack, submarine dives to most favourable 10. ASW units continue prosecution and
depth to facilitate tracking. attacks, breaking off action five minutes prior
to FINEX.
3. SAU is formed.
11. At FINEX or Stop Time, submarine is to
PROCEDURES be surfaced in accordance with Article 2273
unless relaxations in force permit otherwise.
1. Units establish communications prior to
exercise commencement (Go Time).

2. Aircraft complete joining procedures (if 1. As required.

applicable) prior to Go Time.

3. At Go Time, aircraft commence ASW

search as directed by SAU commander, locates,

3-C3- 1 (Reverse Blank) CHANGE 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 -.

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) CASEX C-4

-
ADVANCED COORDINATED ASW EXERCISE - PROTECTION OF A FORCE

PURPOSE 2. Submarines go to Safe Depth in accor-

dance with the Safety Precautions and the
1. To exercise ASW units in protecting a relaxations in force. I
force in a submarine probability area.
3. If submarines are prematurely forced
2. To exercise submarines in tracking, deep, they may return to PD, when safe to do
reporting, attacking and avoiding detection. so, provided COMEX has not been initiated.

FORCES REQUIRED 4. Fixed wing aircraft carry out attacks at

every opportunity, marking the attacks by
1. One or more ships representing the Signal A2 and subsequent attacks by Signal Al
main body. or A2. Prosecution nf contact continues until
relieved or as ordered by the authority control-
2. Assigned ASW units. ling the aircraft.

3. An aircraft carrier if available, or aircraft 5. The first ASW unit gaining contact may
control unit. initiate COMEX in accordance with OCE/OCS
instructions and prosecute the contact.
4. Carrier borne and/or land based aircraft.
6. Submarine remains at Safe Depth until
5. One or more submarines. FINEX or Stop time unless relaxations in force
otherwise permit.
SITUATION
7. Units break off attack 5 minutes before
1. Submarines are positioned to detect and FINEX, and depart the Scene of Action to
track the main body transiting a prescribed facilitate continuation of the exercise (see
exercise area. Relaxations 30 and 3”H).

2. When detecting the main body, sub- 8. At FINEX, a submarine which has been
marines may be required to report to authority engaged is to act in accordance with relaxa-
designated by OSE; carry out attacks, avoiding tions and Exercise Instructions in force.
detection.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
3. ASW forces will oppose submarines to
prevent attacks on the main body. 1. Participating submarines must be posi-
tioned to avoid mutual interference.
4. The track of the main body is planned
to meet the training objectives of the partici- 2. Submarines may be aided by coopera-
pating forces. ting aircraft or ships.

PROCEDURE -3. Out of action periods may be declared

to reposition participants.
1. When detecting ASW units, submarines
take appropriate action. RECORDS

1. As required.

3-C4- 1 (Reverse Blank) CHANGE 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) CASEX C-5

ADVANCED COORDINATED ASW EXERCISE AGAINST TRANSITING/PATROLLING SUBMARINES

PURPOSE 5. The first ASW unit gaining contact may

initiate COMEX in accordance with OCE/OCS
1. To exercise ASW forces in carrying out instructions and prosecute the contact.
coordinated operation against transiting or
patrolling submarines. 6. Submarines remain at Safe Depth until
FINEX or Stop Time unless relaxations in force
2. To exercise transiting or patrolling otherwise permit.
submarines in evading ASW forces.
7. Units break off attacks 5 minutes before
FORCES REQUIRED FINEX, and depart the scene of action to facili-
tate continuation of the exercise. (See Relaxa-
1. Ships, helicopters and fixed-wing air- tions 30 and 3”H.)
craft are assigned.
8. At FINEX, the submarine which has
2. One or more submarines. been engaged is to act in accordance with
Relaxation and Exercise. Instructions in force.
SITUATION
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. At Go Time, submarines are positioned
within a defined area, and given a transit or 1. Out-of-action periods may be declared
patrol mission, acting to avoid detection by to reposition forces.
ASW forces.
2. Counter-attacks by submarines must be
2. ASW forces commence search at Go positioned to avoid mutual interference.
Time, in positions which provide exercise
realism. 3. Submarines may be aided by coopera-
ting aircraft or ships.
PROCEDURE
RECORDS
1. On detecting ASW units, the submarine
is to take appropriate action. 1. As required.

2. Submarines go to Safe Depth in accor-

dance with the Safety Precautions and the
I relaxations in force.

3. If submarines are prematurely forced

deep, they may return to PD, when safe to do
so, provided COMEX has not been initiated.

4. Fixed-wing aircraft and helicopters carry

out attacks at every opportunity, marking the
attacks by signal Al or MK84 Code 1. Prose-
cution of the contact continues until relieved or
as ordered by the authority controlling the
aircraft.

3-C5-1 (Reverse Blank) CHANGE 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) CASEX C-6

VDS EXERCISE USING SAFETY ZONE SEPARATION

PURPOSE 4. The submarine dives when attacked by

the aircraft and manoeuvres to facilitate
1. To exercise ASW units, including VDS tracking without going into the Safety Zone.
fitted ships, in detecting and attacking a sub-
marine. 5. SAU closes the scene of action as
ordered by the OCS. VDS ships must not enter
2. To exercise ASW units in Scene of the Safety Zone.
Action Commander (SAC) duties.
6. Against non-VDS ships, the submarine
FORCES REQUIRED complies with Article 2232.

1. One or more ASW ships/helicopters 7. SAU Commander initiates SWAP.

with at least one VDS ship.
8. First unit gaining contact initiates
2. One or more fixed-wing aircraft. COMEX.

3. One submarine. 9. Submarine acts in accordance with the

exercise instructions, remaining on her own
SITUATION side of the Safety Zone. The submarine is to
remain at Safe Depth until FINEX or Stop Time,
1. Submarine is on the surface or at PD at VDS depth should not be considered when
Go Time. calculating submarine Safe Depth, and if all
ships are VDS-fitted the S/M is unrestricted in
2. The OCS is in visual contact and within depth throughout.
5 miles of the submarine. Under Relaxation
14*D, the exercise may be started when the 10. ASW ships break off attacks 5 minutes
participants are not in visual contact. (See before FINEX or Stop Time.
Article 2237.1 .b.(4).)
11. The submarine is to be surfaced in
3. The aircraft starts joining the ships at accordance with Article 2273, unless relaxation
Go Time. in force permits otherwise.

PROCEDURE SPECIAL PROVISIONS

1. OCS orders all ASW units and sub- 1. This special CASEX C-6 (Safety Zone)
marine to lock plots at Go Time. The Safety is designed to allow both VDS ships and sub-
Zone (see Special Provisions) is marked on the marine freedom from depth restrictions with
plots of submarine and all ships. regard to each other.

2. The ships do not come within 10 nauti- 2. The danger of submarine/VDS collision
cal miles of the submarine while the aircraft is minimized by the establishment of a central
joins, or they open out if they have been corridor at the start of the exercise. Unless
directed to close at Go Time for a visual fix. special Relaxation (14’) is granted, the central
corridor shall be 4,000 yds wide and parallel to
3. The aircraft, on completion of joining the safety course. Insofar as possible, it shall
the ships; locates, attacks and tracks the sub- not be at right angles to the current. When
marine, making contact reports to the OCS. Relaxations 14” is in effect, any change in the

3-C6- 1 ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

profile or dimensions of the central corridor 9. Only one run is allowed.

shall conform to Figures 2-2 and 2-3.
10. Submarine radar must be operating
3. Unless Relaxation 14 l D is in effect, the efficiently and radar range checked.
lock point for the central corridor is the position
of the submarine at mutual locking time, when 11. The submarine area is to be a minimum
the submarine is on the surface within 5 nauti- of 5 miles wide.
cal miles and in visual contact with the OCS.
The submarine area is to be indicated in para- 12. The exercise is not to be conducted in
graph l U of the Order Table as follows: “Sub- visibility of less than 2000 yards. Relaxation
marine area West (or North or East or South)“. 13 l B is not to be authorized.
The area reserved for VDS ships is located on
the other side of the central corridor. (See
diagram.)

CASEX C-6 DIAGRAM

SA FET
ZONE

4. The procedures outlined in 2 and 3

above may be altered by the use of a starred
relaxation in the 14 series (see Article
2237.1 .b).

5. The submarine and VDS ships mark the

central corridor on their plotting tables and
remain in their respective areas using Dead
Reckoning navigation. The central corridor is
never to be locked geographically and may not
be updated except under the stringent condi-
tions used in the initial locking. If Relaxation
14’0 is to be ordered, see Article
2237.1 .b.(4).

6. There are no restricted areas for non-

VDS ships.

7. The OCS is always to be aboard a VDS

ship.

8. Unless Relaxations 14”A and 14’D are

in effect, this CASEX must not exceed 2 hours,
and in areas of strong or variable tidal stream
this period should be reduced.

3-C6-2 ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) CASEX C-7

DEFENCE OF MAIN BODY DURING OPPOSED SORTIE/ENTRY

PURPOSE 4, Submarines penetrate the screen and

attack the main body.
1. To exercise ASW forces in protecting a
main body while entering or leaving port. 5. First unit gaining contact initiates
COMEX.
2. To exercise ASW ships, fixed-wing
aircraft and helicopters in detecting and at- 6. Submarine goes to Safe Depth in accor-
tacking submarines. dance with the Safety Precautions and the
relaxations in force. I
3. To exercise submarines in penetrating a
screen and attacking a main body. 7. ASW ships break off attacks 5 minutes
before FINEX or Stop Time.
FORCES REQUIRED
8. At FINEX or Stop Time, submarine is to
1. One or more target ships, or a reference be surfaced in accordance with Article 2273,
ship. unless relaxations in force otherwise permit.

2. Two or more ASW ships, fixed-wing SPECIAL PROVISIONS

aircraft and/or helicopters.
1. Submarines are to be informed of the
3. One or more submarines. sortie/entry area limits and may be given infor-
mation on the type of screen to be used by the
SITUATION ASW units.

1. ASW forces defend the designated 2. If more than one submarine takes part,
sortie/entry area while submarines endeavour to the Senior Submarine Commanding Officer is to
penetrate the ASW screen and attack the main coordinate attacks.
body.
3. ATP 28 should be read when consi-
2. All friendly forces are transiting from dering this CASEX.
port to sea or vice versa.
RECORDS
PROCEDURE
1. As required.
1. The OSE/OCE designates the area and
establishes mine fields or other constructive
barriers.

2. At Go Time, or as ordered, the sub-

marine is to dive, remaining in assigned sortie/
entry area and is to try to penetrate the ASW
screen formed by the ASW ships exiting/
entering the harbour.

3. ASW units defend the main body by

designated search pattern or formation.

3-C7-1 (Reverse Blank) CHANGE 1

NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVYHAIR)

(NU) CASEX C-8

ADVANCED COORDINATED ASW BARRIER EXERCISE AGAINST TRANSITING SUBMARINES

PURPOSE dance with the COMPLAN and report ‘Ready’

as ordered.
1. To exercise ASW forces in coordinated
ASW barrier operations against submarines. NOTE:

2. To exercise submarines in transiting an The scale of the exercise and distances

ASW barrier. involved may preclude such communi-
cations, in which case the OCE should
FORCES REQUIRED specify in the exercise instructions an
alternative procedure for starting the
1. One or more towed array-equipped exercise.
surface ships and/or one or more submarines
(towed array units are preferable) to form an 2. At Go Time, all submarines proceed to
ASW barrier. The submarines may be nuclear assigned depth zones.
or diesel powered. Other surface, helicopter
and fixed-wing air ASW assets as assigned. 3. If it is desired to limit the duration of
ASW action(s), COMEX will be initiated by the
2. One or more nuclear or diesel submarine first unit attacking a target submarine or as
to act as the target submarine(s). ordered by the OSE.

SITUATION 4. Barrier submarines are to report contact

in accordance with OTC/OCS directives and are
1. ASW barrier submarines (if applicable) free to conduct attacks on enemy submarines
are assigned Submarine Action or Joint Action as the opportunity occurs.
Areas (SAA/JTAA) depending oupon the level
of cooperation intended and whether air/surface 5. Air and surface units are to report and
ASW weapons are to be used in the same area attack target submarines in accordance with
as friendly submarines. Surface towed array accepted tactical doctrine and NOTACK pro-
units (if applicable) are assigned Towed Array cedures.
Patrol Areas (TAPA). Fixed-wing ASW aircraft
are assigned patrol areas as appropriate. Sur- 6. If the target submarine(s) considers
face ships that are not towed array equipped, himself to be detected, the target submarine(s)
and ASW helicopters, are assigned patrol areas attacks or evades, if authorized by the exercise
as appropriate. All units are in their assigned instructions.
patrol areas prior to Go Time.
7. On gaining contact, if he considers
2. The target submarine(s) are in assigned himself to be undetected, the target sub-
positions prior to Go Time. marine(s) attacks or evades, if authorized by
the exercise instructions.
3. The target submarine(s) conduct a
transit as ordered, acting to avoid detection by SPECIAL PROVISIONS
ASW forces.
1. The OSEIOCE. The OSE/OCE desig-
PROCEDURES nates as appropriate:

1. All participants establish communica- a. target submarine’s SO A;

tions with the OTC prior to Go Time in accor-

3-C8- 1 ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

b. point(s) through which target sub-

marines are to pass and/or Transit
Lanes (see Article 4028);

C. evasive and attack restrictions for

target submarines;

d. simulated weapon assignments

and loadings for all participants;

e. SPA and TAPA; and

f. depth separation(s) and safety

orders for submarines (Article
22 13 applies).

2. The OTWOCS. The OTC/OCS will:

a. submit details of procedures and

tactics to be exercised to the
SUBOPAUTH for approval at least
72 hours prior to the commence-
ment of the exercise;

b. prepare and send CASEX mes-

sages; and

C. establish out-of-action periods/

distances, if repositioning of units
is desired.

3. Marking Attacks. Simulated attacks

may be conducted by all participants. Appro-
priate attack signals and safety precautions
shall be in accordance with Articles 2239,
2252, 2254 and 4034.

3-C8-2 ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) CASEX C-9

ASW FORCES AREA SEARCH FOLLOWED BY SUBMARINE ATTACK ON UNDERWAY

RELENISHMENT GROUP

PURPOSE an R/V and reform as an Underway

Replenishment Group (URG).
1. To exercise two or more ships,
helicopters and aircraft in the conduct of 4. Helicopters and aircraft may be left
ASW area search operations and detecting, at the scene of action to maintain pressure
attacking and counter-attacking a submarine on the submarine.
or submarines.
5. The URG will then steer a course
2. To exercise submarines in along a NAV PIM, passing through the
detection, avoidance and subsequent centre of the allocated area. The group must
simulated attacks on escorts and screened reach a specified point by a certain time.
targets without being counter detected.
6. Countermeasures are to be
3. To exercise sonar operators in initial employed as authorized in the CASEX
detection, contact classification and weapon signal.
attack procedures.
7. The submarine is to reposition itself
4. To heighten command and control in order to avoid detection and achieve a fire
procedures in a complex serial. control solution.

FORCES REQUIRED PROCEDURES

1. Two or more ships. Phase 1 (two hours)

2. Organic/non-organic helicopters. 1. Units conduct area search until

contact is gained.
3. One or more submarines.
2. In order to avoid submarine smoke
4. A high value unit. candles from influencing the classification
process, attacks may only be marked by
5. One Maritime Patrol Aircraft (MPA) using signal Al during the first period of
(Optional). ASW action. In subsequent periods of ASW
action, attacks may be marked by the
SITUATION appropriate signals in accordance with
instructions in force.
1. For the first phase of the exercise,
the submarine is to be on patrol in the 3. COMEX is at the discretion of the
allocated areas and has freedom to OCE/OCS (normally after the final attack).
manoeuvre in accordance with the relevant
relaxations and instructions. 4. Duration is to be 30 minutes.

2. ASW units will form up at a 5. Relaxation’s 2*J, 3A, 3D, 3*F and
rendezvous position and wmmence the 3*K are to be considered.
area search.
6. The submarine may carry out
3. After the first period of ASW action attacks and counter-attacks as opportunities
is complete, units will break off attacks, go to occur.

3X9-1 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

7. Units are to break off attacks five positioned at least ten miles apart with the
minutes before FINEX. appropriate safety separation between their
areas.
Phase 2 (one hour)
2. When more than one submarine is
1. On completion of the appropriate in the serial, any relaxations relating
period of ASW action, ships are to break off specifically to that submarine must refer to it
attacks and rendezvous with the high value by name (ie 12A(16)(WALRUS),
unit. 12A(18)(TALENT)).

2. The rendezvous position should be 3. A setting signal is required.

at least ten miles away from the last known
position of the submarine. RECORDS

3. During this time, the submarine is to 1. SUBVEC’s and ME/YOU messages

reposition itself. are required from the submarine(s) to the
OCE/OCS of the serial.
Phase 3 (two hours)
2. ME/YOU messages are to be
1. Units form up as an URG around signalled to the submarine(s) by surface on
the HVU and the OCE/OCS orders one ship completion of the serial.
to replenish.
3. All units in the serial are to signal
2. The HVU is to be screened their initial detection ranges and amount of
appropriately and escorted through the time in contact to the OCE/OCS.
submarine probability area.
4. The OCE/OCS is to signal to all
3. The submarine will make its participating units a summary of the overall
approach and carry out attacks. conduct of the serial. This should include:

4. COMEX is at the discretion of the a. Time, range and method of initial

OCE/OCS (normally after the first attack). detection.

5. Duration of ASW action is until stop b. Approximate percentage time in

time. contact

6. The submarine may carry out c. Effectiveness of submarine evasion.

attacks and counter-attacks as opportunities
occur. d. Comments.

7. Units are to break off attacks five

minutes before FINEX.

8. At FINEX or stop time, the

submarine may remain submerged as long
as two-way underwater telephone
communications are established before the
surface units leave the scene of action.

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

1. If more than one submarine is

involved, the OSE is to ensure that they are

30-2 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) CASEX C-10

COORDINATED PASSIVE TRACKING EXERCISE BY TAS UNITS AND AIRCRAFT

PURPOSE 2. The submarine proceeds at the specified

depth (if ordered) on the ordered track, or to
1. To exercise command and ASW teams the given Stop Time position.
of TAS unit and aircraft in localizing a sub-
marine. 3. The TAS unit manoeuvres to gain
detection and remain outside the submarine
2. To exercise sonar operators in classi- safety lane/haven if ordered.
fying and tracking a submarine.
RECORDS
3. To exercise a submarine in evasion
tactics. See Article 6002.

FORCES REQUIRED

1. One or more TAS units.

2. One nuclear submarine which may be

noise enhanced, or a noise enhanced conven-
tional submarine.

3. One or more ASW air units.

’ w SITUATION

1. The submarine is in the defined area at

Go Time with orders to follow a specific run
plan or with the specific mission of proceeding
to a given position by Stop time.

2. TAS unit start position is to be at a

range from the submarines defined area at Go
Time greater than the predicted initial detection
range.

3. At Go Time helicopters may be airborne

in the vicinity of the TAS unit or at deck alert.

4. MPA should be within radio communica-

tion range of TAS unit one hour after Go Time.

PROCEDURE

1. The submarine and TAS unit are to take

a satisfactory fix as close as practicable to Go
Time, ideally within 60 minutes beforehand.

3-C lo- 1 (Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) CASEX C-11

INTERMEDIATE COORDINATED ASW AREA SEARCH

PURPOSE regain contact re-establishing COMEX as

required.
1. To exercise one or more ships assisted
by ASW helicopters/MPA in the conduct of 6. Unit(s) break off attacks 5 minutes
intermediate ASW Area Search Operations. before FINEX.

2. To exercise submarines in detection 7. Submarine need not return to PD at

avoidance and subsequent simulated attack on Stop Time.
escorts without being counter-detected.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
3. To exercise sonar operators in initial
detection and contact classification. 1. Although this CASEX is predominantly
designed for surface ships, it has been written
FORCES REQUIRED to allow submarine training as individual sub-
marine Commanding Officers see fit. Sub-
1. One or more ships assisted by ASW marine is to provoke attacks by surface forces
helicopters/MPA. in the final hour of the serial if no contact has
been gained.
2. One submarine.
RECORDS
SITUATION
1. See paragraph 6002.
1. Submarine is on patrol in allocated areas
and has freedom to manoeuvre limited only by
Table 2-2.

PROCEDURE

1. Units conduct ASW Area Search until

contact gained.

2. To avoid submarine smokes influencing

the classification process, attacks are to be
marked with signal Al until completion of the
first period of ASW action. In any subsequent
period of ASW action, attacks may be marked
by any appropriate signal.

3. Duration is to be 30 minutes or until

Stop Time.

4. Relaxations 2+J, 3A, 30, 3*E, 3*H,

3’K are to be considered.

5. If sufficient serial time remains at

FINEX, ship(s) may break off and attempt to

3-Cl l-l (Reverse Blank) CHANGE 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) CASEX C-12

ADVANCED CO-ORDINATED ASW EXERCISE (PROWLEX)

PURPOSE way. Similarly, ships and/or aircraft may attack

and counter-attack the participating submarine.
1. PROWLEX is an advanced ASW exer-
cise designed to provide additional training to 2. The OSE is to ensure that no evolutions
submarines, surface ships and/or aircraft out- hazardous to submarine operations are con-
side CASEX periods. ducted during PROWLEX periods in areas
allocated to PRO WLEX.
2. This CASEX is designed to:
3. To avoid the possibility of carrying out
a. provide submarine attack training; PROWLEX against a non-exercise submarine,
and the following rules are to be observed:

b. exercise ASW units in detecting, a. The contact must be at least one

attacking and counter-attacking mile inside the exercise area.
dived submarines.
b. The sighting of a green grenade/
FORCES REQUIRED smoke can be taken as a positive
identification of a PROWLEX sub-
1. One or more ASW ship and helicopters. marine and COMEX can be
initiated by any participating
2. One submarine. PROWLEX unit. ASW action may
then be started in accordance with
SITUATION the Standard PROWLEX CASEX
Order below.
1. There are many occasions when sub-
marines, which are operating in exercise areas C. If initial contact is obtained by
and are not carrying out specific exercises, can sonar, radar, EW or visually, the
both provide and receive valuable training by detecting ship is not to approach
carrying out unscheduled attacks on ASW within 1200 yards (or 4000 yards
capable ships and be attacked/counter-attacked if VDS is streamed) until the con-
by ASW forces. tact has been positively identified
as the nominated PROWLEX sub-
2. PROWLEX will either be scheduled in a marine. This identification is not
Schedule of Events (SOE) or in a message to to be attempted until the contact
the participating units from the OSE. If a has been classified “POSSUB High
message is used, it must contain the outline 3” or higher and may be made by
schedule of participating units to include serial UWT, explosive charge signal A2
number, time, exercise description, units or ESUS. If charges or ESUS are
involved, OCS and exercise area. The OSE will used, the submarine must acknow-
also send the standard PROWLEX CASEX ledge with the correct smoke
message. signals. Once the contact has
been established as the PROWLEX
PROCEDURE submarine. ASW action may be
commenced in accordance with
1. During PROWLEX periods, the sub- the Standard PROWLEX CASEX
marine is free to practise attacks on ships Order below.
indicating that she has done so in the normal

3-C12-1 ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

4. Ships and/or aircraft may break off their T. 140, 141, 149F, 150, 158 , 323, 401,
scheduled SOE serial at the OTC’s discretion to 508, 513, 605
attack or counter-attack submarine contacts. J

U. 1. Relaxation 4”E is only in force after the

5. Submarines may, on occasions, use PROWLEX submarine has been positive-
radar before attacking. EW operators should, ly identified.
therefore, be alert during PROWLEX periods.
2. To avoid possible damage from green
SPECIAL PROVISIONS grenades, aircraft are to be above 50
feet unless they are helicopters going
1. It is emphasized that Exercise into or breaking dip, or dipping.
PROWLEX can only be ordered with the prior
approval of the relevant national SUBOPAUTH x. 3-4
and OPCON authority.
RECORDS
2. Once approved by SUBOPAUTH and
OPCON authority, unless otherwise directed, 1. As required.
the following standard PROWLEX CASEX Order
is to be used:

A. PROWLEX CASEX Cl2

B. OSE

D. OTC

E. ocs

F. FRNFOR

G. OPFOR

H. Zone time

J. Go time

JJ. Stop time

K. For one hour or to the end of the current

PROWLEX period, whichever is the shorter

KK Out of action period (Submarine not avail-

able for PROWLEX)

L. Assigned area

P. Safety course

Q. 2*B, 20, 2G, 2L, 3A, 30, 4+E, 5J, 7*C,

8’8 (60m), 80 (60m), 9D(A), lO*A, 11A

3-c 12-2 ORIGINAL

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIRj

(NC) CASEX D-1

SUPPORT SUBMARINE TRACKING AND ATTACKING EXERCISE (BY DAY OR NIGHT)

PURPOSE cally assigning each FRNFOR submarine to a

JTAA.
1. To exercise ASW forces in support
submarine procedures and tactics. 3. Each FRNFOR submarine is located
within its JTAA at communication depth.
2. To exercise ASW units in coordinated
submarine, air and surface ASW tactics. 4. FRNFOR surface ships are to be located
clear of the JTAA(s) or at least 20 miles away
3. To exercise ASW forces in waterspace from the FRNFOR submarine(s) at COMEX.
management procedures and ASW weapons One or more of the surface units may be desig-
control. nated as high value units by the OCE and
required to transit through the OPFOR area.
4. To exercise the OCE in maneuvering
forces during coordinated submarine, air and 5. OPFOR submarine(s) is dived within its
surface ASW prosecution. assigned area.

FORCES REQUIRED PROCEDURES

1. FRNFOR 1. OPFOR submarine(s) is to attack

FRNFOR as opportunity permits, or as ordered.
a. One or more ships. keeping within its assigned area and depth
zones.
b. One or more submarines.
2. FRNFOR surface forces conduct ASW
C. MPA and ASW helicopters as search of and transit through the OPFOR patrol
assigned. area.

2. OPFOR 3. FRNFOR submarine(s) conducts ASW

search, establishes submarine generated search
a. One or more submarines. areas (SGSA) and NOTACK areas as required,
carries out attacks on OPFOR submarine, pro-
SITUATION vides situation and contact reports, makes calls
for assistance, and executes contact handovers
1. The submarine operating authority as directed by the OCE. New JTAAs may be
(SUBOPAUTH) is to issue instructions for the generated by SUBOPAUTH in response to ASW
prevention of mutual interference WW commander/FRNFORsubmarine(s)requirements
between FRNFOR and OPFOR submarines (and during the course of the exercise.
CATAS units, as appropriate). OPFOR sub-
marine area and depth assignments should be 4. Other FRNFOR ASW units carry out
such as to enhance its detectability by FRNFOR attacks on OPFOR submarine(s) as WSM rules
ASW units. The PMI plan is to allow adequate permit, provide situation and contact reports,
access to the surface for FRNFOR submarines provide assistance to the support submarine,
to coordinate with other FRNFOR forces. and execute contact handovers as directed by
the OCE.
2. Concurrently, the SUBOPAUTH issues
a waterspace management (WSM) plan specifi- 5. All units operate in accordance with the
ordered Relaxations and special instructions.

3-Dl-1 ORIGINAL
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVYIIAIR)

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

1. The CASEX is designed to exercise

coordination procedures between support
submarines and other ASW forces including
Tactical Control of a submarine(s) by an at-sea
ASW commander.

2. Torpedoes are not normally to be fired.

3. Submarine Safety:

a. Water depth separation and

stovepipe plans for prevention of
mutual interference as specified by
SUBOPAUTH.

b. VDS/DTAS and anti-torpedo noise

maker devices are not to be
streamed by any ship. CATAS
may be employed subject to the
approval of SUBOPAUTH.

C. Relaxations 12 *A to 12 l E are to
be applied as applicable.

4. OPFOR submarines may be required to

conform to the tactics and speed limitations of
the type submarine they are simulating or
representing.

1. As required.

3-01-2 ORIGINAL
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAW)(AIR)
-
(NC) CASEX D2

BASIC EXERCISE OF CO-ORDINATED OPERATIONS

PURPOSE SITUATION

1. To exercise ASW forces in support 1. The submarine operating authority

submarine procedures. (SUBOPAUTH) is to issue general
instructions for the prevention of mutual
2. To exercise ASW forces in water- interference (PMI) and the exercise area.
space management procedures.
2. The exercise area is divided in two
3. To exercise submarines in basic parts, one ASWFA and one JTAA, known
Surface target identification and tracking. by both parties.

4. To exercise a submarine to carry out 3. The OTC proposes the JTAA and the
a target designation. ASWFA to the SUBOPAUTH; the minimal
recommended dimensions of the JTAA are
FORCES REQUIRED 40 x 80 nm. (20 x 30 nm. for SSK). He
designates as appropriate the commun-
1. FRNFOR ication windows with the submarine.

a. One or more ships (one SATCOM 4. The FRNFOR jsubmarine is in the

equipped is preferable). JTAA during the whole exercise.

b. One submarine (SATCOM equipped 5. The submarine is to declare SGSA.

is preferable).
6. Given the simplicity of the water -
2. OPFOR space Management, it is not necessary to
have a dedicated SEC/SAT on board the
a. One or more ships. FRNFOR ship.

7. The OPFOR enters the ASWFA at

Go Time.

FRNFOR I
SUBbLARINE \ I

(NC) Figure 02-l ASWFA

3-02-l CHANGE 2
NATO CONFlDENTlAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAW)(AIR)

PROCEDURE a. The FRNFOR surface units are not

obliged to be involved directly in the
1. First phase. action. The force is to transmit
OPFOR positions to the submarine.
a. During the first phase the OPFOR
transits through the ASVVFA and b. This exercise can be organised
does not enter the JTAA. The within CASEX C4 in which case
electromagnetic behaviour of the phase 1 is no longer necessary.
OPFOR is indiscreet The submarine is to report tracking
positions directly to the tracked
b. The FRNFOR surface units report force itself. The tracked force is not
information from their electromag- to use this information.
netic detections to the submarine.
C. The FRNFOR is involved in the
C. The submarine remains in the JTAA exercise.

2. Second phase.

a. At the beginning of the second

phase, the OPFOR enters the JTAA
and transits at low PIM. The OP-
FOR remains indiscreet (around
30 % of sonar emissions). J
b. The submarine remains in the
JTAA. The submarine tries to in-
tercept and track the OPFOR from
the data reported by the FRNFOR.

C. The submarine is to report the initial

detection and tracking information in
accordance with the OTC directives.

d. The OPFOR is authorised to carry

out any counter attacks provided
they do not last more than thirty
minutes.

e. In the last hours of phase 2, the

FRNFOR carries out an attack
against the OPFOR through a
submarine target report and des-
ignation.

SPEClAL PROVISIONS

1. Each phase should last at least 4 hours.

2. This exercise can be carried out

according to several versions:

3-02-2 CHANGE 2
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) CASEX D3

ADVANCED ASuW EXERCISE OF CO-ORDINATED OPERATIONS

PURPOSE 2. An operations area is created. A JTAA

is defined inside this area.
1. To exercise naval units to conduct
coordinated operations with one submarine 3. The submarine is in the initial JTAA.
in direct support against a surface threat.
4. One dedicated SEC/SAT is on board
2. To exercise naval forces in support one FRNFOR surface ship.
of submarine procedures.
5. The OPFOR starts a transit through
3. To practise the shift of TACON of a the area at Go Time.
submarine from SUBOPAUTH to OTC.
PROCEDURE
4. To exercise the various participating
units in the dynamic use of waterspace 1. The OPFOR transits through the
management. area and tries to engage the FRNFOR.

5. To exercise a naval force in engaging 2. The FRNFOR submarine operates

an enemy by using submarine reports. from Go Time in direct support of the
FRNFOR. The submarine tracks and reports
6. To exercise a naval force with a the positions of the OPFOR.
submarine on support in conducting a
coordinating attack against enemy forces. 3. The OTC proposes to the SUBOPAUTH
the JTAA according to the tracking of the
FORCES REQUIRED OPFOR.

1. FRNFOR 4. The FRNFOR is authorised to take

part in the tracking.
a. One or more surface ships (one
SATCOM equipped is preferable). 5. The OPFOR is authorised to carry out
counter-attacks provided they do not last
b. One submarine (SATCOM more than thirty minutes.
equipped is preferable).
6. As soon as the OPFOR enters the
2. OPFOR operations area, the FRNFOR is allowed to
engage the enemy. The FRNFOR sub-
a. One or more ASW surface ships. marine is to report the tactical picture
accurately in this last stage.
SITUATION
7. When it is possible, the OTC will
1. The request procedure by the OTC to exercise to conduct a coordinated attack
the SUBOPAUTH for the use of a submarine using surface forces and the support
in direct support must be achieved prior to submarine.
Go Time.

3-D3-1 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) Figure D3-1 OPFOR OPERATION AREA

SPECIAL PROVISIONS require a reducing of the pace of information

according to the tactical situation.
1. This exercise should last at least 18
hours. 3. All the necessary messages are to be
promulgated; WSM STATUS, etc.
2. The SUBOPAUTH promulgates JTAA
and ASWFA; the minimal recommended 4. The submarine is to declare SGSA
dimensions of the JTAA are 40 x 80 nm (20
x 30 nm for SSK). He designates, as 5. For training purposes, the FRNFOR
appropriate, the communication windows submarine is to request a SGSA
with the submarine. The OTC/SOCA can cancellation at least once during the serial.

3-D3-2 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFlDENTlAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAW)(AIR)

- (NC) CASEX D4

ADVANCED ASW EXERCISE OF COORDINATED OPERATIONS

PURPOSE 2. An operations area is created. A

JTAA is defined inside this area. The
1. To exercise naval units to conduct OPFOR submarine is in a predefined stand-
coordinated operations with one submarine by zone contiguous to the operations area.
in direct support against a submarine
threat. 3. The FRNFOR submarine is in the
initial JTAA.
2. To exercise naval forces and a sub-
marine in using communication procedures. 4. One dedicated SEC/SAT is on
board one FRNFOR surface ship.
3. To practise the shift of TACON of a
submarine from SUBOPAUTH to OTC. 5. The OPFOR submarine starts a
transit through the operations area at Go
4. To exercise the various paticipat- Time.
ing units in the dynamic use of waterspace
management. 6. Safety rules are to be established to
prevent mutual interferences between
5. To exercise a naval force in engag- submarines.
ing an enemy by using submarine reports.
PROCEDURES i
FORCES REQUIRED
1. The OPFOR submarine transits
1. FRNFOR through the operations area and tries to
w
engage the FRNFOR.
a. One or more surface ships
(one SATCOM equipped is 2. The FRNFOR submarine operates
preferable). from Go Time in direct support of the
FRNFOR. The submarine tracks and reports
b. One submarine (SATCOM the positions of the OPFOR.
equipped is preferable).
3. The OCT proposes to the SUB-
C. One or more MPA or ASW OPAUTH the JTAA according to the tracking
helicopter. of the OPFOR submarine.

4. The FRNFOR is authorized to take

2. OPFOR part in the tracking.

a. One submarine. 5. The OPFOR submarine is author-

ized to carry out counter-attacks.
SlTUATlON
6. As soon as the OPFOR submarine
1. The request procedure by the OTC enters an operations area, the FRNFOR is
to the SUBOPAUTH for the use of a allowed to engage the enemy. The FRNFOR
submarine in Direct Support must be submarine is to report the tactical picture
achieved prior to Go Time. accuratety in this last stage.

3-D4-1 CHANGE 2
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) Figure D4-1 OPS AREA

SPECIAL PROVISIONS 4. For training purposes the following

procedures should be exercised at least
1. This exercise should last at least 18 once during the serial:
hours.
a. The FRNFOR OS sub-
2. The SUBOPAUTH promulgates the marine is to declare SGSA
_ JTAA and ASWFA; the minimal
recommended dimensions of the JTAA are b. The FRNFOR OS sub-
40 x 80 nm (20 x 30 nm for SSK). He marine is to request a
designates, as appropriate, the corn SGSA cancellation.
munication windows with the FRNFOR OS
submarine. The OTC can require a reducing C. Subsequently, a FRNFOR
of the pace of infomration according to the surface or air unit intending
tactical situation. to conduct an ASW attack is
to request a NOTACK area.
3. All necessary messages are to be
promulgated: WSM STATUS, etc.

! -
3-M-2 CHANGE 2
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 -

NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) CASEX E-1

FAMILIARIZATION - SUBMARINE AND ASW UNITS

PURPOSE 4. Annexes A and B are for guidance and

may be altered mutually by the OTC/OCS and
1. To familiarize personnel in recognizing the submarine Commanding Officer.
a submarine manoeuvring on the surface and
dived exposing masts and equipment in accor- 5. The exercise terminates with the sub-
dance with the programme. marine on the surface.

2. To provide basic acoustic recognition SPECIAL PROVISIONS

training of submarine active sonar intercepts.
1. Annexes A and B are for guidance and
FORCES REQUIRED may be altered mutually by the OTC/OCS and
the submarine Commanding Officer.
1. One submarine.
2. Paragraph ‘A’ of the Order Table should
2. One or more ASW ships and/or heli- indicate which programme is to be conducted
copters. (e.g. A. CASEX E-l (SHIPS)).

3. One to three fixed-wing aircraft. 3. The following action should be taken:

SITUATION a. Sonar operators should be lis-

tening for/to submarine HE.
1. The submarine is on the surface by day,
at rendezvous. b. ESM operations should man equip-
ment to intercept radar trans-
2. Ships maintain station on the submarine missions.
throughout the exercise and are not to
approach closer than 500 yards to the sub- C. Opportunity should be taken to
marine. allow the maximum number of
personnel to observe the sub-
3. Aircraft join the submarine at rendez- marine’s activities. Where pos-
vous, at ordered altitude. sible, a running commentary
should be given.
PROCEDURE
d. The ASW ACINT teams should be
1. Establish communications and conduct exercised and full analysis under-
time check prior to Go Time. taken of submarine acoustics.

2. OTC/OCS designates Zero Time and RECORDS

Base Course.
1. Not Required.
3. Submarine steers Base Course and
conducts the programme appropriate to partici-
pating ASW units. (Annex A or Annex B to this
CASEX.)

3-E 1 - 1 (Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) CASEX E-1

ANNEX A - SHIP PROGRAMME

Time (min) Action by Submarine

Zero (Z) Dive - Show attack periscope.

z plus 5 Show search periscope. Lower attack periscope.

z plus 7 Show ESM mast.

z plus 9 Show snorkel mast(s). Lower ESM mast. Leave search periscope and
snorkel mast(s) up for remainder of exercise.

z plus 11 Show radars.

z plus 13 Show communications masts.

z plus 15 Show all masts and periscopes.

z plus 17 Fire a white smoke/flare.

Z plus 18 Fire a yellow smoke/flare (grenade).

z plus 19 Fire a green (black) smoke/flare (grenade).

z plus 21 Commence snorkelling.

z plus 22 Transmit on search radar (all round). Commence transmissions on active

sonar.

Z plus 24 Transmit on search radar (sector scan at each ship in formation).

Z plus 26 Transmit on periscope radar (several transmissions at each ship in forma-

tion).

Z plus 28 Stop snorkelling. Lower all masts except search periscope. Cease trans-
missions on active sonar. Commence transmissions on echo sounder.

z plus 30 Surface. *After surfacing, submarine fires a red smoke/flare (grenade).

Cease transmissions on echo sounder.

*This is the only occasion on which a submarine is authorized to fire a red pyrotechnic except in
emergency. Firing a red smoke/flare is not allowed when confusion with a real emergency can arise.

3-El-A-1 (Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NU) CASEX E-1

ANNEX B - AIRCRAFT PROGRAMME

Time (min) Action by Submarine

Zero (Zl COMEX. On surface at rendezvous.

z plus 2 Proceed on Base Course at 5 knots.

z plus 5 Increase to maximum surface cruising speed.

Z plus 8 Manoeuvre at maximum speed and steer:

(1) Into (up) sea;

(2) Across Sea; and,
(3) Down sea.

z plus 17 Dive on Base Course.

z plus 19 Take evasive action below periscope depth and release pyrotechnics, air and
dye markers at intervals. Commence transmissions on active sonar.

Z plus 23 Cease transmissions on active sonar. Commence transmissions on echo

sounder.

Z plus 24 Cease transmissions on echo sounder.

Z plus 25 Return to periscope depth on Base Course at minimum speed, exposing peri-
scopes for periods of 30 seconds.

z plus 30 Increase speed to 6 knots, continue exposing periscope for periods of 30

seconds.

z plus 33 Expose periscope continuously. Alter course 90 degrees to starboard.

Z plus 36 Alter course 90 degrees to port.

z plus 40 Reverse course.

z plus 45 Commence snorkelling at slow speed.

z plus 55 Increase to maximum snorkelling speed.

Z plus 58 Alter course 90 degrees to starboard.

Z plus 61 Alter course 90 degrees to port.

z plus 70 Surface trimmed down.

z plus 75 Proceed on surface trimmed down, steering:

(1) Into (up) sea;

(2) Across sea; and
(3) Down sea.

Z plus 85 Surface fully. FINEX.

3-E 1 -B- 1 (Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)
(NC) CASEX E-2

PRACTICE WEAPONS DELIVERY EXERCISE

PURPOSE 7. Submarine acts in accordance with

doctrine and/or Restrictions authorized by the
To train the crews of ASW units in SUBOPAUTH. (Article 2253)
carrying out a practice weapon delivery against a
submerged impact authorized target submarine. 8. When the position of the submarine has
been determined, the designated ASW unit
carries out an attack by releasing the weapon,
marking by two explosive charges. (Signal A2) If
1. One submarine, authorized as an impact an aircraft is making weapon delivery, it will also
target. mark point of entry with a smoke.

2. ASW units as assigned. 9. On hearing an attack signal indicated by

signal A2, or MK& Code 1, the submarine
3. Recovery vessel. releases a smoke to mark position relative to
weapon drop.
SITUATION
10. On each occasion of being hit by a
1. At Go Time, the submarine is on the weapon, the submarine must surface to check
surface at rendezvous. for damage. (Article 2I&3)

2. ASW units join the submarine. 11. ASW units stop delivering weapons 15
minutes before FINEX, or at Stop Time, which-
3. Recovery vessel is stationed 3 to 5 miies ever is the earlier.
from submarine.
12. If not hit, the submarine is to be surfaced
PROCEDURE at FINEX, or at Stop Time, whichever is the
earlier.
1. Establish communications prior to Go
Time. SPECIAL PROVISIONS

2. Submarine reports “Ready”. 1. When carrying out this exercise,

participants must comply with Article 2253.
3. When ASW units are in stations
assigned by the OTC/OCS in accordance with 2. Approval for selected weapons must be
Article 2260, and have reported ready, the obtained from the SUBOPAUTH by the
OTC/OCS orders the submarine to dive. OTC/OCS prior to ordering this CASEX.

4. Participating aircraft mark datum with a 3. The SUBOPAUTH will specify the
smoke marker. conditions under which the target submarine
must operate.
5. Submarine reports when at ordered
depth, by UWT or SST. 4. Weapons are not to be released until
COMEX has been acknowledged by the
6. OTC/OCS initiates COMEX. submarine.

3X2-1 CHANGE 2
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAW)(AIR)
5. All units are to assist in weapon
recovery.

6. When instructed by the OTCIOCS, the

recovery vessel proceeds to recover weapons
after the submarine has surfaced.

1. A narrative of all events is to be

maintained by all participants. Submarine track
charts as required. Other records as required.

.i .

w-2 CHANGE 2
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) CASEX E-3

-
MUTUAL SENSOR EXERCISE

PURPOSE the required information using the ME-YOU

method (Article 6003).
I 1. To train lookouts, radar, ESM and sonar
operators in detecting and tracking a sub- 8. Submarine surfaces at Stop Time.
marine.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
I 2. To train submarines in obtaining Fire
Control data. 1. The submarine is never to be
approached closer than 1000 yards by day or
FORCES REQUIRED 1500 yards by night.

1. One or more ASW ships. 2. If forced deep at any time, the sub-
marine is to carry out full surfacing procedure in
2. Ships are in assigned sectors. accordance with Article 227,3, unless Relaxa-
tions in force permit otherwise. If desired, the
SITUATION exercise may be restarted after the submarine
has returned to periscope depth.
1. Submarine on the surface, or
snorkelling, or at periscope depth. 3. Relaxation 13”B is not to be ordered.

2. Ships are in assigned sectors. RECORDS

PROCEDURE ME-YOU Message.

1. Establish communications prior to Go

Time.

2. Ships take station as ordered by

OTCIOCS.

3. Submarine reports to OTC/OCS when

ready to proceed with the exercise.

4. OTC/OCS orders the submarine to

proceed as required.

5. Submarine carries out the exercise at

depth, course and speed ordered.

6. Ships vary course, speed and range

from the submarine to determine maximum
detection ranges (closing and opening) of all
sensors.

7. While the submarine is obtaining Fire

Control data, and when requested, ships pass

3-E3- 1 (Reverse Blank) CHANGE 1

NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) CASEX E-4

ASW ACTION AGAINST BOTTOMED SUBMARINE OR TARGET

PURPOSE 7. When contact has been gained, ASW

units initiate COMEX.
1. To train sonar operators in locating,
holding and classifying a bottomed or hovering 8. ASW units break off attacks five
submarine, or target. minutes before FINEX or Stop Time.

2. To train ASW teams in attacking a 9. At FINEX or Stop Time, submarine is to

bottomed submarine or target. be surfaced in accordance with Article 2273
unless Relaxations in force otherwise permit.
NOTE:
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
A known wreck may be used as a tar-
get. Submarines are to bottom only in a
designated safe bottoming area.
FORCES REQUIRED
RECORDS
1. One or more ASW ships or helicopters.
Not required; but after surfacing the
2. One submarine or target. submarine is to report its heading while it was
bottomed (or hovering).
SITUATION

1. Initially, submarine is on the surface or

at periscope depth in visual contact with ASW
units.

2. ASW units are stationed outside sonar

range from the submarine or bottomed target.

PROCEDURE (when a submarine is partici-

pating)

1. Establish communications prior to Go

Time.

2. Submarine reports “Ready”.

3. OTC/OCS orders submarine to dive.

4. Submarine dives and bottoms, or hovers

at Safe Depth.

5. When bottomed or hovering at safe

depth, the submarine reports by UWT, SST or
pre-arranged pyrotechnics.

6. ASW units carry out exercise.

3-E4- 1 (Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) CASEX E-5

EXERCISE IN SEARCHING FOR A SIMULATED SUBMARINE CASUALTY (SMASHEX)

PURPOSE 4. Depending on the type of exercise,

ships and submarines of the searching force
To exercise ASW forces in conducting may be either in harbour or at sea at the start
SUBMISS/SUBSUNK operations. of the exercise. If at sea, the searching force
should be more than two hours steaming from
FORCES REQUIRED the datum.

1. The scope of the exercise will depend 5. Depending on the type of exercise,
on the forces available. Any of the following aircraft and/or helicopters may be either avail-
may take part: able at their bases or actually airborne.

a. One submarine to simulate the PROCEDURE

submarine casualty, hereinafter
referred to as the Target Sub- 1. The exercise is given the code name
marine. SMASHEX to facilitate message processing.

b. One or more submarines to assist 2. The codeword SMASHEX is to be

in searching. included at the beginning of the text of all
messages concerning the exercise, except
C. Two or more ASW ships. manoeuvring signals.

d. One or more fixed wing aircraft. 3. Although Go Time will have been
included in the Exercise Message, the exercise
e. One or more ASW helicopters. is not to start until the Target Submarine has
made its diving message, and the Shore Con-
SITUATION ducting Authority has sent a message authori-
zing forces to proceed.
1. This exercise envisages a situation in
which a simulated submarine casualty has 4. The target Submarine is to dive and
occurred. ASW ships and aircraft proceed to bottom in the ordered position at Go Time,
search for the Target Submarine in accordance releasing an indicator/messenger buoy as
with the current doctrine for submarine search ordered. (Time of release to be specified by
and rescue (ATP-10, and/or National Instruc- OSE.)
tions) .
5. The Target Submarine commences
2. The Target Submarine’s bottoming releasing smoke candles/flares; the number to
position is to be ordered beforehand. It is to be be fired and the rate of firing will be dictated by
given a double letter reference (for example, the number available, or as ordered.
KK) and is to be referred to as such in all mes-
sages. The Target Submarine is to report its 6. On receipt of the message authorizing
position in the diving message as a bearing and the start of the exercise, search forces are to
distance from the lettered position. It is not to assemble and proceed to the search area as
dive until within two miles of this position. ordered.

3. The datum position given to the 7. The methods of searching and the
searching force may be up to 20 miles from the action to be taken on locating the Target Sub-
target submarine’s actual bottoming position.

3-E5- 1 ORIGINAL
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

marine are to be in accordance with current b. If the Target Submarine has not
doctrine. been located by Stop Time, it is to
surface, using Signal Bl. 1
8. Exercise Completed
C. If either of the above signals are
a. The Senior Officer of the Search made, or five minutes before Stop
Force (SOSF) is to report “Exercise Time, ships and submarines
Completed” to the Shore Con- employed in the search are to
ducting Authority, after considera- comply with Article 2273, unless
tion of whether: Relaxations in force otherwise
permit.
(1) UWT communication has been
satisfactorily established with 10. The Target Submarine is to surface at
the Target Submarine; Stop Time or as ordered by the SOSF and send
its SURFACED message.
(2) ASW ships have located and
classified the Target Sub- 11. On receipt of the SURFACED message,
marine; the Shore Conducting Authority is then to send
the message “SMASHEX Completed”.
(3) all ships and aircraft have had
an opportunity of sighting the SPECIAL PROVISIONS
indicator buoy; and
1. The exercise is to be ordered by mes-
(4) all ships have converged on sage, referring to the Order Table (Table 3-l ),
the position of the Target modified as follows:
Submarine and made full ar-
rangements for the rescue and C Shore Conducting Authority
treatment of survivors.
D Senior Officer Search Forces
b. The exercise should also be ter-
minated: JJ Stop Time (should nor normally be
more than 12 hours after Go Time)
(1) if the T arget Submarine has
not been located within 30 M Datum Position for Search. (The
minutes of Stop Time; or Target Submarine’s actual diving
position is given only to the sub-
(2) if it is considered that no fur- marine and to the Senior Officer
ther value can be obtained Search Forces in a sealed enve-
from the exercise; or lope.)

(3) when the SOSF has surfaced U Should include the following:
the Target Submarine, seen it
surface, or heard it report (1) whether a Basic or Advanced
“Surfaced”. exercise, and

9. The following methods are to be (2) whether Medical or Salvage

employed to surface the Target Submarine: organizations are to take part.

a. The SOSF is to order one ship or 2. Depending on the standard of training

submarine to surface the Target required, this exercise can be conducted either
Submarine using Signal AS. as: -

3-E5-2 ORIGINAL
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

a. a basic exercise to practise the

search procedures involved (in
which case, notification of the
exercise may be included in normal
training programs); or as

b. an advanced exercise to test the

capability of the command and
forces available to carry out SUB-
MISS/SUBSUNK procedures in as
realistic a manner as possible. (In
this case, the exercise would be
announced at short notice.)

3. Before the exercise, the Target Sub-

marine should be informed which compartments
are considered to have been flooded. From the
moment of bottoming, no equipment from the
flooded compartments is to be used for indi-
cating the Target Submarine’s position. The
use of SST will also be dependent on the com-
partments available.

4. No messages organizing the searching

force are to be made until the exercise has
started. The Shore Conducting Authority is
then to conduct the exercise, ordering the
Senior Officer Search Forces to take charge at
sea as appropriate.

5. Oil is not to be discharged unless speci-

fied in the Exercise Orders.

6. If the indicator buoy should fail to

surface, a second buoy may be released for test
purposes after the Target Submarine’s position
has been established.

7. The indicator buoy is to be recovered

on completion of the exercise and, if recovered
by a surface ship, should be returned to the
Target Submarine as soon as practicable.

RECORDS

A detailed narrative report is to be

forwarded to the Shore Conducting Authority
by all participating forces. Any other records
as required.

3-E5-3 (Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) CASEX E6

CO-ORDINATED SUBMARINE RESCUE OPERATIONS

PURPOSE 3. Rescue forces enter the designated

area and initiate rescue procedures.
1. Advanced training for submarines,
mother submarine and vehicles in rescue PROCEDURES
operations to.
1. DISSUB/RSS. The DISSUB will be
a. Make coordinated submerged responsible for issuing RV signal covering
rendezvous (RV). the RV and DISSUB and is OCS for this
serial. When DISSUB gives depth release
b. Initiate contact between sub- RSS will bottom at distance off DISSUB not
marine and rescue forces. less than given in Relaxation 24’C.

c. Rescuing crew members from a NOTE

simulated disabled submarine
(DISSUB). The procedure requires the RSS to know the
position of the DISSUB at all times.
d. Provide mutual support.
2. SRV/DISSUB/MOSHIP(SUB)/RSS.
2. To train Rescue Support Submarines OCS will be responsible for issuing
(RSS) in assisting rescue vehicles in appropriate RV procedures and sequence of
rescuing crew members from DISSUB. events to cover the conduct of the serial.

3. To develop procedures for mutual 3. The exercise ends at Stop Time or

support with several rescue systems when the exercise objectives have been
operating with one DISSUB. achieved.

FORCES REQUIRED 4. The OCS is responsible for surfacing

the DISSUB and the RSS lAW para
1. One DISSUB. 2273.

2. One or more Submerged Rescue SPEClAL PROVlSlONS

Vehicles (SRV).
1. Submarine safety must be the primary
3. One Rescue Support Submarine (RSS). concern when conducting coordinated sub
marine rescue operations. The OCS must
4. One MOSUB or MOSHIP. ensure that all participating forces are acting
IAW mutual agreed procedures at all times.
SITUATION
RECORDS
1. DISSUB makes RV with RSS. DISSUB
bottoms and gives depth release IAW RV 1. As necessary or as laid down in the
procedures. exercise operation order.

2. RSS initiate communication with

Commander Rescue Forces (CRF) IAW RV
procedures and bottom in vicinity of DISSUB
IAW relaxations in force.

3-E6-1 (Reverse Blank) CHANGE 3

NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) CASEX E-7

UNDERWATER LOOK EXERCISE

PURPOSE unless relaxation permits otherwise, using

standard surfacing procedure in accordance
1. To exercise submarines in with Articles 2270 to 2275.
underwater surveillance techniques (during
daylight). 9. The submarine reports when at
periscope depth and signals her
FORCES REQUIRED requirements for the next run.

1. One submarine. SPECIAL PROVISIONS

2. One surface ship fitted with UWT. 1. CASEX E-7 can only be ordered
with the approval of the SUBOPAUTH.
SITUATION
2. For this CASEX, an area is to be
1. Submarine is on the surface or at selected with sufficient depth of water to
PD in the RDVZ position. permit the submarine to proceed to safe
depth, with submarine speed limited to 10-
2. Surface ship takes station as order- knots, (see Table 2-2).
ed by the submarine.
3. The duration of the exercise should
PROCEDURES be at least two hours.

1. The submarine establishes contact 4. At least 10 miles on a steady course

with the surface ship by radio and UWT. will be required.

2. The submarine signals her 5. The surface ship is to maintain

assessment of suitability of weather and sea continuous watch on UWT, she will establish
conditions for the exercise. contact only when course or speed
alterations are due or if an emergency
3. The submarine gives detailed orders situation develops.
for the run, eg, steady course. speed, time
of run, etc. 6. The surface ship is not allowed to
use explosive charge signals except in an
4. Surface ship assumes guide. emergency (see Article 2240).

5. Submarine dives, catches slow- 7. If the surface ship is forced to alter

speed trim at Periscope Depth and stations course or speed, she is to report the
herself on the quarter of the surface ship. alteration to the submarine on UWT.

6. After start of run has been signalled 8. lf the submarine is unable to

the submarine endeavours to position maintain station after such an alteration, she
herself under the surface ship. is to proceed to Safe Depth open to 1500
yards off the surface ship’s track and initiate
7. The submarine indicates end of run standard surfacing procedure.
by UWT, proceeds to safe depth and opens
to 1500 yards off the surface ship’s track. 9. If the submarine is unable to
communicate with the surface ship, she is to
8. The surface ship assumes proceed to Safe Depth, open to 1500 yards
responsibility for surfacing the submarine off the surface ship’s track and initiate

3-E7-1 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

standard surfacing procedures unless

relaxations permit otherwise.

10. The surface ship is not allowed to

use her medium-range sonar and noise
masking system.

11. The surface ship may use:

- Echo sounder
- Bottomed submarine classification sonar

12. The CASEX is not to be considered

complete until the submarine is at Periscope
Depth and has reported FINEX.

3-E7-2 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) CASEX E-8

HELICOPTER DELlVERED DEPTH CHARGE EXERCISE

(By DAY only)

PURPOSE the wind and the speed is to be less than 6

knots.
1. To give submarine crews
experience in the effects of a depth charge 2. The helicopter assumes a hover 500
exploding in the vicinity. yards (or the stand-off range as promulgated
in the CASEX standard orders) on the beam
FORCES REQUIRED of the submarine. The helicopter is to pass
his hover height and his overall height to the
1. One submarine. submarine at the rendezvous (if not
signalled beforehand) to allow periscope
2. One helicopter with authorized ranging. The hover should normally be at an
Depth Charge. altitude of about 40 feet. The helicopter
should operate radar (if fitted).
SlTUATlON
3. When stand-off range of 500 yards
1. Approval has been obtained from is mutually agreed the helicopter is to
National SUBOPAUTH. release a smoke marker.

2. Water for the drop of a Depth 4. The submarine signals ready.

Charge has been allocated.
5. The helicopter will then break hover,
3. Submarine and helicopter rendez- increase altitude to the release height
vous and establish communications. (normally 500 feet) and increase to a ground
speed of 90 knots while conducting a retiring
4. Submarine is at periscope depth. turn.
Steering directly into wind at slow speed.
6. The helicopter then manoeuvres to
5. Helicopter releases smoke marker over-fly the smoke marker at an altitude of
at agreed stand-off range (normally 500 500 feet, ground speed of 90 knots while
yards). Helicopter then climbs to release flying directly into the wind on a wurse
altitude and increases to release speed. parallel to that signalled by the submarine.

6. Helicopter then releases depth 7. On over-flying the smoke marker the

charge directly over smoke marker while helicopter releases the authorized depth
flying directly into the wind, parallel to the charge.
submarine track, thus maintaining stand-off
range. 8. The accuracy of the drop depends
entirely upon the ability of the helicopter to
7. The submarine need not surface at maintain the signalled course, ground speed
the end of the exercise but is to report all of 90 knots and an altitude of 500 feet and to
well within 5 minutes of detonation. over-fly the smoke marker.

PROCEDURES 9. Altitude 500 feet and ground speed

90 knots are invariably to be used to comply
1. At rendezvous the submarine with airdropped ordnance regulations and
signals his wurse and speed to the to provide a fixed forward throw to ensure
helicopter; the wurse is to be directly into

3-E8-1 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

that the charge explodes on the beam of the -

submarine.

10. The submarine need not surface

after the depth charge has exploded but is to
report within 5 minutes that all is well. The
exercise terminates when the submarine
has reported or is on the surface.

Example helicopter true heights

(from bottom of hull to top of the rotor hub)
are:

UK Seaking Mk 6 15 feet 6 inches

UK Lynx 9 feet 9 inches

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

1. This exercise requires the approval

of the National SUBOPAUTH.

2. This exercise requires water

suitable for the dropping of live ordnance to
be allocated.

3. This exercise may only take place in

calm weather, in good visibility. Cloud base
is not to be below 600 feet.

4. Depth Charges are not to be armed

until:

a. The submarine has signalled ready.

b. The helicopter has achieved the

release course, altitude and ground
speed.

5. Helicopters carrying live weapons

are not to over-fly submarines.

6. The stand-off range is normally to

be 500 yards. Any change to this requires
the approval of the SUBOPAUTH.

RECORDS

1. No records required.

3-E8-2 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO RESTRICTED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NR) CASEX F-l

BASIC SIMULATED ANTI SUBMARINE WARFARE EXERCISE/LINK EXERCISE (LINKEX)

PURPOSE
7. This exercise can be executed with
1. Train basic ASW procedures (SAU ships manoeuvring or static (in harbour).
procedures and close ASW action) when no
submarine is available. 8. Duties of the OCE:

DURATION a. Provide a scenario (including

sonar detection ranges);
Three hours
b. Assign a TSU; and
EXECUTION
c. If required, assign a unit
simulating a HELOIMPA.
A unit providing threat simulation
(TSU)(position, course and speed of the 9. Duties of the OCS:
synthetic submarine by voice or link) is to be
assigned by the OCE. This unit will also a. Act as ASWC/FTC/EWC/ACU;
provide elements for the classification and
process.
b. Assign data link, threat
2. The OCE promulgates a DATUM simulation and co-ordination
and designates a SAU, a SAU approach is circuits.
to be executed and once units are within
range, the TSU provides information
concerning the position (bearing and range
relative to each unit), course and speed of
synthetic submarine. This information is
plotted or, when available, fitted into the
sonar simulation system.

3. Plans BLACK and RED are to be

executed.

4. Once attack criteria are met,

weapon w-ordination and simulated
weapon engagements are to be executed.

5. A simulated HELO/MPA or a HELO

in flight conducting simulated ASW
operations (sonar operator on threat
simulation circuit) may be introduced for
initial DATUM search, training of SWAP
procedure and stand-off attacks.

6. During the approach the TSU is to

provide EW/riser info, forcing DATUM/ETA-
TDA updates and SAU manoeuvring.
Furthermore the TSU may initiate counter
attacks by the synthetic submarine to
provoke TCM’s.

3-Fl-l(Reverse Blank) CHANGE 3

NATO RESTRICTED
 NATO RESTRICTED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NR) CASEX F-2

SIMULATED ANTI SUBMARINE WARFARE EXERCISE

PURPOSE 3. Once a SAU has been detached,

the ship representing the main body, may be
1. To exercise advanced ASW procedures diverted by the screen commander. It should
when no submarine or MPA is available. continue to act as a merchant ship to give
The following is to be practised: the target submarine opportunity to evade
the SAU and press home his attack.
a. MPA joining procedures. Alternatively, the main body can be
detached and “leapfrogged” ahead as the
b. SAU procedures. OCS of another serial to follow.

c. Stand-off conventional and C. MARITIME PATROL AIRCRAFT

close ASW action.
1. Full MPA joining procedures can be
DURATION exercised if desired. This should be done
before the SAU is detached.
Approximately three hours
2. If the helicopter simulating the
EXECUTION attack is not IFF equipped, a suitable radar
responder can be used.
A SUBMARINE AND MARITIME PATROL
AlRCRAFT 3. Once the joining procedure has
been completed, the MPA will initiate the
1. One ship takes station 15 nm ahead of detection of the submarine as a JEZEBEL or
the force. This ship will represent the radar contact.
submarine target. The target ship is limited
to a maximum speed of 18 knots. 4. The actual radar echo of the target
must not be plotted. To assist realism, MPA
2. The target ship’s helicopter (if carried) may report an incorrect grid position, such
is to be used to simulate the MPA. as could occur in the event of an inaccurate
gridlock on joining.
3. Other ships are not to take tactical
advantage of the targets ship’s radar echo, 5. Radar on top of KINGPIN or target
except as provided for in paragraphs C.5 position can be exercised using actual radar
and E.1 below. echo as the on-top position. The plot may
then be marked but further movement of the
B. MAIN BODY AND SCREEN target radar echo must be disregarded.

1. The OCS will signal the OPGEN for

the serial, designating one ship as the main D. SEARCH ATTACK UNIT
body, and a screen commander. The screen
commander will form a screen around the 1. Full SAU procedures, including ETA
main body. at TDA, submarine’s limiting courses, and
Plans Red and Black are to be practised.
2. The screen commander will detach
a SAU based on the information from the 2. Ships in the SAU are to disregard
MPA after full MPA joining procedures have the target’s radar echo, except when the
been carried out. MPA marks on top.

3-F2-1 CHANGE 3
NATO RESTRICTED
 NATO RESTRICTED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

3. SWAP is to be executed with the H. UMPIRING -

MPA at an appropriate moment.
1. The target ship is to monitor all
4. Active and/or passive sonar is to be tactical circuits and is to report on the
used to search for and track target ship. performance of the SAU and other relevant
comments.
E. ATTACKS
I. DEVELOPMENT
1. Once the SAU has gained sonar
contact with the target, simulated stand-off 1. Further development of the
attacks, using the appropriate Plan Red, SYNTEX can be made as follows, if the
may be carried out with helicopters or other basic procedures are successful and safe:
stand-off ASW weapon systems. Helicopters
may simulate either a torpedo or a nuclear a. The target ship can be
depth charge loadout. In the event of poor designated nuclear and be
sonar conditions, the OCS may order the unrestricted in speed. Course
SAU to use the target radar echo for attacks. restrictions must be applied at
speeds greater than 18 knots for
2. If desired, a close ASW action by no safety reasons.
more than two ships at a time may be
ordered using Plan Red 3A (Georgraphic b. The distance to the target must
Sector). not be less than 3,000 yards to
provide greater difficulty for
F. SAFETY sonar operators.

1. No airdropped weapons are to be

released.

2. No surface-launched weapons may

be fired except ‘air-shots”.

3. In a dose ASW action, the rules of

the road are to be obeyed and no ship is to
dose within 600 yards of the targets.

4. The target ship is to man the

SAU/fighting net and if she at any time is in
doubt of her safety, she is to broadcast the
message “break off three times (i.e. "Break-
off, Break-off, Break-off), which means that
all ships immediately stop the exercise and
act in accordance with the International
Rules for Preventing Collision at Sea. If the
message ‘Break-off has been broadcast,
only the OCS can order continuation of the
exercise.

G. METHOD OF ORDERING

1. The OCS will send a CASEX order

message and the appropriate OPGEN/
OPTASK supplement as required.

3-F2-2 CHANGE 3
NATO RESTRICTED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

CHAPTER 4

INSTRUCTIONS, DEFINITIONS, SAFETY RULES AND PROCEDURES APPLICABLE TO

SUBMARINE ASW EXERCISES - COORDINATED SUBMARINE OPERATIONS - “S” SERIES
CASEXES

4000. INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUBMARINE 4004. RECORDS

ASW EXERCISES
1. (NU) When submarine ASW exercises
4001. PURPOSE are to be analyzed, the following records, addi-
tional to those required by National authorities,
1. (NU) The purpose of conducting sub- may be requested by the designated analyzing
marine ASW exercises is to train the authority.
Commanding Officer and the attack team of a
* submarine in detecting, classifying, tracking a. From the Attacking Submarine
and attacking submarine targets.
(1) Attack form.
4002. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR
PARTICIPATING SUBMARINES (2) Navigational plot (scale 1,000
yards: 1 inch).
1. (NU) The following are the minimum
requirements for submarines participating in 3) Attack log.
ASW exercises:
4) Tracing of the time bearing
a. Sonar. All participating sub- plot.
marines must be capable of re-
liable underwater communication ( 5) Contact Evaluation Plot (CEP).
with each other, either by under-
water telephone (UWT) and/or b. From the Target Submarine
SST. Should any submarine be
unable to communicate, it must (1) Navigational plot (scale 1,000
surface and assume an “Out-of- yards: 1 inch).
Action” status until the equipment
is serviceable. (2 Narrative containing depth,
course, and speed for each
b. Radar. All participating sub- incident.
marines should be fitted with ser-
viceable warning radars. The (3 Contact Evaluation Plot (CEP).
range index error of the radar must
be accurately known. 2. (NU) For advanced or large-scale exer-
cises, submarines may be required to forward
4003. WHEN EXERCISES MAY BE CON- the appropriate FORMEXes of NADREX
DUCTED Maritime Addendum.

1. (NU) Unless otherwise specified in the 3. (NU) When torpedoes are fired, com-
Special Provisions for individual CASEXes, plete attack and firing data are required by the
these exercises may be conducted either by analyzing authority.
day and/or night.

4-l ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

4005. INTELLIGENCE BASED ON SAFETY 4014. SAFETY CIRCLES

SIGNALS
1. (NU) A safety circle drawn with its -
1. (NU) Intelligence gained from any of centre being the initial position of an attacking
the safety signals required in submarine ASW submarine at the start of each Run. Two
exercises is not to be used for attack or evasion concentric circles are drawn on the plots of the
by any of the participating units. attacking and target submarine and called inner
and outer safety circles.
4006-4009 Spare
2. (NU) The radii of the safety circles may
4010. DEFINITIONS APPLICABLE TO be altered at the discretion of the SUBOPAUTH
SUBMARINE ASW EXERCISES (Relaxation 24”A). The minimum radii must
conform with the following:
1. (NU) The foll owing definitions are par-
ticularly applicable to submarine ASW exer- a. the inner safety circle is never to
cises. be less than 3000 yards; and

4011. MARKED SUBMARINE b. the outer safety circles must be at

least 2000 yards greater than the
1. (NU) A marked submarine is a sub- radius of the inner safety circle.
marine which proceeds at least 1 metre (3 feet)
less than the optimum periscope depth for the 3. (NU) A special Safety Circle exists for
prevailing conditions with all masts and peri- use in CASEX S4 (Article 4022.3).
scopes fully extended. Should there be any
doubt as to the visibility of the extended masts, 4015. SAFETY LINE
a large red flag (BRAVO) is to be attached to
one of the masts. 1. (NU) A safety line is a line drawn -
perpendicular to the safety bearing, at the
2. (NU) A submarine may be ordered to range specified in the exercise orders/message
be the ‘marked submarine’ in exercises where (Relaxation 23A), from the initial position of the
both the attacking and target submarines are at attacking submarine. This range is never to be
periscope depth throughout, or during part of, less than 2000 yards.
the exercise. (See Exercise Instructions 160
and 161.) 4016. SAFETY ZONES

4012. RESPONSIBLE 1. (NU) Safet y zones are zones estab-

lished on either side of a transit lane. The
1. (NU) In submarine ASW exercises, the width of the safety zones is to be specified in
responsible submarine is the submarine respon- the exercise orders/message.
sible for taking action to avoid a submerged
collision. 4017. TOO CLOSE

4013. SAFETY BEARING 1. NJ) Throughout submarine ASW

exercises, if the attacking and target sub-
1. (NU) The safety bearing is the bearing marines are at pericope depth they are too
of the target from the attacking submarine at close when the range is less than 1500 yards
the start of each Run. and the distance off track is less than 800
yards. (These limits may be reduced at the
discretion of the national SUBOPAUTH by the
use of Relaxation 25”A.)

4-2 ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)
4018. TRANSIT LANE becomes responsible for taking action to avoid
coming Too Close to the marked submarine.
1. (NU) A transit lane is a lane between
transit positions in which the target submarine has 3. (NU) If two submarines get Too Close
complete freedom of action except when (Article 4017) or if a submarine collision appears
restricted for depth. The lane width is to be imminent:
specified in the exercise orders/message.
a. the target submarine is to
4019. TRANSIT POSlTlONS surface; and

1. (NU) Transit positions are positions b. the attacking submarine is to go

specified in the exercise orders/message, which to a safe depth (as described in
provide the centre line of a transit lane. Artide 2213) and remain there until
surfaced by the target submarine.
4020. SAFETY RULES FOR EXERCISES (Article 2273 applies unless
INVOLVlNG MORE THAN ONE Relaxations in force otherwise
SUBMARINE permit.)

1. (NU) The following Articles are the rules 4022. SAFETY CIRCLE
which apply for the Prevention of Collision
between submerged submarines, and are 1. (NU) The attacking submarine may be at
applicable to all submarines. any depth within the inner safety circle. When
outside the inner safety circle, the attacking
2. (NU) The OTC/OCS is responsible for submarine must remain below 97 metres (318
promulgating the Safety instructions to all feet). If Relaxation 21*C (Table 3-2) is in force
participants in submarine ASW exercises. when HE is detected, the attacking submarines
may proceed to periscope depth to classify the
3. (NU) When submarines are conducting noise source, provided:
coordinated operations, the OTC/OCS shall
promulgate the Safety Instructions in accordance a. it points the bearing (toward or
with Article 4052 and the procedures in ATP-18. away);

4. (NU) Delegation of responsibility for b. the bearing is changing; and

promulgation of the Safety Instructions does not in
any way relieve the Commanding Officers of C. it returns to 97 metres (318 feet)
participating submarines of their individual within 5 minutes of reaching
responsibility for the safety of their own periscope depth.
commands.
2. (NU) When submerged, the target
4021. RESPONSIBILITY FOR AVOIDING submarine is never to cross the outer safety
SUBMERGED COLLISION circle. If forced deep, it is not to go below 62
metres (203 feet) and is to increase speed as
1. (NU) In submarine ASW exercises, both necessary to continue cavitating. If unable to
the attacking and the target submarine are equally cavitate, it is to transmit on UWT or SST its call
responsible for target action to avoid a submerged sign at least once every minute.
collision.
3. (NU) Unless otherwise specified in the
2. (NU) In exercises where one submarine exercise orders/message the Special Safety
is ordered to be ‘marked submarine’ (Article Circle in CASEX S-4 has a radius of 3000 yards
4011.1), the unmarked submarine automatically centred on the initial position of each attacking
submarine (see Relaxation 24%). In this case

4-3 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AlR)
4. The radius of the special safety circle is 2. (NU) Submarines not required to actively -
defined in Relaxation 24*C. This safety circle only transmit on UWT or SST may snorkel when
applies for bottomed submarines. A Rescue periscope visibility is not less than 2000 yards
Support Submarine must never bottom within this during daylight and at night during assigned
safety circle. The safety circle is never to be less periods only.
than 200 yards.
3. (NU) Submarines required to transmit at
4023. SAFETY LINE periscope depth are to broadcast “SCOPE-
SCOPE-SCOPE” or “ACA” on UWT or SST,
1. (NU) Attacking submarines are never to respectively, at intervals not to exceed 3 minutes.
cross the safety line.
4027. DEPTH SEPARATION AND MINIMUM
4024. SAFETY ZONES AND TRANSIT LANES DEPTH OF WATER

1. (NU) Attacking submarines are to be at 1. (NC) When, for safety purposes,

Safe Depth (Artide 2213) when entering a Safety submarines are staggered in depth, Vertical
Zone or a Transit Lane. Safety Separations, Submarine Safe Depth and
Minimum Required Depth of Water for submarine
4025. SAFETY RULES FOR BASIC EXER- ASW exercises (Article 2213 and Table 2-2
CISES (except as amended in paragraph 3 below)) are to
be adhered to.
1. (NU) In basic submarine exercises,
safety of participatingsubmarines is achieved by: 2. (NC) Periscope depth is to be assumed
as 20 metres (65 feet) for all classes of
a. horizontal separation (e.g. safety submarines.
line);
3. (NC) In order to find the Safe (and the
b. vertical separation (e.g. by assigning Upper Limit of the Depth Layer) of the submarine
submarines separate depth zones); allocated the deeper depth layer, the maximum
or permissible keel depth of the submarine
occupying the Upper Depth Layer should be used
C. a combination of a. and b. (e.g. in place of the figure quoted in Column C of Table
safety circles). 2-2.

4026. SAFETY RULES FOR ADVANCED 4. (NC) Examples

EXERCISES
a. Maximum submarine speed = 18
1. (NU) In advanced submarine ASW knots.
exercises, when both the attacking and target
submarines may operate at periscope depth Therefore Safe Depth for Target
without horizontal separation, safety is achieved Submarine (occupying the Upper
by: Depth Layer) is B + C + D (Table 2-
2).
a. time separation during which either =20+30+30 metres
the attacking or target submarine =80 metres
may be at periscope depth; and/or
b. either the attacking or target
submarinebeing ordered to actively
transmit cm UWT or SST while at
periscope depth.

44 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)
Therefore Target Submarine 4031. GRIDLOCK
allocated surface to at least 80
metres (in this example). 1. (NU) In open water, where accurate
navigation may not be possible, submarine ASW
Safe Depth (and Upper Limit of exercises may achieve a degree of accurate
Depth Layer) for Attacking Sub- positioning by gridlocking the relative positions of
marine is (see paragraph 3 above). participating submarines prior to Go Time for each
run/exercise.
B + maximum keel depth of Target
Submarine + D 2. (NU) Method for Gridlock

=20+80+30 metres a. Both the target and attacking

submarines are stopped on the
= 130 metres. surface or at periscope depth in
preselected positions not more than
b. Maximum submarine speed = 21 8000 yards apart.
knots. Target Submarine restricted
from surface to periscope depth. b. Both submarines fix their relative
positions, by the most accurate
Minimum Safe Depth (and Upper method available, and mutually
Limit of Depth Layer) of Attacking exchange bearing and range.
Submarines is;
C. Using a modified Cartesian
B+20+D coordinate grid, see ATP 1 Vol I, the
attacking submarine’s initial position
=20+20+33 metres is the grid position (0,0) plotted on its
DR plot. To improve accuracy the
= 73 metres. size of the grid is reduced to 100 by
100 nautical miles.
4028. SEPARATION BETWEEN TARGET
SUBMARlNES d. Both submarines start their DR plots
at the time ordered by the attacking
1. (NU) When two or more target submarine.
submarines are participating, each having its own
Transit Lane, the boundaries of their respective 4032. PROCEDURE FOR SUBMARINES
Transit Lanes are to be separated by not less than CHANGING DEPTH THROUGH DEPTH
5 miles. ZONES ASSIGNED TO OTHER
SUBMARINES
2. (NU) When routed via the same Transit
Lane, target submarines are to be not less than 1. (NU) In advanced exercises where
10 miles apart. this separation is to be increased submarines have freedom of action in assigned
to not less than 20 miles for exercises of more depth zones, they are to observe special caution
than 24 hours duration. when changing depth through depth zones
assigned to other submarines. (see Relaxations
4029 Spare 21*E, 21*F and 21*G).

4030. PROCEDURES APPLICABLE TO 2. (NU) When changing depth zones, or if

SUBMARINE ASW EXERCISES out of assigned depth zone for any reason, the
following procedure shall apply:

4-5 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AlR)
a. From 3 minutes before changing C. lf the changing depth signal is
-
depth, while passing through, and answered within the 3 minute period
clear of the other submarine’s depth (paragraph 2a above) neither
zone, each submarine shall - submarine is to change depth until it
has ascertained that it is safe to do
(1) steer Safety Course, and so.

(2) transmit the appropriate signal 3. When changing depth in order to go to

from Table 4-1 at least once a periscope depth submarines may dear baffles in
minute. the depth zone allocated to another submarine
only if Relaxation 21 l F and 21 l G are in force and
b. Any submarine hearing these Safety provided they transmit the word ‘Baffles” vice the
Signals will become the respon- codeword for the safety course (see Table 4-l).
sible submarine, and if there is risk
of submerged collision shall take the 4033. USE OF UNDERWATER TELEPHONE
following action -
1. (NU) During submarine ASW exercises,
(1) turn to and remain on the the volume control of the UWT must be at a gain
ordered Safety Course until the setting which will ensure reception of Safety
transmission of the Safety Signals.
Signals has ceased, indicating
that the other submarine has 2. (NU) When transmitting Safety Signals,
reached its assigned depth the UWT transmitter gain control should be at a
zone; and maximum practical setting. It may be dangerous
to reduce the volume of the Safety Signals by
(2) initiate a range check (Table 5- turning down the gain or by ‘whispering’.
9).
(NU)Table 4-1 ChangingDepthsafety Signals

T voKE/uwl T cwlssr

UP

UUN UUB

UUE UUB

uus UUB

UUW UUB

UUB

4-8 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)
4034. MARKING ATTACKS 2. (NU) Standard submarine ASW
exercises ('S' Series CASEXes) are listed in
1. (NU) When a submarine has made an Table 4-2.
attack on another submarine, and to enable the
attacking submarine to make an initial 3. (NU) Appropriate relaxations (Table 3-2)
assessment of its attack, the following procedure and/or exercise instructions (Table 3-3) may be
for marking attacks is to be followed: used as required to achieve realistic training
objectives.
a. By the Attacking Submarine
4041-4049 Spare
(1) Make appropriate Attack Signals
(Table 5-4). 4050. COORDINATED SUBMARINE OPER-
ATIONS
(2)lnitiate a range check by Mark-
Snap method (Table 5-9). 4051. PURPOSE

(3)Make ME-YOU Message (Article 1. (NU) Coordinated submarine tactics and

6003). procedures have been developed to enable
submarines to operate in groups of two or three,
b. By the Target Submarine for the purpose of:

(1)Acknowledge Attack Signals a. concentration to intercept and attack

(Table 5-4). enemy forces;

(2)Reply to Range check (Table 5- b. coordinated transits to and from

9). their patrol areas;

(3)Reply to ME-YOU Message C. mutual support;

(Article 6003).
d. replenishment at sea; and
4035. REQUIREMENTS WHEN TORPEDOES
ARE FIRED e. providing wolf-pack opposition in
exercises.
1. (NU) When Relaxation 2K has been
authorized for submarine ASW exercises, 4052. EXECUTION
torpedoes may be fired in accordance with
Articles 2252.1.C.(2) and 2253. 1. (NU) The instructions, procedures and
tactics which may be employed when planning
2. (NU) The firing submarine is responsible submarine exercises are contained in ATP-18,
for stationing the torpedo recovery vessel and for Manual of Submarine Operations. They are
providing information to spotter aircraft (if equally valid for peacetime exercises and wartime
available). operations.

4036-4039 Spare 4053-4999 Spare

4040. METHOD OF ORDERlNG SUBMARINE

ASW EXERCISES

1. (NU) Submarine exercises are to be

ordered by using Order Table 3-1.

4-7 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AlR)
(NU) Table 4-2 ‘S’ Series CASEXes

CASEX YtNMUM MINMJM

I I
No. DURATtDN SQEW

S-l Submarine, at OTb&m safe depth, attacks another 2hrspernm 1OxlOnm

s&twine transMg its patrol area at periscope
depth.

s-2 Submarine, at periscope dapth (or with freedom in 2hrsperrun 10x 1Onm Basic lbnis0 (may be
depth until detecting HE), atta& another submarine rna&moreadvancedby
bansMgitspatmlan9aatperiscopedepth. Relaxation 2l’D)

s-3 Submarine. with freedom in depth, attadrs another 2hrsperrun 1OxlOnm lnkmwdiik Exe&e
submadnetrans&gdosetoikpatrdamaat
-depth.

s4 One cr mom submarines, at pe&cqe depth, attack 2hrs 10x 1Onm lntermediik Exw3se
anoth8rsubmarinetrar&ngtheirpatmlareasat
-depth@ydayonly). -I __
(for each paboIling submarine)

s5 ChWOrmOre-,With-illdepth.
atta&anottwsubmadne,fwsMkdindapth,ina
bansltlarebansMgthmughttwiram2s. 7
(forl?adlpatImlgsubmarine)

s-6 ollaormon3patrdung-.withrektive 48lus 2Ox2Onm

frwdomhdapth,~othersu-,with fore&l
reMvehw&min&pth,t3anMngtheirpabutareas. pa-ml
sbmafine -

S-7 s~mnducting-operaticnsegainst 2Ox2IInm

wbmantwpatrollinghthesameama. foreach

24hrs 3OX3OlNll AdvancadExa&se

S-10 FamiWkatjcmBe~Suknarinm 2hls 2Ox2Onm Advanaad-

s-11 to!xo: spares

4-8 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) CASEX S-1

SUBMARINE, AT OR BELOW SAFE DEPTH, ATTACKS ANOTHER SUBMARINE TRANSITING ITS

PATROL AREA AT PERISCOPE DEPTH

PURPOSE 6. Target should not manoeuvre to avoid

torpedoes.
1. To exercise a submarine patrolling at or
below Safe Depth in detecting, classifying, 7. It the Attack (or Run Completed) signal
tracking and attacking another submarine is not received by the time the target submarine
transiting its area at periscope depth. has reached a position 8000 yards beyond the
attacking submarine’s initial position, the target
FORCES REQUIRED submarine is to surface, and then surface the
attacking submarine in accordance with Article
1. Two submarines. 2273 unless Relaxation in force permit
otherwise.
SITUATION
8. The exercise endson completion of the
1. The attacking submarine is at periscope last Run or at Stop Time, whichever is the
depth in its assigned initial position. earlier.

2. The target submarine is at periscope SPECIAL PROVISIONS

depth in a position approximately 20,000 yards
from the attacking submarine’s initial position. 1. The ranges in Situation (paragraph 2)
and Procedure (paragraph 7) may be altered at
PROCEDURE the discretion of the OTC/OCS.
-
1. Establish communications prior to Go 2. To save time and to assist in classifica-
Time. tion, the attacking submarine may request the
target submarine to transmit (for a short time or
2. Initiate runs by the Executive method. at intervals) on its echo sounder (Designator U
of the Order Table).
3. At Go Time for each run, the target
submarine commences a dived transit (re- RECORDS
maining at periscope depth and cavitating
throughout) to pass within a specified range of 1. ME-YOU Message on completion of
the attacking submarine’s initial position. each run.
Unless otherwise ordered, the target is un-
restricted for course and speed. 2. In accordance with Article 4004.

4. The attacking submarine is to remain at

or below Safe Depth from 10 minutes after Go
Time. After detecting and classifying the target
submarine, the attacking submarine is to track
and close the target to achieve a firing position.

5. On receipt of the Attack (or Run Com-

I pleted) signal, the target submarine is to sur-
face, and then surface the attacking submarine
in accordance with Articles 2272 and 2273
unless Relaxations in force otherwise permit.

4-Sl-1 (Reverse Blank) CHANGE 1

NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) CASEX S-2

SUBMARINE, AT PERISCOPE DEPTH (OR WlTH FREEDOM IN DEPTH UNTIL DETECTING HE)
ATTACKS ANOTHER SUBMARINE TRANSlTlNG lTS PATROL AREA AT PERISCOPE DEPTH

PURPOSE 4. Both submarines establish the Safety

Line on their plots (Article 4015 and 4023). The
1. To exercise a submarine patrolling at Safety Bearing and Safety Line are not to be
periscope depth, or with freedom in depth until altered during the Run.
detecting HE, in detecting, classifying, tracking
and attacking another submarine transiting its 5. The target submarine is to remain at
patrol area at periscope depth. periscope depth throughout the Run. Unless
otherwise ordered, it is unrestricted for course
FORCES REQUIRED and speed and must broadcast SCOPE SCOPE
SCOPE or ACA on UWT or SST respectively at
1. Two submarines. intervals not to exceed 3 minutes (Article
4026.3).
SlTUATlON
6. After Go Time for the Run, the target
1. The attacking submarine is on the submarine is free to open the range before
surface in its assigned initial position. actually commencing its transit towards the
attacking submarine’s initial position.
2. The target submarine is at periscope
depth in a position approximately 10,000 yards 7. The attacking submarine is to remain at
from the attacking submarine’s initial position. periscope depth (unless Relaxation 21*D is in
The target submarine’s initial position is not to be force) while conducting its approach and attack.
disclosed to the attacking submarine; however
the Safety Bearing reported by the target 8. On completion of each attack/Run, the
submarine will be known by the attacking attacking submarine is to surface and inform the
submarine. target submarine “Run (No.) Completed” and
remain in its surfacing position until Go Time for
PROCEDURE the next Run.

1. Establish communications prior to Go 9. On receipt of the Attack (Run

Time. Completed) signal, the target submarine may
remain at periscope depth while proceeding to
2. When the attacking submarine is ready the start position for the next Run, and signals
for the exercise, it reports to the target “Go Time Run (No.) (time). Safety Bearing is
submarine “Ready for Run One”. (...). Read Back”.

3. On receipt of the ‘Ready” signal, the 10. The full procedures for plotting Safety
target submarine takes a bearing and radar Bearing and Safety Line, and for commencing
range of the attacking submarine and signals the Run, are to be conducted for each
“Go Time Run One (time). Safety Bearing is subsequent Run.
(...). Read Back.” (see Article 4013). The target
submarine is not to commence its transit, nor is 11. When attacking and target roles are
the attacking submarine to dive, until this signal reversed, the target submarine is to surface on
has been read back correctly. receipt of the “Run Completed” signal, and
remain in its surfacing position for the attacking

4-S2-1 CHARGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

submarine. The attacking submarine is now the loses sight of the attacking
target submarine and opens the range for the submarine.
next Run and uses the full procedure for starting
a Run. c. the target submarine is not to alter
wurse toward the attacking
12. If the attack (or Run Completed) signal submarine once it has crossed the
has not been received by the time the target Safety Line.
submarine has reached a position 8000 yards
beyond the Safety Line, the target submarine is 6. If, despite the Safety Rules, either
to surface, and then surface the attacking submarine is forced deep, it is to turn to a wurse
submarine in accordance with Article 2273 reciprocal to the last bearing of the other
unless relaxations in force permit otherwise. submarine and is to remain within 40 degrees of
that course until it is safe to return to periscope
13. The exercise ends on completion of the depth.
last Run, or at Stop Time, whichever is the
earlier. 7. This CASEX can be made more realistic
by the use of Relaxation 21*D. In this case the
SPECIAL PROVISIONS following rules apply:

1. The ranges in Situation (paragraph 2) a. On detecting and dassifying the target

and Procedure (paragraph 12) may be altered at submarine’s HE, the attacking
the discretion of the OTCIOCS. submarine is to signal that it is going to
Safe Depth. The target submarine must
2. Normally this exercise is conducted by acknowledge the signal before the
day, but may be conducted by night if Relaxation attacking submarine goes deep.
21’D is in force.
b. After receipt of the acknowledgement,
3. Submarines are to surface if they are the attacking submarine is to go to and
liable to be put deep by a surface vessel. remain at the end of the run. The
attacking submarine is now free to
4. Submarines are to surface and stop the cross the Safety Line.
exercise if the visibility through the periscope
becomes less than 2000 yards unless c. The target submarine is to surface if,
Relaxation 13*B is in force. within 1000 yards of the Safety Line, it
has not received and acknowledged
5. Unless Relaxation 21’D is in force, the the attacking submarine’s “Going to
attacking submarine is to be marked and the safe depth” signal.
following rules apply:
RECORDS
a. the target submarine is the responsible
submarine; 1. ME - YOU Message on completion of
each Run.
b. the target submarine is to surface if -
2. In accordance with Article 4004.
(1) within 1000 yards of the Safety Line
without having sighted the attack
submarine, or

(2) having crossed the Safety Line, it

4-S2-2 CHANGE3
NATO CONFlDENTlAL
 -

NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) CASEX S-3

SUBMARINE WITH FREEDOM IN DEPTH ATTACKS ANOTHER SUBMARINE TRANSITING CLOSE

TO ITS PATROL AREA AT PERISCOPE DEPTH

PURPOSE 3. The attacking submarine commences its

submerged patrol at Go Time and must comply
1. To exercise, under realistic patrol condi- with Article 4022.1 until Stop Time or until
tions, a patrolling submarine in detecting, surfaced by the target submarine.
classifying, tracking and attacking another
submarine transiting close to patrol area at 4. If the target submarine has not been
periscope depth. attacked and has reached a position beyond the
centre of the Safety Circles at which the dis-
FORCES REQUIRED tance is 2000 yards greater than the radius of
the Outer Safety Circle, it is to surface and
1. Two submarines. then surface the attacking submarine in
accordance with Article 2272, unless
SITUATION Relaxation is in force otherwise permits.

1. More realistic patrol conditions are 5. The exercise ends on completion of the
achieved by the attacking submarine having last Run, or at Stop Time, whichever is the
freedom of movement and limited freedom in earlier.
depth, but little or no knowledge of where or
when the target submarine will transit close to SPECIAL PROVISIONS
its area.
1. The safety and success of this CASEX
2. The attacking submarine, at any depth, depend on accurate navigation. If accurate
is within a Safety Circle (Articles 4014 and fixes cannot be obtained, submarines must
4022). gridlock prior to Go Time (Article 4031).

3. The target submarine is at periscope 2. The target submarine is to surface if it

depth in a position not less than 10,000 yards is liable to be put deep by a surface vessel.
from the centre of the Safety Circles at Go
Time. 3. Sub/Air Barrier exercises are to be
conducted in accordance with current Air/Sub
4. The principles of this exercise may be procedures.
employed in submarine ASW exercises and
Sub/Air Barrier exercise. RECORDS

PROCEDURE 1. ME - YOU Message on completion of

each Run.
1. The target submarine commences its
submerged transit any time after Go Time. 2. In accordance with Article 4004.

2. The target submarine is unrestricted in

course and speed and is free to evade attack,
but must remain at periscope depth and
cavitate throughout the exercise/Run and
comply with Article 4022.2.

4-S3-1 (Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) CASEX S-4

ONE OR MORE SUBMARINES AT PERISCOPE DEPTH ATTACK ANOTHER SUBMARINE

TRANSITING THEIR PATROL AREAS AT PERISCOPE DEPTH (BY DAY ONLY)

PURPOSE maining at periscope depth throughout) to pass

through each attacking submarine’s Special
1. To exercise submarines patrolling at Safety Circle. Unless otherwise ordered, it is
periscope depth in detecting, classifying, unrestricted for course and speed and must
tracking and attacking another submarine broadcast SCOPE SCOPE SCOPE or ACA on
transiting at periscope depth. UWT or SST respectively at intervals not to
exceed 3 minutes (Article 4026.3).
FORCES REQUIRED
5. Attacking submarines are to remain at
1. One or more attacking submarines. periscope depth and within their Special Safety
Circles (Article 4022.3) while conducting their
2. One target submarine. approach and attack.

SITUATION 6. On completion of each attack/Run,

attacking submarines are to surface and return
1. An exercise based on CASEX S-2 with to their initial positions, but are not to dive
any number of submarines attacking the same again until the target submarine has reported
target. Each attacking submarine is positioned “Clear of Safety Circle”.
within its Special Safety Circle (Article 4022.3).
7. On receipt of each Attack (Run Com-
2. The attacking submarines are on the pleted) signal, the target submarine remains at
surface, in their Special Safety Circles specified periscope depth and commences its Run for the
in the exercise orders/message. next attacking submarine. When clear of an
attacking submarine’s Special Safety Circle, it
3. The target submarine is at periscope must report to that submarine “Clear of Safety
depth in a position not less than 10,000 yards Circle”.
from the centre of the Special Safety Circle of
the first attacking submarine. This position is 8. The exercise ends on completion of the
not to be disclosed to the attacking submarine. Run for the last submarine, or at Stop Time,
whichever is the earlier.
PROCEDURE
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. Establish communications prior to Go
Time. 1. This exercise is to be conducted by day
only.
2. When all attacking submarines have
reported “Ready for Run One”, the target 2. The circumferences of individual Special
submarine will order “Go Time Run One (time), Safety Circles should not be less than 4000
Acknowledge”. yards apart.

3. After acknowledging, the attacking sub- 3. It is imperative that reliable fixes can at
marines are to dive to periscope depth at Go all times be obtained. Submarines are to sur-
Time for the Run. face if at any time they are uncertain of their
navigational positions.
4. At Go Time for each Run, the target
submarine commences a dived transit (re-

4-s4- 1 ORIGINAL
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

4. Submarines are to surface if they are

liable to be put deep by a surface vessel.
-
5. Submarines are to surface and stop the
exercise if the visibility through the periscope
becomes less than 3000 yards.

6. Attacking submarines are to be marked

and the following rules apply:

a. the target submarine is the respon-

sible submarine;

b. the target submarine is to surface

if -

(1) within 1000 yards of a Special

Safety Circle without having
sighted the attacking sub-
marine, or

(2) having crossed the Special

Safety Circle, it loses sight of
the attacking submarine; and

C. the target submarine is not to alter

course toward the attacking sub- -
marine once it has entered the
Special Safety Circle.

7. If, despite the Safety Rules, either

submarine is forced deep, it is to turn to a
course reciprocal to the last bearing of the
other submarine and is to remain within 40
degrees of that course until it is safe to return
to periscope depth.

RECORDS

1. ME - YOU Message on completion of

each Run.

2. In accordance with Article 4004.

4-S4-2 ORIGINAL
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) CASEX S-5

ONE OR MORE SUBMARINES WITH FREEDOM IN DEPTH ATTACK ANOTHER SUBMARINE

RESTRICTED IN DEPTH IN A TRANSIT LANE TRANSITING THROUGH THEIR AREAS

PURPOSE 3. On completion of each attack/Run,

attacking submarines may, if safe to do so,
1. To exercise patrolling submarines with return to periscope depth and, if desired, sur-
freedom in depth in detecting, classifying, face to wait instructions for the next Run.
tracking and attacking another submarine which
is restricted in depth, transiting through their 4. The exercise ends on completion of the
areas. last Run, or at Stop Time, whichever is the
earlier.
FORCES REQUIRED
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. One or more attacking submarines.
1. The safety and success of this CASEX
2. One target submarine. depend on accurate navigation by all partici-
pants. (See Special Provision 6 below.)
SITUATION
2. Attacking submarines are not to ap-
1. The attacking submarines may be at proach within one mile of the edges of their
any depth in their assigned patrol areas when areas.
outside the Safety Zones and Transit Lanes
(Articles 4016 and 4018). 3. Submarines are to surface as follows:

2. The target submarine may be at any a. The target submarine -

depth within its assigned Depth Zone (Article
4027) in the Transit Lane. (1) if at any time its navigational
position is in doubt,
3. The Transit Lane runs through each
attacking submarine’s patrol area. (2) if restricted to periscope depth
during its transit and liable to
PROCEDURE be put deep by surface ship-
ping, or
1. At Go Time for each Run, the target
submarine commences a dived transit, re- (3) if, despite the above, the tar-
maining in its assigned Depth Zone throughout. get submarine is forced deep,
Unless otherwise ordered, it is unrestricted for it is to transmit on UWT/SST
course and speed but must remain within the call sign, course and depth;
Transit Lane and must broadcast SCOPE and
SCOPE SCOPE or ACA on UWT or SST respec-
tively at intervals not to exceed 3 minutes b. The attacking submarine(s) (out-
(Article 4026.3). side the Safety Zones and Transit
Lane) if, at any time, its naviga-
2. At Go Time, attacking submarines may tional position is in doubt.
be at any depth outside the Safety Zones and
Transit Lane. They may enter the Safety Zones 4. The target submarine’s Depth Zone,
and Transit Lane (within the limits of their own transit positions, width of Transit Lane and
patrol area) but must be at Safe Depth or Safety Zones are to be specified in the exercise
deeper when doing so (Article 4027). orders/messages.

4-s5-1 ORIGINAL
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

5. If more than one target submarine

participates, Article 4028 is applicable.
J

6. If this CASEX is conducted in an area

where accurate navigation may not be possible,
the following additional provisions apply:

a. establish communications prior to

Go Time;

b. only one target submarine and one

attacking submarine may partici-
pate;

C. submarines are to gridlock their

relative positions and start their
DR plots in accordance with
Article 403 1);

d. transit positions are selected by

the target submarine and are to be
transmitted to the attacking sub-
marine by the READ BACK
method;

e. submarines are not to make

allowance for tidal streams, cur-
rents or drift; and

f. submarines are to surface if the

accuracy of their DR plots is in
doubt.

7. Full procedures are to be repeated for

subsequent runs.

1. ME - YOU Message on completion of

each attack.

2. In accordance with Article 4004.

4-S5-2 ORIGINAL
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVYHAIR)

(NC) CASEX S-6

ONE OR MORE PATROLLING SUBMARINES WITH RELATIVE FREEDOM IN DEPTH ATTACK OTHER
SUBMARINES WITH RELATIVE FREEDOM IN DEPTH TRANSITING THEIR AREAS

PURPOSE 2. At Go Time, patrolling submarines

commence ASW patrols, remaining in their
1. To exercise submarines in advanced patrol areas. They have freedom of action
ASW operations. (course, speed and depth) from the surface to
the floor of their allocated upper Depth Zone
FORCES REQUIRED and within their lower Depth Zone.

1. Two or more attacking submarines. 3. Submarines may be at periscope depth

and/or snorkel as follows:
2. ASW ships and aircraft if desired.
a. Transiting Submarines. At any
SITUATION time when in assigned Transit
Lane(s) except during the night
1. Patrolling submarines are in their allo- periods allocated to patrolling
cated Depth Zones and Areas conducting ASW submarines (Relaxations 2 1 A or B)
patrols. when they must be on the surface
or in their allocated deep Depth
2. Transiting submarines are in their allo- Zone. If on the surface during
cated Depth Zones, Transit Lane(s) (Article these periods and required to dive,
4028) and initial positions, which are to be transiting submarines must imme-
outside the patrolling submarine’s Tactical diately go to and remain in their
Sonar Range (TSR). assigned deep Depth Zones.

3. This CASEX is particularly suited to b. Patrolling Submarines -

advanced large scale exercises and Sub/Air
Barrier exercises. (1) By Day. Sunrise to Sunset, if
periscope visibility is not less
PROCEDURE than 2000 yards (Article
4026.2); but see paragraph 4a
1. At Go Time, transiting submarines below.
commence dived transits within their assigned
Transit Lane(s) and Depth Zones at the ordered 5 (2) By Night. During allocated
Speed of Advance (SOA) or remaining within periods (Relaxations 21 A or
their Mobile Exercise Area (MXA). Unless B).
otherwise ordered, they have freedom of move-
ment (course and speed) within assigned Tran- (3) To Classify. Classify sonar
sit Lane(s) between the surface and periscope contacts in accordance with
depth and when in their allocated deep Depth paragraph 4 below.
Zone. While at periscope depth, submarines
must broadcast SCOPE SCOPE SCOPE or ACA 4. Patrolling submarines may classify
on UWT or SST respectively at intervals not to sonar contacts as follows:
exceed 3 minutes (Article 4026.3). Within
exercise objectives, transit policy is at the a. If at periscope depth and a sonar
discretion of individual Commanding Officers. contact. is achieved which cannot
be classified as a surface target or
snorkelling submarine within 5

4-S6- 1 ORIGINAL
NATO CONFlDENTiAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVYHAIR)

minutes of the acquisition, they b. Patrolling Submarines

are to go to the floor of their
upper Depth Zone, and remain in (1) If surfaced, by altering course -
there throughout the attack/time and/or speed; but do not dive.
in contact. This restriction does
not apply during the night peri- (2) If in allocated Depth Zone,
scope depth periods allocated to they are unrestricted except
patrolling submarines. that -

b. If deep when contact achieved, (a) they are not to alter course
come to periscope depth in accor- towards; and
dance with Article 4032. If the
contact is not classified as a sur- (b) they must remain in that
face target or a snorkelling sub- allocated Depth Zone.
marine within 5 minutes after
arrival at periscope depth, they are NOTE:
to return either to the floor of their
upper Depth Zone or to their deep Evasion is not to be attempted if the
Depth Zone in accordance with attack signals are the first indication of
Article 4032, and remain there the other submarine presence.
throughout the attack/time in
contact. This restriction does not 6. With Relaxation 20A in force, transiting
apply during the night periscope submarines may attack patrolling submarines
depth periods allocated to patrol- while evading and before being attacked, if
ling submarines. they are in their own allocated Depth Zones,
but must not change Depth Zones during the
5. Submarines may evade attack as attack/time in contact. 1

follows:
7. When changing depth through a Depth
a. Transiting Submarines Zone allocated to another submarine, sub-
marines are to comply with Article 4032.
(1) If surfaced, by altering course
and/or speed; but do not dive. 8. Participating ASW ships and aircraft
conduct patrols as required by the OCE.
(2) If at periscope depth, by al-
tering speed and stopping 9. The exercise ends at Stop Time.
snorkelling. Broadcast SCOPE
SCOPE SCOPE or ACA on SPECIAL PROVISIONS
UWT or SST respectively at
intervals not to exceed 3 1. If a submerged collision at periscope
minutes (Article 4026.31, depth is imminent, submarines are to alter
altering course away or sur- course away, and:
facing; but do not go deeper
or alter course toward. a. Transiting submarines are to sur-
face.
(3) If in allocated deep Depth
Zone, by altering course and/ b. Patrolling submarines are to go
or speed; but remain in that deep to the floor of their upper
Depth Zone. Depth Zone.

4-S6-2 ORIGINAL
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

2. Transiting and patrolling submarines are

to be allocated Depth Zones in accordance with
Article 2213, Table 2-2 and Article 4027, as
follows:

a. Transiting Submarines

(1) The surface to periscope

depth; except during night
periods allocated to patrolling
submarines; and

(2) A Deep zone between the

patrolling submarine’s upper
and lower Depth Zones.

b. Patrolling Submarines

(1) An Upper Depth Zone to

include the surface and peri-
scope depth; and

(2) a Lower Depth Zone below the

transiting submarine’s Deep
Depth Zone.

3. Submarines may be restricted for speed

when in the upper Depth Zones.

4. This exercise will normally be con-

ducted in open water; therefore, submarines
are to navigate with extreme caution. If in
adjacent patrol areas, submarines shall not
approach within 3 miles of common
boundaries.

1. In accordance with Article 4004.

4-S6-3 (Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVYHAIR)

(NC) CASEX S-7

SUBMARINES CONDUCTING INTRUDER OPERATIONS AGAINST OTHER SUBMARINES

PATROLLING IN THE SAME AREA

PURPOSE 3. At Go Time the intruders are conducting

operations against patrolling submarines. They
1. To exercise submarines as realistically have freedom of action (course, speed and
as possible, in advanced ASW operations by depth) within their assigned areas between the
conducting countering intruder operations. surface and periscope depth and within either
of their allocated Deep Depth Zones.
FORCES REQUIRED
NOTE:
1. Two or more submarines.
While at periscope depth submarines
2. Cooperating ASW ships and aircraft if must broadcast SCOPE SCOPE SCOPE
desired. or ACA on UWT or SST respectively at
intervals not to exceed 3 minutes
SITUATION (Article 4026.3).

1. Patrolling submarines (with or without 4. Submarines may be at periscope depth

air support) are conducting anti-shipping and and/or snorkel as follows:
ASW patrols within allocated Depth Zones and
areas. Ideally, the areas selected should have a. Patrolling Submarines
a reasonable density of non-exercise shipping
for targets. (1) By Day. Sunrise to Sunset,
if periscope visibility is not
2. The intruder submarines (with or with- less than 2000 yards
out air support) are free to operate, within (Article 4026.2); but see
allocated Depth Zones, in assigned areas. paragraph 5.a.(l) below.

PROCEDURE (2) By Night. During allocated

periods (Relaxations 21 A or
1. At Go Time patrolling submarines are 8).
within their assigned areas. They have freedom
of action (course, speed and depth) from the (3) To Classify. Classify sonar
surface to the floor of the allocated Upper contacts in accordance with
Depth Zone and within the allocated Lower paragraph 5 below.
Depth Zone.
b. Intruder Submarines. At any time
2. Patrolling submarines are to operate as except during the night periods
realistically as possible in prosecuting the allocated to patrolling submarines
following objectives: (Relaxations 2 1 A or B) when they
must be in one of their allocated
a. Destruction of enemy surface Deep Depth Zones.
forces and shipping; and
5. Submarines may classify sonar contacts
b. Evasion and/or destruction of as follows:
intruder submarines.

4-s7- 1 ORIGINAL
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

a. Patrolling Submarines (1) If surfaced, by altering

course and/or speed; but do
(1) If at Periscope Depth. When not dive.
a sonar contact is achieved
which cannot be classified (2) If in all ocated Depth, they
as a surface target or a are unrestricted except that
snorkelling submarine
within 5 minutes after
acquisition, they are to go to (a) they are not to alter course
the floor of their Upper towards; and
Depth Zone and remain in
there throughout the (b) they must remain in that
attack/time in contact. This allocated Depth Zone.
restriction does not apply
during the night periscope b. Intruder Submarines
depth periods allocated to
patrolling submarines. (1) If at periscope depth, by
altering speed, stopping
(2) If Deep. After making con- snorkelling and continuing to
tact they are to come to broadcast SCOPE SCOPE
periscope depth in accor- SCOPE or ACA on UWT or
dance with Article 4032. If SST respectively at intervals
the contact is not classified not to exceed 3 minutes
as a surface target or a (Article 4026.3). Alter
snorkelling submarine within course away, but do not go
5 minutes after arrival at deeper or alter course
periscope depth, they are to towards. -
return either to the floor of
their Upper Depth Zone or to (2) If in either of the allocated
their Deep Depth Zone in Deep Depth Zones, by
accordance with Article altering course and/or speed,
4032 and remain there but remain in that Depth
throughout the attack/time Zone.
in contact. This restriction
does not apply during the NOTE:
night periscope depth
periods allocated to patrol- Evasion is not to be attempted if the
ling submarines. attack signals are the first indication of
the other submarine’s presence.
b. Intruder Submarines. They are not
allowed to come to periscope 7. With Relaxation 20A in force, patrolling
depth to classify sonar contacts submarines may attack intruder submarines
during the night periods allocated while evading and before being attacked if they
to patrolling submarines. are in their own allocated Depth Zones, but
must not change Depth Zones during the
6. Submarines may evade attack as attack/time in contact.
follows:
8. When changing depth through a Depth
a. Patrolling Submarines Zone allocated to another submarine, sub-
marines are to com$y with Article 4032.

4-S7-2 ORIGINAL
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

9. The exercise ends at Stop Time. a. generate incidents,

SPECIAL PROVISIONS b. impose minimum snorkel periods

for patrolling submarines, and/or
1. If a submerged collision at periscope
depth is imminent, submarines are to alter C. order patrolling submarines to
course away; and announce simulated attacks on
surface shipping, on UWT.
a. Patrolling submarines are to go
deep to the floor of their upper RECORDS
Depth Zone.
1. In accordance with Article 4004.
b. Intruder submarines are to surface.

2. Patrolling and Intruder submarines are

to be allocated Depth Zones in accordance with
Article 2213, Table 2-2 and Article 4027 as fol-
lows:

a. Patrolling Submarines

(1) An Upper Depth Zone to

include the surface and peri-
scope depth; and

(2) A Lower Depth Zone below

the intruder submarine’s Upper
Deep Depth Zone.

b. Intruder Submarines

(1) The surface to periscope

depth; except during the night
periods allocated to patrolling
submarines;

(2) A Deep Zone between the

patrolling submarine’s upper
and lower Depth Zones; and

(3) If desired and practical;

another Deep Zone below the
patrolling submarine’s Deep
Depth Zone.

3. Submarines in adjacent patrol areas are

not to approach within 3 miles of common
boundaries.

4. The OSE may use appropriate Exercise

Instructions and/or Special Instructions to:

4-S7-3 (Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) CASEX S-8

COORDINATED SUBMERGED SUBMARINE GROUP OPERATIONS

PURPOSE b. Transit/evasion phase (submarine

versus air).
1. Advanced training for submarines in
coordinated submerged operations to: C. Attack phase (submarine versus
ASW forces).
a. Make coordinated submerged
rendezvous. NOTE

b. Make coordinated transits to and These phases may be conducted inde-

from patrol areas. pendently of each other if desired.

C. Concentrated to intercept and 2. Action by the OCE

attack surface forces.
a. Schedule an initial period of not
d. Provide mutual support. less than 24 hours to enable the
submarine group to conduct one
2. To train ASW forces in countering a or more of the following pro-
coordinated submarine threat. cedures:

3. To develop coordinated submarine (1) Rendezvous and communica-

procedures and tactics. tions.

FORCES REQUIRED (2) Transit and submerged station

keeping.
1. Two or three compatible submarines.
(3) Evasion plans.
2. Surface and air opposition.
(4) Patrol dispositions.
SITUATION
(5) Attack plans.
1. Submarines make a submerged rendez-
vous and group transit of an area being b. Define exercise objectives and
patrolled/transited by ASW forces. promulgate the following informa-
tion:
2. Submarine group, on a coordinated
patrol in the assigned area; detects, classifies (1) Initial positions, which should
and makes a coordinated approach and attack not be less than 15 miles
on a surface force transiting/patrolling the area. apart, to the submarine group
and ASW force. Neither group
PROCEDURE should know the other’s initial
position.
1. This CASEX may have separate phases
to provide for one or more of the following: (2) Area of probability (AOP) to
the OTC of the ASW force.
a. Submarine phase (rendezvous,
transit). (3) Go Time for the exercise and
duration of ASW action.

4-S8- 1 ORIGINAL
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

3. a. OTC to conduct a pre-exercise

briefing and promulgate safety,
rendezvous, transit and attack
plans in accordance with Article
4052 and ATP-18.

b. At Go Time, commence
coordinated operations in accor-
dance with 3.a. above.

C. Surface at FINEX or Stop Time,

whichever is the earlier.

4. Action by the ASW Force

a. OTC to promulgate instructions for

the ASW force to achieve exercise
objectives.

b. When ordered by the OCE, com-

mence ASW operations against
the submarine group.

C. The ASW force should proceed to

pass through the SPA promulgated
by the OCE.

d. If Relaxations in force allow,

report and prosecute all submarine
contacts.

5. The exercise ends at Stop Time or

when exercise objectives have been achieved,
whichever is the earlier.

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

1. Submarine safety is the primary con-

sideration when conducting coordinated sub-
marine operations. The OCE and OTCs must
be guided by the procedures provided in ATP-
18 when preparing their operation orders and/or
exercise messages.

RECORDS

1. In accordance with Article 4004.

4-S8-2 ORIGINAL
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) CASEX S9

ADVANCED EXERCISE OF DETECTION, TRACKING AND ATTACK OF A TRANSITING

SUBMARINE ON A SUBNOTE

PURPOSE 2. At Go Time a transit lane which

corresponds to the SUBNOTE MHN, is
1. To exercise a patrolling submarine established geographically, with the OPFOR
in detecting, classifying, tracking and start position based upon the OPFOR
attacking another submarine. submarine’s SUBNOTE.

2. To exercise a submarine in counter- 3. The FRNFOR submarine is on

detecting another submarine and evading. patrol waiting for a transiting submarine. It is
free in depth outside of the transit lane and
3. To take advantage of PASSEX the safety zones. It must operate in its
training opportunties presented between a allocated depth zone when in the transit lane
patrolling submarine and a submarine or the safety zone.
transiting on a SUBNOTE.
4. The OPFOR submarine is transiting
REQUIRED FORCES in a transit lane in its allocated depth zone.

1. FRNFOR 5. The transit lane is defined by the

Mean Line of Advance (MIA) of the OPFOR
a. One attacking submarine. Submarine SUBNOTE and as specified in
The submarine should be para M and N2 of thd CASEX Order Table.
TA equipped. Safety zones are a minimum of 2nm wide.

2. OPFOR 6. Para J, JJ, N2, SS ofthe CASEX

Order Table in accordance with the OPFOR
a. One target submarine. submarine’s SUBNOTE.

SITUATION

1. This exercise can be effectively use

in case of non-delaying PASSEX based on a
SUBNOTE.

(NC) Table S9-1 TRANSIT LANE

,
TRANSIT LANE SAFETY ZONES OUTSIDE OF
TRANSIT LANE
OPFOR As specified in Forbidden Forbidden
Submarine CASEX Order Table
para PP2
FRNFOR submarine As specified in As specified in Free
CASEX Order Table CASEX Order Table
para PPl para PPl

4-s9-1 CHANGE 2
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

S is the average speed of the OPFOR submarine.

T is the duration of the CASEX.
MM is the width of the channel of transit lane as specified in para MM of the CASEX Order.

(NC) Figure S9-1 Submarine Transit Lane

PROCEDURES 4. The Noise Augmentation Units

(NAU) are used in accordance with the
1. The OPFOR submarine transits in CASEX Order Table. The NAU of the
the transit lane. If requested, it can be at the FRNFOR submarine should be switched off
most favourable depth to be detected during during the attack.
the first part of the CASEX It tries to
counter-detect the FRNFOR submarine. It NOTE:
evades and counter-attacks according to the
directives of the CASEX Order Table. This CASEX can also be used when
both submarines are transiting on
2. The OPFOR submarine is to remain SUBNOTEs provided the OPFOR
at less than l/t MM from the PIM defined in submarine is allocated a Sub Area
the CASEX Order Table. for the duration of the exercise.

3. The FRNFOR submarine tries to de-

tect and track the OPFOR submarine. From
a given time, the FRNFOR submarine is
allowed to attack the OPFOR submarine. A
rendezvous may be planned at STOP TIME
to exchange first impression report

449-z CHANGE 2
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) CASEX S-10

FAMILIARIZATION BETWEEN SUBMARINES

PURPOSE 1. Phase 1: Consort conducts deep

events.
1. To familiarize submarines in
submarine operations. 2. Phase 2: OCS conducts deep
events. O/C Phase 2, OCS establishes
2. Train operators in detecting and safety line and provides depth release, then
classifying submarine sonar contacts. both units return to PD, establish wmms
and at PD approach safety line up to 1000
FORCES REQUIRED yards using 12*G (as based on acoustical
conditions) and execute Phases 3 and 4.
1. Two or more submarines.
3. Phase 3: Consort conducts PD
SITUATION events.

1. Submarines to operate in an 4. Phase 4: OCS conducts PD events.

assigned area.
RECORDS
2. Submarines to conduct a rendez-
vous prior to the execution of this exercise. 1. As required

PROCEDURES
(Submarine Action Deep Events see Annex
1. Execute a dived rendezvous. A page 4-S10-A-1)

2. OCS designates zero (COMEX)

time and base course and preferred
distance between both submarines.

3. Submarines to steer base course at

predetermined range.

4. The consort reports to the OCS

when ready to wmmence the Phase
(Special Provisions).

5. The consort is to select the feasible

event (See Annex A).

6. The consort will report: “STANDBY

EVENT . . ..". The OCS answers with:
“ROGER EVENT”.

7. Consort will start the chosen event.

SPECIAL PROVlSlONS

The familiarization run consists of the

following four (4) Phases:

4-SlO-l(Reverse Blank) CHANGE 3

NATO CONFlDENTlAl
 NATO CONFlDENTlAl
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) ANNEX A- SUBMARINE ACTION DEEP EVENTS

EVENT NUMBER SUBMARINE ACTION DEEP EVENTS

Event A Use of active sonar in different modes (5 pings)

Event B Use of LFMF active sonar

Event C Extensive use of forward or aft hydro/diving planes

Event D Conduct trim actions

Event E Launch submarine signal ejector

Event F1 Produce manmade noise

Event F2 Use internal main broadcast system

Event F3 Conduct domestic routine

Event G Produce Bowcap movements

Event H Conduct Water-shot

Event I Release/retract floating wire

Event J 1 Increase speed to evasive speed

Event J2 Increase speed to maximum speed as technically feasible

Event K Blow main ballast tank to produce a bubble target

PD Events

Event Ll Raise/lower periscope (two times)

Event L2 Raise/lower snort mast (two times)

Event L3 Raise/lower communication mast (two times)

Event L4 Raise/lower radar mast (two times)

Event L5 Raise/lower ESM mast (two times)

Event Ml Snort at least 5 mins on one DE

Event M2 Snort at least 5 mins on two DE

Event M3 Snort at least 5 mins on three DE

Event M4 Crash stop snort (SSK only)

4410-A-l (Reverse Blank) CHANGE 3

NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)
- CHAPTER 5

COMMUNICATIONS

5000. INTRODUCTIONS should the charge explode in contact with the hull.
(Article 2239.)
1. (NW Some positive means of
communication between all exercise participants 2. (NU) Explosive charges dropped by
is essential to provide for safety and control. This aircraft must comply with the prescriptions of
is normally accomplished by a combination of Article 2239.
radio, underwater telephone (UWT), keyed sonar
(SST), explosive or electronic sound signals (SUS 3. (NU) In multiple charge signals, charges
and ESUS), and visual signals. should be dropped in a regular manner and
without undue delay between charges. Com-
2. (NW Selection of the best manding officers of surface ships originating
communication system to employ will largely explosive charge signals are responsible for
depend on equipment fitted. For example, ensuring that a proper number of actual
modem submarines and aircraft are not well explosionstakes place for the signal intended.
suited for flashing light signalling. Environmental
conditions are also major factors to be considered 4. (NU) Submarines must have a supply of
when using SST or UWT. explosive charge signals on board for use when
on the surface.
1. (NU) This chapter contains:
5. (NU) As it is never certain that a
a. The requirements and procedures submarine will hear an explosive charge signal,
for Submarine Diving and Surfacing ships initiating COMEX at long range may repeat
Messages and Check Reports. the COMEX signal when they have closed the
contact
b. Tables of communications pro-
cedures and signals between sur- 6. (NU) Table 5-2 details Explosive Charge
face ships, submarines and aircraft Signals, their meanings and action to be taken.

5001-5009 SPARE 7. (NU) Since the MK 64 MOD 0 and 1

ESUS are non-explosive devices, they are also
5010. COMMUNICATION METHODS acceptable for use in communications with
submarines (see Table 5-5, MK 64 MOD 0 and 1
1. (NU) When appropriate, submarines are ESUS Underwater Signal Code).
to acknowledge all explosive charge signals, and
ships are to acknowledge smoke flares. Explosive 5012. SUBMARINE PYROTECHNIC SIGNALS
charge signals and submarine pyrotechnics
(except 61) need not be used when in good 1. (NU) Submarine pyrotechnic signals
communications by other means. (Table 5-3) may be in the form of floats (both
smoke and flame), stars, flares, rockets or
5011. EXPLOSIVE CHARGE SIGNALS grenades (See Relaxation 2L). They may emit
coloured smoke and/or flame; their characteristics
1. (NU) The safety of submarines is vary according to the nationality of the submarine.
involved in the proper use of explosive charges Submarines taking part in exercises with aircraft
and explosive charge signals. Explosive charges by day should, where possible, fire yellow smokes
are not to be dropped in the immediate vicinity of in order to avoid confusion with aircraft smoke
submarines because of the danger of damage markers, which normally give off white smoke.
The varieties used by some nations are set forth

5-l CHANGE 2
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
. AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

in Table 5-l. If a red pyrotechnic is released by ASW action is to be repeated, keeping the
mistake, the submarine must surface as soon as submarine informed.
possible to assure other forces that no emergency
exists. 5015. SHIP/SUBMARINE TORPEDO ATTACK
SIGNALS
5013. SONAR SIGNAL CODE TABLE
1. (NU) The signals to be displayed by ships
1. (NU) This signal code is primarily for use to show whether or not have they are open to
between ASW ships/heliipters and submarines submarine torpedo attack are given in Table 5-6.
(Table 5-4). In order to ensure that the submarine In CASEXes where torpedoes may be fired, the
understands the signal transmitted, dots should OTC/OCS must confirm this fact at Start Time by
be 0.5 seconds, dashes should be 2 seconds with message to the submarine. If, at some later time,
5 seconds between dots and dashes and 10 during the CASEX, weather conditions or any
seconds between letters. Thus, transmission time other factor prevents torpedo firing, every effort
for the letter A is 7.5 seconds and the sequence should be made to inform the submarine. In
AAA requires 42.5 seconds. This should be addition to the visual signals from Table 5-5, ships
followed by at least 11 seconds before any other should be ordered to:
character is transmitted
a. Switch on navigation lights to full
5014. SUBMARINE SAFETY AND CONTROL brilliancy.
SIGNALS
b. Switch off long and medium range
1. W) Communications between the sonar.
submarine and the OCE/OTC/OCS must be j .
established in accordance with the requirements C. Transmit on SST, UWT and on
hid down for the particular CASEX If possible submarine Attack Net the signal ICI -
this should be carried out at least 30 minutes prior from Table 5-4. Where the type of
to Go Time. exercise requires communications to
a greater range, or sonar equipment
2. (NU) The OCS is to ensure that the does not allow CS transmissions,
submarine has received the CASEX order and the CASEX order may allow long
must confirm that torpedoes may be fired where and medium range sonar to transmit
. this has been planned. in a mode easily recognized by a
submarine to indicate that torpedoes
3. (NU) The procedure for the particular are not to be fired. Wwency
exercise is to be followed for diving the modulation of a sonar is an example
submarine. of such a mode.)

4. (NU) COMEX is generally initiated by the 5016. SIGNALS BY AIRCRAFT MANOEUVRE

first unit obtaining contact Where this is at long
range, the OCS may delay the execution of 1. (NU) Signals by aircraft manoeuvre
COMEX (Table 5-7) may be used to start or stop exercises
or to acknowledge messages.
5. (NW Where the exercise order
(designator K) allows, the ASW action may be
repeated. To repeat an ASW action, a new
COMEX is to be initiated at least 5 minutes before
the present ASVV action ends. Then, FINEX is
delayed until the end of the new ASW action (from
the new COMEX). The OCS must decide if the

5-2 CHANGE 2
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

- 5017. AIRCRAFT OR SURFACE EMER- transmit a DEEP FIELD signal

GENCY/CONTINGENCY DISTRESS SIGNALS to inform the target that a
simulated attack by long range
1. (NU) Aircraft distress signals and signals torpedoes has taken place.
indicating assistance by the submarine is required
are set forth in Table 5-5 and Table 5-6. (2) An unclassified DEEP FIELD
Signal with FLASH precedence
5018. SPECIAL SIGNALS is to be transmitted on the
Weapon Simulation Circuits (as
1. (NU) Submarines may use an air bubble designated in the Order Table
to indicate their position. for the Exercise) and UWT in
the following format
5019. SUBMARINE ATTACK SIGNALS
(a)NAWS DE (encrypted call-
1. (NU) Submarines can mark their attacks sign)
using different modes to communicate to a unit
that is being attacked. 1w DEEP FIELD, DEEP FIELD,
DEEP FIELD
a. Marking of Short Range Torpedo
Attacks by UWT Communication. (c)TRUE BEARING FROM TAR-
The submarine is always free to GET
transmit the appropriate code from
Table 54 to mark an attack. In fact (d)GEQGRAPHIC POSITION
this method is recommended if all OFTARGET
participating units are equipped
with UUVT. (e)TARGET BY TYPE AND
NAME (encrypted callsign if
b. Marking of Short Range Torpedo known)
Firing by Release of a Green
Flare/Smoke. The release of a (9 NUMBER OF TORPEDOES
green pyrotechnic signals is a clear FIRED
and unmistakable way to indicate
an attack. However, when (9)DTG OF FIRING
helicopters are operating in the
vicinity, the submarine is restricted (3) The DEEP FIELD Signal is to be
in the use of green flares (Table repeat& twice, or more if
503, Relaxation 2L and Article 2231 necessary, to ensure that the
pertain). minimum transmission time is at
least 60 seconds.
C. Marking of a Simulated Long
Range Torpedo Firing by a DEEP d. Marking by a SNIPE Signal of a
FIELD Signal - Simulated Missile Attack -

(1) When the submarine is attacking (1) An unclassified, FLASH prece-

from such a long range that the dence signal is to be made by
unit being attacked is not likely the submarine using the
to notice the green flare, nor to following format
be able to clearly interpret the
transmissions of UWT attack
signals, the submarine is to

5-3 CHANGE 2
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(a) NAWS DE (encrypted call- (UNCLE JOE) on underwater telephone or keyed

sign) sonar. A surface unit commander whose unit is
not equipped with an underwater telephone or an
(b) SNIPE CHARLIE, SNIPE aircraft commander making contact with a
CHARLIE, SNIPE CHARLIE submarine in a similar situation shall make signal
A6 or signal ESUS Mk 64 code four (Table 5-5).
(c) TRUE BEARING FROM TAR-
GET 2. (NC) A submarine receiving the signal
“UJO” (UNCLE JOE) or hearing signal A6 or
(d) GEOGRAPHIC POSlTlON ESUS Mk64 code four will understand that the
OF TARGET submarine, surface unit or aircraft commander
has serious doubt as to the identity of his contact
(e) TARGET BY TYPE AND and will communicate with the interrogator, if
NAME (encrypted) call sign if feasible, giving information necessary to establish
known the submarine’s identity. If the submarine cannot
establish its identity to the satisfaction of the
(f) NUMBER OF MISSILES interrogator, or if communication via underwater
FIRED telephone cannot be satisfactorily established and
the submarine is an exercise player, the
(g) DTG OF FIRING submarine will surface in accordance with the
procedures and Relaxations in force. If the
(2)This signal is to be repeated submarine is not an exercise player, the
twice or more, if necessary, to Commanding Officer w,!ll surface when it is safe to
ensure that the minimum do so, identify himself and proceed as mutually
transmission time is at least 60 agreeable. The unit responsible for surfacing the
seconds. submarine should be the unit having initiated the
UNCLE JOE procedure unless otherwise ordered
(3)Frequency to be used as in by OTCIOCE.
preceding subpara c.(2).
3. (NC) If positive identification is desired
(4) In addition to transmitting the and UWT communications have been esta-
SNIPE Signal as above, the blished, the unit making contact shall transmit the
submarine has to shine his following challenge via underwater telephone
radar down the firing bearing property authenticated, using the authentication
during the simulated missile system in current use:
flight
“UNCLE JOE - THIS IS (UNIT CALL) -
5020. DMNG MESSAGES, SURFACING BREAK-BEARING IS (TRUE BEARING
MESSAGES AND CHECK REPORTS OF SUB CONTACT FROM
CHALLENGING UNIT) ACKNOWLEDGE
1. (NU) ATP 10 lays down the requirement - BREAK -TIME ( ZULU) -
for these messages. AUTHENTlCATlON IS ( )-OVER.”

5021. IDENTlFlCATlON OF SUBMARINE 4. WC) Upon receiving the property

CONTACTS - UNCLE JOE PROCE- authenticated challenge and upon establishing
URES with reasonable assurance that it is the submarine
being challenged, the submarine shall respond via
1. (NC) A submarine or surface unit underwater telephone in the following format,
commander who makes contact on a submarine properly authenticated, using the authentication
and is in serious doubt as to its participating in the system in current use:
exercise being conducted shall transmit “UJO”

54 CHANGE 2
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

“(CHALLENGER’S CALL) THIS IS

UNCLE JOE -BREAK -YOUR CHAL-
LENGE ACKNOWLEDGED -BREAK -
TIME ( ZULU) -AUTHENTICATION IS
( I-OUT”.

5. (NC) Upon receipt of a properly

authenticated reply, the challenger shall break
contact with the submarine and both the chal-
lenger and the submarine shall proceed as
previously assigned. Further transmissions
shall only be initiated by the submarine.

5022 - 5999 Spare

5-5 ORIGINAL
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) Table 5-1 Characteristics of National Submarine Pyrotechnics

-
COUNTRY SMOKE CANDLES/SMOKE BOMBS/ GRENADES (FLARES)
SMOKE FLOATS

United White and yellow smoke candles. After ejec- Green, yellow and red grenades (flares)
Kingdom, tion from the submarine, the candle floats on are fired from floats ejected by the
Germany and the surface, emitting white or yellow smoke submarine and resemble Very lights.
Denmark for several minutes. White smoke candles also
emit flame. Yellow smoke candles are more
conspicuous in bad weather but do not emit
flame. Only white smoke candles are used by
night.

France Calcium Phosphate bombs that float on the Green and red grenades similar to
surface after ejection and emit white flame and those above.
smoke, yellow smoke or green smoke. Certain
types leave a green fluorescent stain on the
surface.

Italy Smoke candles (without flame) emitting green, Green, yellow and red flares. They are
yellow and red smoke. fired about 300 feet into the air and
float downwards suspended by para-
chute. They leave a distinct smoke
trail and burn about 30 sets.

USA, Turkey Smoke candles emitting red, yellow, green and Green, yellow and red flares as above.
and Greece black smoke. Black and green smoke have the
same meaning.

Canada Same pyrotechnics as USA and UK. Same pyrotechnics as USA and UK.

Netherlands White and yellow smoke candles. (See UK) Red, yellow and green grenades. (See
UK)

Norway White and yellow smoke candles. Red and green flares. They are fired
from floats ejected by the submarine
and resemble Very lights.

Portugal Calcium Phosphate bombs that float on the Green and red flares are fired from
surface after ejection and emit white or yellow floats ejected by the submarine and
smoke and flame. Certain types leave a green resemble Very lights.
fluorescent stain on the surface.

Spain White and yellow smoke candles that float on Green, yellow and red flares are fired
the surface. Only white smoke candles, that from floats ejected by the submarine
also emit flame, are used by night. Certain and resemble Very lights.
types leave a green fluorescent stain on the
surface.

5-6 ORIGINAL
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVYHAIR)

(NC) Table 5-2 Explosive Charge Signals

ACTION BY
SUBMARINE ACTION BY
NO. SlGNAL MEANING IF FULLY SURFACE REMARKS
SUBMERGED SHIPS OR
AIRCRAFT

Al One (1) Record your course, Records time, Records any Is to be used by
explosive speed and depth when course, speed attack data ships and aircraft
charge used by ships or heli- and depth. required. for record purposes
copters. An attack when the sub-
carried out. marine is not
required to indicate
its position. Not to
be used within one
minute of signal
A4.

A2 Two ex- (1) Indicate your posi- RRR. Acts in accor- Signal A2 is not to
plosive tion if fully submerged. dance with be repeated within
charges Release an circumstances two minutes to
(QQQ) (2) Record your course, answering or the detailed avoid interfering
depth and speed. smoke/flare orders for the with Signal A4.
other than red. exercise.

Flare must be
used during
darkness.

Records time,
course, speed
and depth.

A3 Three (1) ECBSLOT Buoy RRR. (1) Ship

explosive received (if recently making signal
charges sent). Remain at depth. and other
(JJJI exercise ships
(2) Danger. Remain at close at hand
safe depth. come to safety
course and
proceed clear
of submarine.

(2) Repeat
signal within
15 minutes if
submarine is
to remain at
safe depth.

5-7 ORIGINAL
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) Table 5-2 Explosive Charge Signals (Cont’d)

-
ACTION BY
SUBMARINE ACTION BY
NO. SIGNAL MEANING IF FULLY SURFACE REMARKS
SUBMERGED SHIPS OR
AIRCRAFT

A4 Four ex- COMEX. Indicate the As directed by As directed by The ASW unit
plosive start of ASW action. orders for the orders for the initiating the signal
charges exercise. exercise. is to inform all other
(CCC) co-operating ASW
Unless otherwise units.
ordered, the sub-
marine is not to
answer this with
a smoke/flare.

A5 Five ex- (1) Return to periscope RRR. All warships If ships are in the
plosive depth and establish close at hand immediate vicinity,
charges tactical radio communi- (1) Carry out proceed clear the submarine’s
(DDD) cations. All clear during procedures to of submarine’s position must be
the next 10 minutes. come to PD or position and known before this
surface. (See steer Safety signal is made.
(2) If repeated two or Article 2273) Course or Signal A2 (or
more times, establish reciprocal. “QQQ”) can be
tactical communications (2) Establish (See Article used if necessary.
as soon as possible. tactical com- 2273.)
(Aircraft distress or munications with
other emergency re- aircraft or pre-
quiring assistance from viously desig-
I
the submarine. (See nated exercise
Table 5-8) unit/commander.

5-8 ORIGINAL
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFlDEl’jTlAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) Table 5-2 Explosive Charge Signals (Cont’d)

ACTION BY
SUBMARINE ACTION BY
NO. SIGNAL MEANING IF FULLY SURFACE REMARKS
SUBMERGED SHIPS OR
AIRCRAFT

A6 Six ex- a. During exercise RRR. Remain in Charges must not

plosive operations: vicinity. be dropped closer
charges Exercise sub- than 500 yards to
(1) FINEX. Indicates marine proceed the submarine.
completion of ASW to PD or surface
action. Establish tacti- and establish
cal radio communica- communications
tions (unless otherwise with aircraft or
directed in the exercise previously desig-
message). nated
unit/commander.
- or - If exercise direc-
tive indicates to
(2) Suspect that you remain sub-
are a non-exercise sub- merged for next
marine; communicate serial, acknow-
with me. ledge FINEX
signal by UWT
b. During SAR opera- or ECB/SLOT
tions, position of sunken buoy.
submarine has been
established.

A9 Nine ex- A Rescue Bell Operation RRR. Remain in Charges must not
plosive will be attempted. vicinity. be dropped closer
charges than 500 yards to
the submarine.

Al2 Twelve Ships are standing by. RRR. Remain in Charges must not
explosive vicinity. Pre- be dropped closer
charges Safe to abandon sub- pare to pick up than 500 yards to
marine. survivors. the submarine.

A Rescue Bell Operation Charges must not

will not be attempted. be dropped until at
least one lifeboat is
ready. It is most
important that there
should be the least
possible delay in
firing the 12
charges.

5-9 ORIGINAL
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) Table 5-3 Submarine Pyrotechnics and SST/UWT Signals by Day and Night

NOTE:

Signals Bl, B2 and B3 and (NC) and B4 is (NU).

SIGNAL FROM SUBMARINE ACTION BY

NO. ASW UNITS ACTION BY REMARKS
Signal Meaning AS APPROPRIATE SUBMARINE

Bl Release Keep clear. Keep clear. If im- (1) Make A/S ships are to
one yellow practicable, order TTT fol- regard either of the
or white My position submarine to stay at lowed by following as indica-
flare; three is as indi- Safe Depth using safety ting a submarine
minutes cated. I Signal A3. By night, course and intending to surface:
later intend to switch on navigation own call-
release carry out lights. Acknowledge sign. (1) Unexpected SST
second surfacing with QPQ, Roger signals (that is, SST
smoke/flare procedures. smoke or Roger flare (2) Carry signals not in answer
as appropriate. (See out sur- to signal in Table 5-
Article 2273.) facing pro- 2).
cedure.
(See Article (2) Pyrotechnic sig-
2273.) nals not in answer to
signal in Table 5-2.

NOTE:

If after 10 minutes
neither a second
smo kc/flare nor sub-
marine has appeared,
exercise may be
continued. Smoke/
flares are sometimes
fired in answer to
signals from adjacent
areas.

5-10 ORIGINAL
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) Table 5-3 S u b marine Pyrotechnics and SST/UWT Signals by Day and Night (Cont’d)

SIGNAL FROM SUBMARINE ACTION BY

NO. ASW UNITS ACTION BY REMARKS
Signal Meaning AS APPROPRIATE SUBMARINE

B2 One green I have fired As directed by As directed Unless otherwise

flare or (or simu- orders for the exer- by orders ordered by OSE, the
smoke lated firing) cise. for the moment of firing (or
bomb. exercise exercise. simulating firing) the
(BBB by torpedoes. first torpedo should
SST or be the moment at
UWT) which the submarine
fires the green flare.
The submarine is to
fire a green smoke
bomb instead of a
green flare when
helicopters are taking
part in the exercise,
unless Relaxation 2L
is in force.

B3 Two green I have fired As directed by As directed Unless otherwise

flares or (or simu- orders for the exer- by order for ordered by OSE, the
smoke lated firing) cise. the exer- moment of firing (or
bombs. exercise cise. simulating firing) the
(BNN by (nuclear) first torpedo should
SST or torpedo. be the moment at
UWT) which the submarine
fires the green flare.
The submarine is to
fire two green smoke
bombs instead of two
green flares when
helicopters are taking
part in the exercise,
unless Relaxation 2L
is in force.

5-l 1 ORIGINAL
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) Table 5-3 S u b marine Pyrotechnics and SST/UWT Signals by Day and Night (Cont’d)

-
SIGNAL FROM SUBMARINE ACTION BY
NO. ASW UNITS ACTION BY REMARKS
Signal Meaning AS APPROPRIATE SUBMARINE

B4 One red Keep clear. (1) Break off (1) Act as This signal may also
PYro- I am attacks. necessary. be used by a sub-
technic re- carrying marine on the bottom
peated as out emer- (2) Bearing in mind (2) Make which is unable to
often as gency sur- that the submarine every en- surface, in order to
possible. facing pro- may already be sur- deavour to indicate that it is in
cedures. facing, clear imme- turn to difficulty, and as a
(SOS by diately the area of safety means of marking its
SST or the submarine and course and position. If a red
UWT) act in accordance release pyrotechnic is
with Article 2273. smoke/ released by mistake,
flare. the submarine must
(3) Cavitate. surface as soon as
(31 At possible to assure
(4) Switch on navi- night, other forces that no
gation lights at night. switch on emergency exists.
navigation
(5) Broadcast to all lights.
units I(Emergency
Surfacing”.

(6) Set UWT watch;

consider stopping
transmissions on
long and medium
range sonar.

(7) Switch off/re-

cover/ cut decoys.

(8) Consider re-

covering VDS.

(9) Stand by to
render assistance.

(10) Inform OCE.

Mark plot and chart.

(11) Prepare to lay

offset Danbuoy.

5-l 2 ORIGINAL
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) Table 5-4 Underwater Signal Code Table

NOTE:

1. This signal code is primarily designed for use between ASW ships, helicopters and submarines,
but may be employed between aircraft and submarines.

2. Governing pennants (e.g. Negat) are never to be used with this code.

SIGNAL MEANING
ACA Keep clear. Do not pass over me.
ASA Wait. Temporarily discontinue exercise.
BBB I am simulating firing straight running torpedoes at target vessel. (May be followed by the
callsign of target vessel.)
BLR I am firing a long range stand off weapon. (May be followed by target vessel callsign.)
BNN I am firing a practice nuclear warhead torpedo. (May be followed by callsign of the target
Vessel.~

BNS I am simulating firing a nuclear warhead torpedo. (May be followed by target vessel
callsign.)
BRS I am simulating firing a long range stand off weapon. (May be followed by target vessel
callsign.)
I ccc I COMEX
DDD Return to periscope depth and establish tactical radio communications. All dear during
the next 10 minutes.
FFF Change speed (followed by numerals to indicate new speed).
*FFT Open to attack. Torpedo may be fired in accordance with exercise orders.
GGG Change base course (followed by numerals to indicate new course).
HHH I am firing or I have fired ... torpedoes (followed by numerals to indicate number of
torpedoes fired).
*ICI Open to attack. Torpedoes are not to be fired.
Ill I have lost contact. Send Vs.
*IPI No torpedoes sighted. Surface when safe to do so and proceed to search.

*Submarine torpedo attack signals to be used in conjunction with procedure outlined in Article 5015

5-13 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AlR)

(NC) Table 5-4 Underwater Signal Code Table (Cont’d)

SIGNAL MEANING

JJJ (1) ECB/SLOT Buoy received (if recently sent),

- or-
(2) Danger, remain at safe depth.
KKK I am at correct depth, course and speed and am ready to wmmence the exercise.
LLL Change depth to that indicated by the following numerals ..... Take exercise depth.
MMM I have sighted torpedo. (If followed by numerals, indicates number of torpedoes sighted.)
MUT My Underwater Telephone is inoperative.
NNN I am unable to comply with your last signal.
l NON Submarines are not to attack.
OOH I am firing flight delivered torpedo.
I am firing flight delivered nuclear weapon.
I am simulating firing homing torpedo (followed by bearing of the target but may also be
followed by callsign of the target vessel).
oow I am simulating firing wire guided torpedo. (May be followed by callsign of target vessel.)

I PPP Prepare to surface or to come to periscope depth.

Listen for me on ordered radio frequency (or KC).
Pyrotechnic/smoke sighted (bearing ....).
Fire (or fired) smoke/flare to indicate position.
QRS Send slower.
QRZ You are being called by .....
QSY Shift to another frequency.
QSZ Send each group twice.
QTE Your true bearing is (degrees) at (time); or What is my true bearing fmm you?
Repeat last run.
Received last transmission or message.

*Submarine torpedo attack signals to be used in conjunction with procedure outlined in Article 5015

5-14 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AlR)

. (NC) Table 5-4 Underwater Signal Code Table (Cont’d)

SIGNAL MEANING

Emergency; I desire to surface (or I am surfacing).

I am firing simulated or practice ASW weapon:

Plus long dash (end of long dash is instant of firing).

Second dash (submarine sends water slug/smoke filters at time indicated).

Stop the attack. Exercise cancelled. Surface when safe to do so.

TAS I have streamed Critical-Angle Towed Array System.
TRT Steer Safety Course.
l TSX Torpedo or torpedo track in sight; carry on with the exercise.
I desire to surface (not an emergency).
Cease present exercise; further instructions follow.
UJO Suspect that you are a non-exercise submarine; communicate with me.
You are standing into danger.
Course and speed of indicated YBA or YBB ship is .... (followed by numerals to indicate
course and speed).
VAC My course is (followed by numerals to indicate course).
My speed is (followed by numerals to indicate speed).
VCD My depth is (followed by numerals to indicate keel depth in metres).
My VDS/DTAS is being towed outside allocated depth limits and is at (followed by
numerals to indicate keel depth in metres).
I have streamed VDS or DTAS. (May be followed by numerals to indicate cable length in
metres (feet), depending on the Relaxation in force.)
VFM Stand by for range by method Mark - Snap (UWT) (see Table 5-9).
VFR Your range is (followed by numerals to indicate range in yards).
Cavitate for bearing.
VPO I am coming to periscope depth.
VQC What is ywr present course?

*Submarine torpedo attack signals to be used in conjunction with procedure outlined in Article 5015.

5-15 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) Table 5-4 Underwater Signal Code Table (Cont’d)

MEANING
What is your present speed?
What is your present depth?

I
I
VRR I have detected you by radar.

I VRS I have detected you by sonar.

I see you.
This is my position and I am resuming base course and speed (repeated several times for
sonar location).
Ywr air bubble not sighted. Use more air.
Release air bubble or turn on underwater/navigation lights to indicate position.
I am at periscope depth.
Come to periscope depth.
Fishing vessel or boat engaged in underwater activities is in the immediate area. (May be
t+ followed by numerals to indicate true bearing and range from submarines.)
YBB Ship with draught expected to excaed the draught assumed for this exercise is in the
immediate area. (May be followed by numerals to indicate true bearing and range from
submarine.)

k
YBC Exercise ship in immediate area.
Non-exercise ship is in immediate area. (May be f&wed by numerals to indicate true
bearing from submarine.)

k ZPZ snorkel (followed by numerals to indicate speed).

I am out of action in accordance with umpire rules,

‘Submarine torpedo attack signals to be used in conjunctionwith procedure outlined in Article 5015.

516 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTlAl
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) Table 5-8 Aircraft Distress Signal

SIGNAL BY AIRCRAFT ACTION BY SHIP

NATURE OF ACTION BY OR
AIRCRAFT TO SHIP OR SUR- TO SURFACE A AIRCRAFT SURFACED
EMERGENCY FACED SUBMARINE SUBMERGED SUBMARINE
SUBMARINE

‘STRESS - Fire one red flare or Fire five explosive If time permits, Inform OSE and/or
‘ave imminent a succession of red charges two or inform ship by appropriate Rescue
rnger flares singly at short more times at radio or visual Coordination Centre
reatens and intervals directed short regular inter- signals of the fol- (RCC) giving:
rmediate near ship or sub- vals l . (See Signal lowing:
sistance is marine. A5, Table 5-2) 1. Identity of aircraft.
quired. 1 . Identity.
Aircraft not carrying Two or more MK 2. Nature of distress.
flares or without 84 Code 3 buoys 2. Intention, i.e.
multiple flare-dis- can be dropped ditching, aban- 3. Aircraft position
pensing capability, simultaneously in doning aircraft, and time.
conduct low pass lieu of explosive or deferred
close aboard sur- charges. (See landing (see
face unit with all Table 5-5) emergencies 1, 2
navigation/landing and 3 below).
lights on steady These signals
while rocking wings should be used 3. Position and
and transmitting only if no partici- time.
Morse letter Zulu pating naval ships
(dash-dash-dot-dot) are in the vicinity. 4. Assistance
by Aldis lamp or required.
blinker light.

Ditching Land in sea near Man boats equipped

ship or with rescue gear and
submarine. manoeuvre ship as
Switch on necessary to permit
navigation lights earliest rescue opera-
by night. tions. Some aircraft
are equipped with a
Sonar Locator Beacon
(SLB). Were an
aircraft to sink after
ditching, the SLB is
depth activated, and
transmits on 9.5 Khz
(pulse length 14
msec, repetition rate
1 pulse per set) for
10 days.

5-19 CHANGE 1
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVYMIR)

(NC) Table 5-8 Aircraft Distress Signal (Cont’d)

-

SIGNAL BY AIRCRAFT ACTION BY SHIP

NATURE OF , ACTION BY OR
AIRCRAFT TO SURFACE A AIRCRAFT SURFACED
TO SHIP OR SUR-
EMERGENCY FACED SUBMARINE SUBMERGED SUBMARINE
SUBMARINE

2. Abandon air- Position aircraft Manoeuvre ships so

craft by para- in order that as to be in the centre
chute personnel may of landing area of
bail out as near parachuting person-
as possible to nel, with boats
the ship or manned and lookouts
submarine, and posted in preparation
from an upwind for rescue of person-
direction if nel.
practicable.

3. Deferred Inform ships of Follow aircraft, as

forced landing additional navigation permits,
on or near land information, viz. with rescue boats
manned for immediate
a. Endurance re- launching. At closest
maining. approach point,
despatch properly
b. Point of manned boats to
intended landing. effect landing on
shore and assist in
If practicable, rescue of aircraft
pass over ship or personnel. Notify
submarine en OSE and/or appro-
route to point of priate Rescue
intended landing. Coordination Centre
Switch on giving additional
navigation lights information as below:
by night.
1. Endurance re-
maining.

2. Point of intended
landing.

Notify of details of
actual landing when
available.

5-20 CHANGE 1
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVYIIAIR)

(NC) Table 5-8 Aircraft Distress Signal (Cont’d)

SIGNAL BY AIRCRAFT ACTION BY SHIP

NATURE OF ACTION BY OR
AIRCRAFT TO SURFACE A AIRCRAFT SURFACED
TO SHIP OR SUR-
EMERGENCY SUBMERGED SUBMARINE
FACED SUBMARINE
SUBMARINE

N.B. In cases where

aircraft is unable to
pass any information
other than the dis-
tress signal by itself,
ships or surfaced
submarine should
prepare to mount
rescue operations as
requiied, informing
OSE and/ or
appropriate Rescue
Coordination Centre.

RGENCY - Succession of white Fire five explosive Inform ship by Render any assistance
ircraft in diffi- flares. charges two or radio or visual possible. Inform OSE
Jlties which more times at signals of the and/or Rescue
Impel it to Aircraft not carrying short regular inter- following: Coordination Centre.
nd without flares or without vals l . (See Signal
imediate as- multiple flare dis- A5, Table 5-2) 1 . Identity.
stance. pensing capability
fly left-hand Two or more MK 2. Nature of dis-
racetrack pattern 84 Code 3 buoys tress.
perpendicular to can be dropped
surface unit’s track, simultaneously in 3. Aircraft
passing overhead lieu of explosive position and
the surface unit, charges. (See time.
while flashing navi- Table 5-5)
gation/landing 4. Endurance.
lights. These signals
should be used 5. Intentions.
only if no partici-
pating naval ships
are in the vicinity.

5-21 CHANGE 7
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVYWUR)

(NC) Table 5-8 Aircraft Distress Signal (Cont’d)

SIGNAL BY AIRCRAFT ACTION BY SHIP

NATURE OF . ACTION BY OR
AIRCRAFT AIRCRAFT SURFACED
TO SHIP OR SUR- TO SURFACE A
EMERGENCY SUBMERGED SUBMARINE
FACED SUBMARINE
SUBMARINE

Aircraft has a Succession of green Fire five explosive Transmit Relay message or act
very urgent flares. charges two or message by as required.
message to more times at radio or visual
transmit con- Aircraft not carrying short regular inter- signals.
cerning the flares or without vals l . (See Signal
safety of a ship, multiple flare dis- A5, Table 5-2)
aircraft or other pensing capability
person or fly left-hand circular Two or more MK
vehicle. pattern around 84 Code 3 buoys
surface unit with all can be dropped
navigation lights on simultaneously in
steady while lieu of explosive
rocking wings and charges. (See
transmitting Morse Table 5-5)
letters Mike Mike
(dash-dash-dash- These signals
dash) by Aldis lamp should be used
or blinker light. only if no partici-
pating naval ships
are in the vicinity.

5-22 CHANGE 1
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) Table 5-9 Range by Method MARK - SNAP

Having established communication by UWT, Ship “A”, wishing to carry out ranging by Method
MARK - SNAP, makes:

“Stand by for range check.”

Ship “B” when ready makes:

“Ready. ”

Ship “A” makes:

“5-4-3-2-l MARK” (Starting a chronoscope on the word “MARK”)

When Ship “B” hears the count-down he makes:

“SNAP” at the same time as “MARK” from Ship “A” is anticipated, and starts his
chronoscope.

Ship “A” makes:

“MARK” on hearing “SNAP” from Ship “B”, and stops his chronoscope.

Ship “B” stops his chronoscope on hearing the second “MARK” from Ship “A”.

Ships then exchange ranges.

NOTE:.

Count-down from Ship “A” must be made at an even cadence so that “MARK” can be
anticipated by Ship “B”.

5-23 (Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

CHAPTER 6

RECORDS AND ANALYSIS

6000. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS charge signal, SST, or UWT, at

the time of firing its weapon(s)
1. (NU) It is of the utmost importance that and records the target data
submarine and anti-submarine warfare exercises used (that is, submarine’s
should be analyzed in order to establish any errors estimated course, speed and
in procedure or drill and to allow the formulation of depth).
new and improved techniques. Such analysis will
also enable a senior officer to assess the (2) The submarine, on receipt of
efficiency of his forces. (The value of post- the signal, records its course,
exercise discussions is covered in Artide 1003.) speed, and depth, together with
any changes during the
2. (NU) In order to permit satisfactory anticipated time flight of the
analysis, it is of the utmost importance that track weapon.
charts and records should be neatly and
accuratety produced. Track charts should include b. Method B - Marking the Position
the direction of true North, the scale of the chart, of Submarine and Weapon. This
the appropriate latitude and longitude scale method is best suited for evaluation
(where possible), a geographic reference point, of short range weapon attacks,
COMMFINEX times, and the name and hull where there is no objection to
number of the submitting command. compromising the submarine’s
position.
3. (NU) The analysts of ASW exercises falls
into two broad categories which are discussed in (1) The surface ship fires (or drops
the following articles: a marker on the surface which
is related to the position at
a. analysis or assessment of weapon which the weapon or projectiles
attacks; and would enter the water) and
makes the appropriate signal by
b. tactical analysis. explosive charge, SST, or UWT
to alert the submarine to fire
6001. ANALYSlS OR ASSESSMENT OF smoke/ flare or bubble.
WEAPON ATTACKS
(2) The submarine marks its
1. (NU) ASW Ships. Two methods are position by smoke/flare or
available to assist in evaluating the effectiveness bubble, subject to any time
of surface ship attacks: delay in use, and records time,
course, speed and depth. This
a. Method A - Recording of Attack information is to be passed in
and Submarine Data. This method the submarine vectored attack
may be the most suitable for long (SUBVEC) message format
range attack systems or when it is given below:
not desired to compromise the
submarine’s position by requiring it
to fire a smoke flare.

(1) The surface ship sends the

appropriate signal by explosive

6-l CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

IDENTIFIER b. In reply to an atteck in which two

(SUBVEC selial charges have been used, the
NoJRun No.)
PSS8daS: SUBVECJ...
submarine releases an answering
smoke/flare, other than red, to
indicate its position.
A ..... . . ... .. .... 6002. TACTlCAL ANALYSIS
BEARING of
subrnalirtefronl 1. (NU) When so ordered, ships, aircraft
smkecandleat and submarines taking part in tactical exercises
-drarge are to record such information as is required for
preparing an accurate account of the exercises for
DISTANCE in
yaldsofsutxnatine
use at a post exercise conference and/or for
fmn smoke candle preparing a general report on the exercises.
at charge C .................
2. (NC) The OCE will promulgate in the
COURSE d sub relevant OPORD or CASEX message a list of
marineatsead
FORMEX and/or CASEX forms specifically
D .................
required. Figures 6-1 to 6-4 illustrate the CASEX
!5peedofslhmarlne forms that may be used. The Major NATO
tonearesthatfkIw E .................. Commanders’ Exercise Directives Volume IV
contains examples and instructions for completing
DEmHofsllbndne the FORMEXes that may be required.
keel in moba (feet)
(Units of rneawwmt
mustbespecjfied) F .... ... . . ......... 3. (NC) In addition to other forms required
for record keeping which must be ordered in the
NOTE: CASEX message, the submarine is to forward the --
following records to the ship or other specified
This system is subject to errors caused authority on completion of the exercise:
by the smoke/flare being washed aft,
which increases submarine speed or a. Narrative (FORMEX 101);
depth up to a maximum of 40 yards.
b. Contact Evaluation Plot (CEP)
2. (NU) ASW Aircraft. During ASW (FORMEX 116);
attacks by aircraft, attack positions should be
marked, when practicable, to permit the results to C. Range Evaluation Plot (REP) if kept;
be assessed. The procedure for marking attacks
aims to provide a visual representation of the d. Ship Position Plot (AUTOLOG print
result and is conducted as follows: out) (FORMEX 114);

a. The aircraft marks the position of e. Machinery Log; and

the attack using underwater
charges, smoke combs, markers, f. Artifact Log.
and so forth. It should be noted,
however, that since attacks using a
single charge (Signal Al or ESUS
Mk 84 code one ) are not answered
by the submarine, a visual aiming
point is necessary to allow the
assessment or analysis of such
attacks.

6-2 CHANGE 3
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

6003. CLAIMS FOR ATTACKS BY SUB- C. Message from the Attacked Unit. The
MARINES OR ASW SHIPS attacked unit is to reply to the Me-You
message with a message concerning
1. (NU) The following message is relevant courses, speeds and times.
available to enable attacking units to claim their Information to be made by the attacked unit
attacks. Claim message (ME - YOU) may be in accordance with the following example:
made by the appropriate communication method,
as described in the paragraphs which follow: ME 175-15-250910Z 185-12

a. Message from Attacking Unit. The This would mean: During the ASW attack
attacking unit is to send as follows - period my course was 175 at 15 knots until
09102 and from then onwards my course
(1) the target attacked, and its was 185 at 12 knots.
estimated course and speed,
6004. SUBMARINE TRACK MESSAGE
(2) the number of weapons that
have or would have been fired, 1. (NU) The Submarine Track Message is
followed by the word Fired or designed to provide a method by which accurate
Dummy, and concise records of an exercise submarine’s
movement and operating events can be
(3) the mean course or bearing on exchanged with participating units following a
which weapons would have short term action period. These records are
been set to run, required to provide for a rapid post exercise
analysis.
(4) estimated range on firing, and
running range/time where 2. (NU) The Submarine Track Message is
appropriate (in hundreds of a numerical method of recording the submarine’s
yards or seconds), movement during each exercise serial. It employs
a grid system based on initial position coded as
(5) time interval between consec- 500 500, and measure displacement in hundreds
utive firings in a salvo, of yards East-West and North-South from the
initial position. The first group indicates
(6) DTG of firing, and displacement East-West; the second group
displacement North-South. Displacements East
(7) Estimated position of target unit. and North of the initial position will be added to,
and displacements West and South of the initial
b. This information is to be made by position will be subtracted from 500 500. To
the attacking unit in accordance with indicate the time of each position reported, a third
the following example: “YOU 180- group is included. The first figure denotes the last
12-2 FIRED ME 090-12-30-13 figure of the hour and the last two figures denote
250925Z.” This would mean “I the time in minutes of the hour.
estimated your course to be 180
degrees at 12 knots when I fired. Example: Time 1435, position 4100 yards East
Two weapons have been fired, their and 3800 yards South of the Initial
mean course was 090 degrees, my position, would encode as 541 484
estimated range on firing was 1200 435.
yards, their running range is 3000
yards. The interval between con- 3. (NU) On reaching 50,000 yards from
secutive firings in the salvo was 13 the initial position in either an East-West or North-
seconds. I fired at 250925Z.” South direction, the numbering sequence for that
particular direction will revert to 500. The

6-3 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

sequence should never be allowed to progress to 6006. TARGET DATA MESSAGE

a four figure group.
1. (NU) The target data message format
4. (NU) At COMEX, the submarine will presented in Table 6-3 is used to pass target
note the latitude and longitude and include this information to the attacker at the end of an
information at the beginning of the Track report. exercise weapon firing. A submarine or ship uses
The submarine is to record its position whenever only those paragraphs applicable to its
an alteration of course is made, and on the hour, operations.
or, is to record its position every 10 minutes,
whichever is more convenient. 2. (NU) Normally the message is
expected to cover a relatively short time span
5. (NU) To assist in anaiysis, the prior to weapon launch. It may be necessary to
submarine is to report pertinent operating events cover a longer period; should this be the case, the
using the Brevity Code, Table 6-2. The letter three and four numeral groups in para ALFA,
designator is to be included after the three group BRAVO, CHARLIE, JULIElT and LIMA which
position report. More than one designator may be describe events such as course changes, will be
used. repeated as required.

6. (NU) The last group of the track 3. (NU) Depths should be specified
message is to be the position in which the throughout the Target Data Message in metres
submarine surfaces; the group is to be preceded (tens of feet). The message shall specify whether
by the words “SURFACING POSITION”. the depth data is in metres or in feet.

Example: TO C/X FM US COMEX POSIT 3150N 6007-6999 Spare

641OW 500 475 430 GD371496 461 435
J/492 472 444U490 454 5OCW500430 503
vsooo1o/5oo400525sEA280/mc.

Meaning: To participating Unit from

Submarine

COMEX 315&l 641OW. 500 475 AT 14302

GO TIME WVEO TO DEPTH 37 METRES
PO!3TlON 496 461 AT 14352 DEIECTED
JULIE. POSITION 492 472 TIME 14442
COMMENCED s NRJELLING. FOSITlON
490 454 AT 15WZ ON THE HOUR
POSlTtON. POSlllON 500 430 AT 15032
SIGHTED SHIPS BEARING OCKI AT 10
MILE!5 POSITION 500 400 TIME 15252
SECURED SNORKELLING AIRCRAFT
RADAR INTERCEPTED BEARING 280,
ETC.

6005. DATA FORMS

1. (NU) The authority requiring t-eaxds is

to order those required, for analysis and
subsequent reporting, from the Major NATO
Commanders’ Exercise Directives Volume N,
CASEX forms A, B, C and D and National Forms.

64 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)IAIR)

(NU) Table 6-2 Brevity Code

LETTER
DESIGNATION EVENT MEANING

A Began out-of-action.

B End out-of-action.

C Commenced snorkelling.

D Dived, to be followed by numerals indicating depth in metres (tens of feet).

EA Electronic emission information from aircraft bearing in true three figure group.

ES Electronic emission information from ships bearing in true three figure group.

F Running on surface.

G Go Time.

H HF transmission from submarine.

M Missile fired.

N Changed depth, to be followed by numerals indicating depth in meters (tens of feet).

R Radar transmission from submarine.

S Secured snorkelling (routine).

SEA Secured snorkelling (aircraft radar intercepted). Bearing true.

SES Secured snorkelling (ship’s radar intercepted). Bearing true.

SVA Secured snorkelling (aircraft visual).

svs Secured snorkelling (ship visual).

I
ss Secured snorkelling (ship HE bearing true).

T Torpedo fired with target’s course and speed in five figure group.

VA Visual sighting aircraft.

VS Visual sighting ships, with bearing and range (in miles) in five figure group.

w Initiated action enable aircraft to regain contact.

NOTE:

All bearings are True.

6-5 ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVYHAIR)

(NC) Table 6-3 T arget Data Message Code

SIGNAL CODE MEANING

ALFA 3 numerals/ True course of target at time of firing.

4 numerals/ Zone time of last course change prior to firing.

3 numerals/ True course prior to change.

4 numerals/ Zone time of pnor course change.

3 numerals/ True course pnor to change.

1 numeral Steering pattern (1, steady course; 2, sinuating; 3, zig plan; 4, other; if 4 is used,
explain).

When operating with aircraft, covers period of COMEX to FINEX. When exercising with surface
ships, covers period of 30 minutes prior to firing unless attacker specifies cover from COMEX in
request for target data. Cover post firing evasive action in FOXTROT.

BRAVO 2 numerals/ Speed of target in knots at time of firing.

3 numerals/ Turn count at time of firing.

4 numerals/ Zone time of last speed change prior to firing.

2 numerals/ Speed prior to change.

3 numerals/ Turn count prior to change.

4 numerals/ Zone time of prior speed change.

2 numerals/ Speed prior to change.

3 numerals Turn count prior to change.

If turn count masking is used, indicate rpm each shaft. Covers same period as ALFA.

CHARLIE 3 numerals/ Keel depth of submarine target in metres (tens of feet) at time of firing.

4 numerals/ Zone time of change of keel depth prior to firing.

3 numerals/ Keel depth in metres (tens of feet) prior to change.

4 numerals/ Zone time of prior change of keel depth,.

3 numerals Keel depth in metres (tens of feet) prior to change.

Covers same period as ALFA.

DELTA 4 numerals/ Zone time when attacker detected.

3 numerals/ True bearing on detection.

2 numerals/ Range in hundreds of yards.

1 numeral Means of detection (1, visual; 2, sonar: type - passive or active, sonarman alerted
or not; 3, radar; 4, other - describe).

6-6 ORIGINAL
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVYHAIR)

(NC) Table 6-3 Target Data Message Code (Cont’d)

SIGNAL CODE MEANING

ECHO 4 numerals/ Zone time detected torpedo. If not detected, send NEGAT.

3 numerals/ True bearing.

4 numerals/ Zone time lost torpedo.

3 numerals/ True bearing.

1 numeral Means of detection (1, visual; 2, sonar: type - passive or active, sonarman alerted
or not; 3, radar; 4 other - describe).

If torpedo HIT, report zone time and “IMPACT . . . . . Quarter”.

FOXTROT 4 numerals Zone time of post firing evasive actions, if any, to avoid torpedo; LEFT or RIGHT for
turns; FAST or SLOW for speed changes; UP or DOWN for depth changes. Report
MAX speed reached and deepest depth.

GOLF 4 numerals/ Zone time of first SUS or MK 84 attack signal heard of the attack signal.

3 numerals/ Estimated bearing: Report CLOSE or DISTANT if unable to give bearing.

Report NEGAT if SUS or MK 84 not heard.

HOTEL AS25 (5- BT information given by code letters AS25 followed by 5-numeral groups; first two
numeral numbers Indicate depth in metres (tens of feet), last three numbers indicate
groups) temperature in degrees Centigrade (Fahrenheit) to the nearest tenth of a degree.
The word DESIG C will be inserted after AS25 if the depths are metres and terpera-
tures are Centigrade. The last group will be for the maximum depth at which a
reading was obtained. All other groups will be for significant points on the trace.

INDIA AFFIRM If cavitating.

NEGAT

JULIETT 4 numerals/ Zone time of last snorkel period stop.

3 numerals/ Rpm of fastest running engine.

4 numerals/ Zone time of prior engine rpm change.

3 numerals/ Rpm of fastest engine prior to change.

4 numerals/ Zone time of prior engine rpm change.

Covers same period as ALFA.

NOTE: Report/OOO/during periods of submerged operations.

KILO AFFIRM 1, torpedo 60 KHz echo-ranging heard; 2, pinger heard; 3, strobe light sighted.
NEGAT

6-7 ORIGINAL
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO CONFIDENTIAL
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

(NC) Table 6-3 Target Data Message Code

SIGNAL CODE MEANING -

LIMA 4 numerals/ Zone time of last Prairie Masker stop.

4 numerals/ Zone time of last Prairie Masker start.

4 numerals/ Zone time of last Prairie Masker stop.

4 numerals/ Zone time of last Prairie Masker start.

Covers same period as ALFA.

MIKE Target ship’s evaluation of attack.

NOVEMBER 3 numerals/ True course made good from FINEX to aircraft “Mark on Top”.

5 numerals/ Yards travelled from FINEX to aircraft “Mark on Top”.

ZULU Amplifying remarks.

Example: From: (Target - submarine or surface ship)

To: /Attacker - submarine, surface ship or aircraft)

Subj: Target Data Message Event . . . Run . . .

(Additional codes as applicable to the exercise or requested by attacker.)

6-8 ORIGINAL
NATO CONFIDENTIAL
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

NATO CONFIDENTIAL WHEN FILLED IN

CASEX FORM A--A/S SHIP/TARGET SHIP RECORD FORM

SECTION I - GENERAL INFORMATION
Name of Ship
CASEX Number or description of the exercise Date

Time zone used in report

Weather Sea State Visibility
Position in formation of A/S ship or ship
acting as submarine target
Layer depth (measured from surface to top of layer) Temperature drop in layer -
Predicted sonar range
Observed Sonar Range

SECTION II - NAVIGATIONAL RECORD DURING A/S

ACTION OR WHEN A TARGET SHIP FOR SUBMARINE ATTACK

Own Ship CQntact Position and

with Remarks”
Subrnarin
e
‘- C0Ul-S’ Speed Bearing Range Estimated Course and
Speed of Submarine

Chvnship’s worse and speed need not be recorded during A/S actions.

H Remarks column is to include (1) times of sighting or hearing signals from Table 5-3 or Table
5-4, (2) times of making signals laid down in Tables 52, 5-4, or 5-5 or 5-5, and (3) own
geographic positions.

NATO CONFIDENTIAL WHEN FILLED IN

(NU) Figure 6-1 CASEX Form A - A/S Ship/Target Ship Record Form

6-9 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

c
NATO CONFIDENTIAL WHEN FILLED IN

CASEX FORM A (Cont’d)

SECTION III-DETAILS OF EACH A/S ACTION OR
SUBMARINE Al-TACK (TO BE COMPLETED FOR EACH CONTACT)
Time of first contact or
sighting of torpedo track or green flare
Course and speed of own ship at time of sighting
torpedo track or green flare
Ship’s head when torpedo crossed track
Range and bearing of first contact
Method of obtaining first contact
Range and bearing of own ship from guide of the fleet
or commodore of the convoy

Attack Number
1 2 3 4 5
Time of firing ............................................ .. ..............................
Weapon ................................ ..........,........ ........................,........
Practice projectiles fired ......................... .................................
Estimated distance between ship marker and submarine
marker ........... .......... ............. .............. ...... ...............................
Estimated bearing of ship marker from submarine marker .....

SECTION IV-GENERAL REMARKS

Remarks on evasion tactics by submarine, ease of holding
contact, end intensity of propeller noise.

NATO CONFlDENTlAL WHEN FILLED IN 1

(NU) Figure 6-1 CASEX Form A - A/S Ship/Target Ship Record Form (Cont’d)

6-10 CHANGE 3
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

NATO CONFIDENTIAL WHEN FILLED IN

I CASEX FORM B--FIXED WING AIRCRAFT ANTISUBMARINE SORTIE REPORT I

CASEX Number or description Date

of the exercise I I -1

.------------- -w-----------w SECTION I--AIRCRAFT

--------------- -------------------
DETAILS ----------
Base or Parent
Ship T Squadron
T Aircraft Type
T T
Aircraft Number,
Letter, or Call Sian
Aircraft
Commander

SECTION II - SORTIE TIMES

I-------r-----------------------------2------------------------------,-,-,,,,,,,
Airborne On Task Off Task Landed
(DTG) (DTG)
Ordered Actual Punctuality Reason Ordered Actual Punctuality Reason

To include types of searches or patrols carried out, area covered, and details of any
deviations from the ordered task.

+ This form is intended for use in peace and wartime exercises. Section VII
(Submarine Detection and Attack Report) is to be answered at the discretion of
the commandina otricer and the form classified accordinalv.
SECTION IV--NARRATIVE
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OF SORTIE
To include all important incidents, sightings of own or enemy forces, and narrative of
attack with positions and times.
SECTION V-UNSERVICEABILITY
_----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OF EQUIPMENT

t To include unserviceabilities to aircraft, radio, underwater tracking equipment, and so forth. ,

SECTION VI--DISAPPEARING RADAR CONTACTS

Time Type of Radar Geographic Relative Bearing and Classification of Underwater

Position of Range Contact (Positive, Detection and
Contact Probable, Possible, Tracking

Initial When Lost or Nonsubmarine Equipment Used

and Results (see
Section IV)

NATO CONFIDENTIAL WHEN FILLED IN

(NU) Figure 6-2 CASEX Form B - Fixed Wing Aircraft Antisubmarine Sortie Report

6-11 ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

NATO CONFIDENTIAL WHEN FILLED IN

-

CASEX FORM B (Cont’d)

SECTION VII-SUBMARINE
-r--r------r--------DETECTION AND ATTACK REPORT--------w-----
m-----e---------
9 . Initial Detection and Sihting r First Sighting Second Sighting

1. Timeadpohtionofinitialcontact ... .....

2. Relative baaring and tanga from rbcrrft ... ..

3. First detected by (visual, radar, sonobuoys,

ESM, and so forth, including type of radar or
equipment u8ed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4. tf visual, wu radar being us&? If not, give

reason . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6. Ahhdeofaircraft .... .... ... ....... ..

6. Nature of first visual sighting (surfaced, snorting,

pariscopadq8th,and8ofwthl .. .........

7. Contact gahd by - (position in aircraft) ..

-
8. Aspact of submarine when first sighted (beam on,
bowormmon,androfofth) . ... ... ... .

9. Estimated court and spwd of submarine on

sighting .... . ... ...... .. ... ........

10. was subnaarine 8ighted in daylight, darkne8s,

moonlight, or twilight? .. .... ... ... ... ..

11. Wasrightingupordownsunarmoon? ... ..

NATO CONFIDENTIAL WHEN FILLED IN

(NU) Figure 6-2 CASEX Form B - Fixed Wing Aircraft Anti-Submarine Sortie Report (Cont’d)

6-12 ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

NATO CONFIDENTIAL WHEN FILLED IN

CASEX FORM B (Cont’d)

a. initial Detection and Sighting (Cont’d) First Sighting Second Sighting

12. Was sighting by means of illuminants? If so give:

(a) Type of illuminant

(b) Distance from submarine illumination was
used
(c) Position of illumination relative to target
during the attack run
(d) Height of aircraft at time of illumination
(e) Was illumination adequate? If not, give
details.

13. Bearing and distance of submarine from com-

batant force, convoy or ship . . . . . . . . . . . , .

14. If sonobuoy contact, number and position of

buoys holding contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

15. Hydrophone depth of sonobuoy . . . . . . . . . .

16. Length of time contact held . . . . . . . . . . . . .

17. Time taken to classify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

18. Predicted detection range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

19. Distance of target from sonobuoy, if known . .

20. BT data obtained . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

b. Action by Aircraft

1. Was submarine attacked? (See Section IX

below.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2. Reason if no attack was made . . , . . . . . . . .

3. Was underwater tracking equipment used? (See

Section IX below.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

NATO CONFIDENTIAL WHEN FILLED IN

(NU) Figure 6-2 CASEX Form B - Fixed Wing Aircraft Anti-Submarine Sortie Report (Cont’d)

6-13 ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

NATO CONFIDENTIAL WHEN FILLED IN

CASEX FORM B (Cont’d)

c. Cooperation with Surface Ships First Sighting Second Sighting

1. Action taken to home A/S ships . . . . . . . . . .

2. Reason for failure to contact or home A/S shops

3. Identity of ships contacted . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4. Time of arrival and identity of ships homed to the

datum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

d Cooperation with Other Aircraft

1. Did any other arrcraft cooperate? Give details and

times (If VECTACs were carried out, see sub-
section g below) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2. Was sighting aircraft relieved, or did it leave

before being relieved? If so, why? . . . . . . . .

e. Underwater Tracking

1. Time of laying first buoy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2. Was positive contact made? . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3. Length of time contact was held . . . . . . . . . .

Notes: The following information should be shown on

the plotting grid in Section IX:
(a) Sonobuoys (details of pattern(s) laid, posi-
tion(s) of Master Buoy(s), distance of
other buoys, and extensions)
(b) Description of results, and plot of sub-
marine’s movements

f. Weather Conditions at Time of Sighting or Attack

1. General weather (fair, fine, rain, and so forth)

2. Visibility at patrol height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

NATO CONFIDENTIAL WHEN FILLED IN

(NU) Figure 6-2 CASEX Form B - Fixed Wing Aircraft Anti-Submarine Sortie Report (Cont’d)

6-14 ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

NATO CONFIDENTIAL WHEN FILLED IN

CASEX FORM B (Cont’d)

f. Weather Condmons at Time of Sighting or Attack First Sighttng Second Sighting

(Cont’d)

3. Cloud type, base, amount below 5000 feet, and

total amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4. Moon, phase, altitude, and azimuth . . . . . . . .

5. Wind direction and speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6. Sea state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9 Attack Report Run 1 Run 2 Run 3 Run 4

1. Time and position of attack . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2. Attack approach (direct, manoeuvring in cloud,

down sun, up moon, and so forth) . . . . . . . .

3. Was target visible at time of attack? If not, what

was aiming point? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4. Angle of attack relative to submarine’s course

5. Height of release of weapon(s) . . . . . . . . . . .

6. Ground speed of attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7. Time interval between disappearance of sub-

marine and release of weapon(s) . . . . . . . . . .

8. Position of either point(s) of entry of weapon(s) or

explosions relative to submarine or swirl . . . .

9. Position of answering submarine smoke candle

relative to entry point(s) of weapon(s) . . . . . .

10. Was a VECTAC conducted with another aircraft

or helicopter? If so, give details and estimated
results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

NATO CONFIDENTIAL WHEN FILLED IN

(NU) Figure 6-2 CASEX Form B - Fixed Wing Aircraft Anti-Submarine Sortie Report (Cont’d)

6-15 ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

NATO CONFIDENTIAL WHEN FILLED IN

-

I CASEX FORM B (Cont’d) I

h. Weapon(s) Used Run 1 Run 2 Run 3 Run 4

1. Number and type of weapons used or srmulated

2. Was a gunnery attack simulated? If so, with

what results? . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . .

i. Submarine Data

1. Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2. Name or number (if known) . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3. Details of submarine tactics before, during, and

after attack. (Any photographs taken are to be
attached to this report) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

i. Aircraft Commander’s Assessment of Attack

Aircraft commander’s assessment of accuracy of attack, and estimation of results.

-
... . . .. ... . .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. . .. ... . . .. ... . ... ..
Aircraft Commander Sianature

SECTION VIII--COMMENTS BY COMMANDING OFFICER

The commanding officer’s comments are to include an assessment of crew efficiency and of attacks carried out.

Run 1 . . . . . . . .
2 . .... . ..
3 . .. ... . .
4 . . .... ..

... .. . .. ... .. ... ... .. . . . ... . .. .. .. .. . ... .. . .. .

Commanding Officer Signature

NATO CONFIDENTIAL WHEN FILLED IN

(NU) Figure 6-2 CASEX Form B - Fixed Wing Aircraft Anti-Submarine Sortie Report (Cont’d)

6-16 ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

NATO CONFIDENTIAL WHEN FILLED IN

CASEX FORM B (Cont’d)

SECTION IX--DIAGRAM OF ATTACK OR PLOT OF UNDERWATER TRACKING

_-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Scale: . .. . . ...
Wind Velocity: . . .. . .

N
W -+ E Insert true bearing of Sun or Moon
S

NATO CONFIDENTIAL WHEN FILLED IN

(NU) Figure 6-2 CASEX Form B - Fixed Wing Aircraft Anti-Submarine Sortie Report (Cont’d)

6-17 ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

NATO CONFIDENTIAL WHEN FILLED IN

I
c
CASEX FORM C--SUBMARINE RECORD FORM I

SECTION l--GENERAL INFORMATION

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Name of submarine
CASEX Number or description of the exercise
Time zone used in report Date
Weather Sea State Vlsibilitv
Geographic position of diving
Laver depth (measured from surface to top of layer) Temperature drop In layer

SECTION II--NAVIGATIONAL RECORD (FOR USE WHEN

CARRYING OUT TORPEDO ATTACKS OR DURING A/S ACTION
-__--__------- ----------LL-----------------------------------------------------

Time Submarine Target, or A/S ship or Aircraft Estimate Remarks

Depth Course Speed Range Bearing Course Speed

To include signals made or

received from Tables 5-2, 5-3,
5-4, 5-5 and 5-6, and use of
decoy.

Own geographic position to be

-
included for initial contact and
each A/S action.

NATO CONFIDENTIAL WHEN FILLED IN

(NU) Figure 6-3 CASEX Form C - Submarine Record Form

6-18 ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

NATO CONFIDENTIAL WHEN FILLED IN

I CASEX FORM C (Cont’d)

SECTION III--DETAILS OF TORPEDO ATTACK

.--------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------

Time of first sighting or contact on target

Method
Range and bearing of first contact on target
Range and bearing of target and nearest
screening ship, when penetrating screen
Torpedo firing data (to include range and bearing of target
at moment of firing, estimation of enemey course and speed, number
of torpedoes fired or simulated, and number in salvo aimed to hit)

SECTION IV--GENERAL
------------------------------------------------------------------------------ REMARKS

General remarks are to include:

a. Short description of torpedo attack

I
b. Effectiveness of screen and air patrols

I c.

d.
Bathythermograph

Number
records

of opportunities to fire defensive weapons against A/S ships

e. Effectiveness of A/S ships in holding contact

f. Effectiveness of aircraft detection and/or attack, with remarks on accuracy of sonobuoy patterns, bombs,
or markers, giving range and bearing when observed

NATO CONFIDENTIAL WHEN FILLED IN

(NU) Figure 6-3 CASEX Form C - Submarine Record Form (Cont’d)

6-19 ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

NATO CONFIDENTIAL WHEN FILLED IN

I CASEX D l --HELICOPTER ANTI-SUBMARINE SORTIE REPORT

I CASEX Number
tion of the exercise
or descrip- Date

SECTION I--AIRCRAFT DETAILS

----------------------- -----------------------------------------------------------

Base or Parent Squadron Helicopter Type Helicopter Number, Pilot Observer Operator
Ship Letter, or Callsign

SECTION II--SORTIE TIMES

---------L----------------------------------------------------------------------

Airborne On Task Off Task Landed

(DTGI (DTG)
Ordered Actual Punctuahty Reason Ordered Actual Punctualtry Reason

SECTION III--TASK
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I

I To include
task.
types of searches or patrols carried out, area covered, and details of any deviations from the ordered
I

SECTION IV--NARRATIVE OF SORTIE

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

I To include
times.
all important incidents, sightings of own or enemy forces, and narrative of attack with positions and
I

SECTION V--UNSERVICEABILITY OF EQUIPMENT

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Helicopter unserviceability sonar equipment, and so forth. \

I

SECTION VI--SONAR REPORT

---------------------------------c-----

Dip Time Ball Bearing Pulse Range Range Scale Echp Pitch HE
Letter Depth Length in Use

I l This form is intended for peace and wartime exercises.

I

NATO CONFIDENTIAL WHEN FILLED IN

(NU) Figure 6-4 CASEX Form D - Helicopter Anti-Submarine Sortie Report:

6-20 ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

NATO CONFIDENTIAL WHEN FILLED IN

CASEX FORM D (Cont’d)

SECTION VII--COMMENTS BY COMMANDING OFFICER

The commanding officer’s comments are to include an assessment of crew efficiency and of attacks carried out.

Run 1 ........
2 ........
3 ........
4 ........

.. . .. . . ... .. . .. ... . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. .. . .. . . .. . . .
Commanding Officer Signature

SECTION VIII--DIAGRAM OF ATTACK OR PLOT OF UNDERWATER TRACKING

.--------_---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Scale: . .. .. . ..

Wind Velocity: . . ....

N
W _f_ E Insert true bearing of Sun or Moon
S

NATO CONFIDENTIAL WHEN FILLED IN

(NU) Figure 6-4 CASEX Form D - Helicopter Anti-Submarine Sortie ReportJCont’d)

6-2 1 (Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

GLOSSARY

NOTE:

Definitions or portions thereof that appear in APP-6 as NATO agreed terminology, or in ACP-
167, are indicated by underlining.

Air Bubble. A bubble of air discharged from a high-speed movement of an underwater pro-
submerged submarine. It is used by a sub- peller .
marine to indicate its position to surface and air
units. It is sometimes termed a ‘water slug’. Close ASW Action. An action in which one or
more ASW units attempt to engage an enemy
Aircraft. The collective term for fixed-wing submarine within 8,000 yards.
aircraft and helicopters.
COMEX. COMEX is the time of starting an
Area of Probability (AOP). A defined area in ASW action. It is normally a warning to the
t which the presence of one or more submarines submarine of attacks by ASW units.
or surface vessels is suspected.
Critical-Angle Towed Array System (CATAS).
ASW Action. An exercise ASW action is an A towed array system whose depth is depen-
operation by one or more ASW units against a dent upon towing ship speed and the length
particular submarine. In order to permit the and width of the towing cable only.
necessary manoeuvres for ASW action to be
safely executed, safety precautions to be taken DATUM. The last known position of a sub-
by the submarine(s) and ASW units may be in marine or suspected submarine after contact
addition to the safety precautions required in has been lost.
the exercise as a whole. In exercises, ASW
action begins with COMEX and ends with DATUM TIME. The time when contact with the
FINEX or Stop Time, whichever is earlier. If it submarine or suspected submarine was lost.
is desired to continue the ASW action after
FINEX, then a new COMEX must be ordered, Daylight. Daylight is defined as extending from
providing that this is allowed by the exercise sunrise to sunset.
orders (see Article 5014.5).
Decoy. An acoustic warfare electronic, chemi-
Base Course. A reference course or direction cal, or mechanical device designed to mislead
desired to be made good when evasive steering sonar operators or the target-seeking device in
is being carried out. homing torpedoes.

Base Speed. The speed resulting along the Depressed Towed Array System (DTAS). A
base course when evasive steering is being towed array system which is taken to desired
carried out. depth by a towed body or depressor.

CASEX. Standard ASW exercises. Dive. The order to a submarine to proceed

from the surface to periscope depth or deeper.
Cavitation. The formation of local cavities
(bubbles) in a liquid as a result of the reduction Diversion. A chanqe made in a prescribed route
of total pressure. This pressure reduction may for operational or tactical reasons. Except in
result from a negative pressure produced by the case of aircraft, a diversion order will not
rarefaction or from the reduction of pressure by constitute a change of destination.
hydrodynamic flow such as is produced by

G-l ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

Diving Message. A message sent by a sub- Homing. The technique whereby a mobile
marine before diving for a training exercise, to station directs itself, or is directed, towards a
indicate the expected time and duration of the source of primary or reflected energy, or to
dive. specified point.

Duration. Duration is the specified time period Homing Torpedo. An anti-submarine or anti-
for an ASW action. It must be given in minutes ship torpedo which steers towards its target
in the exercise orders. When Relaxation 2’M using active or passive target-seeking detection
is in force, duration is not required. equipment to determine its course.

Duration of ASW Action. In exercises, the Hydrophone Effect (HE). Underwater sounds
duration between COMEX and FINEX as laid which emanate from ships, submarines or
down in the orders for the exercise. torpedoes and which are detectable by listening
devices.
Electronic Countermeasures (ECM) - That
division of EW involving actions taken to pre- Impact Target. A target submarine against
vent or reduce an enemy’s effective use of the which an Impact Weapon is to be fired or
electromagnetic spectrum. dropped, whether or not the weapon is set to
hit.
Electronic Warfare Support Measures (ESM).
That division of EW involvino actions taken to Impact Weapon. A practice ASW weapon for
search for, intercept, locate, record and analyze use against an Impact Target submarine which
radiated electromagnetic energy for the purpose might strike the submarine, whether or not the
of exploiting such radiations in support of weapon is set to hit.
militarv operations. Thus, ESM provides a
source of EW information required to conduct Light Projectiles. Practice ASW projectiles for
electronic countermeasures (ECM), electronic which no special precautions are necessary
protection measures (EPM). threat detection, when fired at dived submarines.
warning, avoidance, target acquisition, and
hominq. Localization. The determination of a contact’s
position by reducing the general area of contact
FINEX. In exercises and when a duration has to a more definite and smaller area.
been established, it is the time of ending of an
ASW Action. It is equal to COMEX plus the MADVEC. A procedure in which aircraft are
duration of ASW action ordered. vectored by informative or radar methods to
carry out MAD verification of a contact to
Flare/Grenade. For ASW exercise purposes, a assist in classification.
flare/grenade is a pyrotechnic light used for
signalling or identification. Magnetic Anomaly Detector (MAD). A passive
or active/passive device which detects the
Friendly Forces (FRNFOR). Those forces used presence of a magnetic material by the distor-
in a friendly role durino NATO exercises. tions such material produces in the natural
magnetic field of the earth.
Go lime. The start of an ASW exercise period.
After this time, dived submarines may be en- Maritime Headquarters (MHQ). The joint head-
countered and full safety precautions must be quarters ashore from which Allied shipping,
observed until Stop Time. aircraft, and submarine operations are con-
trolled and coordinated. (Also called Sea-Air
Heavy Projectiles. Practice projectiles which Headquarters.)
may only be fired when submarines are at a
safe depth.

G-2 ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAW)(AIR)
Marked Submarine Periscope Depth (PD). The maximum depth at
which a submarine can use its periscopes when
(1) In elementary exercises a submarine may they are fully extended.
be marked by towing a marker (such as a
small buoy, float with flag, or three Relaxation A modification of safety precautions
elliptical floats) by day or by burning the and operating restrictions in order to make the
appropriate lights while submerged by training more realistic.
night.
Rescue Coordination Centre (RCC). A centre
(2) In SUB vs SUB exercises, a ‘marked’ established within a designated search and
submarine is a submarine which rescue area to permit efficient organization of
proceeds at one metre (three feet) less search and rescue.
than the optimum periscope depth for the
prevailing conditions and, at the same Responsible Submarine In submarine ASW
time, shows all masts and periscopes exercises, the responsible submarine is the
fully extended. submarine which is responsible for taking action
to avoid a submerged collision.
Maximum Permissible Operating Depth. This
depth is an absolute depth for an individual Restricted Submarine A submarine is said to
submarine below which that submarine must not be restricted during an ASW exercise if it has
deliberately proceed. been given specific instructions regarding its
course, speed, or depth.
Me-You Message A message used in ASW
exercises to enable a quick exchange of target Safe Bottoming Areas! Specially selected areas
ship’s estimated and true course and speed. established by area commanders in which it is
(Also called Claim Message.) considered that submarines may bottom without
risk of damage from rocks, mines and wrecks.
Night Night is defined as extending from sunset
to sunrise, the times of sunset and sunrise being Safe Depth. A submarine is said to be at Safe
obtained from the Nautical Almanac. These times Depth when its keel depth is such as to provide
are to be calculated from the position of the ASW the required separation between the top of the
action. fixed structure of the submarine and the lowest
point of any ship, other submarine assigned to a
On-Top Position The position indicated by an higher layer, towed ASW ‘device and/or helicopter
aircraft when over the submarine, datum, or some sonar systems allowed in the orders for the
reference point from which the position of the exercise. When more than one towed device is
submarine or datum may be given as a bearing being used in the exercise, Safe Depth applies to
and distance. the deepest device being employed.

Opposing Forces (OPFOR). Those forces used Safety Bearing. The safety bearing is the
in an enemy role durinq NATO exercises bearing of the target submarine from the attacking
submarines at the commencement of a run.
Out of Action A condition imposed by umpires
during exercises, in which combatant units as well Safety Circle. A safety circle is a circle drawn
as shore establishments are declared neutralized with its centre being the position of an attacking
in whole or in part submarine at the start of a run. Two concentric
safety circles are drawn as the plot of the
Patrol A detachment of units sent out for the attacking and target submarines, called inner and
pumose of qatherinq information or the systematic outer safety circles. Unless otherwise stated in
and continuing investigation along a line to detect the message ordering the exercise, the radius of
or hamper enemy movements. the inner safety circle is to be 3000 yards and

G-3 CHANGE 2
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAW)(AIR)
radius of the outer safety circle is to be 5000 Special and/or Exercise instructions. A
yards. These radii may be altered at the modification of standard exercises and
discretion of the SUBOPAUTH, but the radius of procedures in order to improve training value.
the inner safety circle is never to be less than
3000 yards, and the difference in radii should Starred Relaxation. A relaxation which may be
NEVER be less than 2000 yards. Used subject to prior approval of the
SUBOPAUTH.
Safety Course. A pre-arranged course included
in the detailed orders for the exercise. It must be Stop Time. The end of an ASW exercise period.
one of the cardinal points of the compass, and it is
always signaled as “NORTH”, “SOUTH”, “EAST SUBLOOK. Code word of the procedures
or ‘WEST’. It is the course to be steered when a initiated by an authority when the safety of a
submarine is coming to PD using surfacing submarine is in doubt or by a SUBOPAUW when
procedures or in an emergency. a Surfacing Signal, Arrival Report or SUBCHECK
Report from a submarine under his operational
Safety Lane. A specified sea lane desianated for control becomes one hour overdue.
use in transit bv submarines and surface ships in
order to prevent attack by friendlv forces. Submarine Depth. The depth of a submarine is
measured from the surface to the keel depth.
Safety Line. A line drawn at right angles to the
safety bearing at a distance specified in the Submarine Evasive Devices or Decoys.
exercise oderdmessages but never less than Devices used by a submarine to confuse sonar
2000 yards from the initial position of the attacking operators or homing torpedoes by masking the
submarine in the direction of the target. submarine’s selfnoises! by creating false echoes,
or masking echmnging signals.
Scene of Action Commander (SAC). The -
officer who assumes tactical control of the Submarine Operating Authority *
assigned units in a limited area, operating against (SUBOPAUTH). The naval commander
a specific contact or datum. exercisinq operational control of submarines.

Search Attack Unit (SAU). The designation Submarine Safety Separations. Vertical
given to a unit separatety organized or detached separations which, for safety during exercises,
from a formation to search for and attack restrict operating depths. These Vertical Safety
submarines. Separations are not adequate for major
casuatties, but can be used for planning purposes
Smoke Signal. A pyrotechnic which is used in when inadvertent loss of depth control is the only
signalling or identification and which provides a consideration.
coloured smoke.
Submarine lowed Array System (STAS). A
Snorkel (Snort). An extensible breather pipe towed array system where a neutrally buoyant
which enables a submarine to operate diesel array is deployed directly astern of the submarine
engines while remaining submerged. and at the same depth.

Sonar. An acoustic device used primarily for the Submerged. A submarine is submerged when it
detection and location of underwater objects. is at periscope depth or deeper.

Sonar Signailing Transmission (SST). The SUBMISS. Code word of the signal originated by
process of transmitting and receiving Morse the SUBOPAUTH when a Surfacing Signal,
signals by sonar equipment. SUBCHECK Report or Arrival Report of a
submarine is 6 hours overdue, or, for a one-
compartment submarine, 3 hours overdue.

G4 CHANGE 2
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 _-.

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAW)(AIR)
-
SUBSUNK. Code word of the signal originated by Torpedo Countermeasures (TM). The
any authority who has positive information that a material and tactical measures that are adopted
submarine has sunk. by ships for protection against submarine
torpedoes.
Surface. The order to a submarine to proceed
from periscope depth to the surface. Torpedo Danger Area (IDA). The area
extending beyond the furtheston circle for an
Surfacing Procedure. The method used by a arbitrarily assessed distance of 8,000 yards.
submarine, ship or helicopter to bring a submarine
from Safe Depth to Periscope Depth (PD). Torpedo Danger Zone (TDZ). An area which the
submarine must enter in order to be within
Surfacing Signal. A signal transmitted by a maximum effective torpedo firing range.
submarine to indicate to the SUBOPAUTH that
the period covered by a Diving Signal has been Towed Array System (TAS). An acoustic
completed. system which uses a line of hydrophones located
in an array towed by surface ships and
Surveillance Towed Array System (SURTAS). submarines. The system is capable of lone range
The term SURTAS is used to describe towed detection of submarine radiated noise and may
array systems which are used in ASW area give indications of bearing.
operations. They are optimized for passive
acoustic detection of submarine-radiated noise Tansit Lane. A transit lane is a lane between
while operating at low tow speed, and normally transit positions in which the target submarine has
use a very long array. complete freedom of action except when
restricted for depth. The width of the lane is to be
Tactical Sonar Range (TSR). Is a range based laid down in the orders for the exercise and will
L
on reported Predicted Sonar Range and may depend on the extent to which it is desired to
make allowances for probable submarine depth, restrict the target submarine, and geographic
alertness of operators, level of unit efficiency, and limitations.
so forth.
Transit Positions. Positions specified in the
Tactical Towed Array System (TACTAS). The exercise orders/message, which provide the
term TACTAS is used to describe towed array center line of a transit lane.
systems which are primarily designed for use in
ASW direct support operations. Their passive Turn Count Masking. The tenn used to signify
acoustic performance is optimized for submarine the creation of a revolution difference between
detection at higher tow speeds. ship’s propeller shafts.

Time. Zone time to be used throughout the Underwater Telephone (UWT). A means of
exercises (GMT is to be used whenever possible voice communication in which the water of the sea
to avoid confusion). is used as a transmission medium.

Time Late at Datum. The lapsed time between Unit A ship, aircraft or submarine, or a small
datum time and the arrival of units at the datum. group of ships and/or aircraft acting as an entity.

Too Close. Throughout submarine ASW Un’rts of Measurement. NATO publications are
exercises, if the attacking and target submarines in the process of being amended to the following
are at periscope depth they are to be understood standard units of measurement
as being too close to one another when the range
is less than 1500 yards and the distance off track range - yards,
is less than 800 yards.

G-5 CHANGE 2
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNClASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAW)(AIR)
distance - nautical miles,

altitude - feet, and

depth of objects and water depth - metres.

Unrestricted Submarine A submarine is

unrestricted during an ASW exercise if no
instructions are given as to course, speed or
depth.

Variable Depth Sonar (VDS). The term is

normally used to describe a sonar whose
transducer is towed beneath the parent ship with
the object of improving sonar detection ranges.
Helicopter and submarine sonars, though variable
in depth, are not usually included.

Vectored Attack (VECTAC). Attack in which a

weaoon carrier (air. surface or sub-surface) not
holdinq contact on the tamet. is vectored to the
weaoon delivers point bv a unit (air. surface or
su&surface)which holds contact on the tamet

Zero Time. The exact hour immediately

preceding the time of execution of a tactical action
or manoeuvre from which time measurement is
recorded and reported in minutes. (If the time of
execution is exactly on the hour, that time will be
Zero Time.)

ZJGZAG. Straight line variations from the base

course performed in accordance with a set plan.

NOTE Refer also to the Glossaries to ATP-28

and ATM.

CHANGE 2 ’ m.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

INDEX

A
Acoustic Equipment Requirements ..... 2-10 CASEX Form D ................... 6-21
Aircraft CASEX Instructions ................. 3-3
Emergencies .................... 24 CASEX S Series ................ 4-1, 4-8
Safety Precautions ............... 2-l 3 Changing Depth Safety Signals ........ 4-6
Aircraft Distress Signals ............. 5-l 9 Check Report ..................... 54
Aircraft Manoeuvre Signals .......... 5-l 8 Collision Avoidance .............. 2-2, 4-3
Analysis ......................... 6-l Communications ............... 2-12, 5-l
Attack ......................... 6-l Communications Methods ............ 5-l
Data Forms ..................... 6-4 Confined Waters .................. 248
Exercise ....................... l-l Coordinated Operations ..... r ......... 4-7
Tactical ........................ 6-2 D
Attack Assessment ................. 6-2
Data Forms ...................... 64
Attack Claims by Submarines .......... 6-3
Decoy(s)
Attack Restrictions ................ 2-35
Depth Restrictions ............... 2-11
Attack Signals . . . . ................. 5-3
Depth
Attacks
Decoy Restrictions ............... 2-l 1
Marking Attacks . ................. 4-6
Depth Changes
Authorization Tables
Through Zones Assigned to Other Subs . 4-5
Explosive SUS . . ................ 2-28
Depth Limitation Chart .............. 2-10
VDSITowed Array ................ 2-19
Depth Tables .................... 3-28
B Distress
Brevity Code Table ................. 6-5 Aircraft/Surface Emergency
C Distress Signals .................. 5-3
Diving Message ................... 54
CASEX
Diving Procedures ................. 2-39
Instruction Table ................ 3-16
Order Table . . . . ................. 3-4 E
Relaxation Table ................. 3-8 Electronic Sound Undennrater Signals ... 2-27
CASEX A Series . . ................ 3-45 EMERGENCIES
CASEX B Series . . ................ 346 Aircraft ........................ 2-4
CASEX C Series . . ................ 3-46 During Exercises ................. 2-4
CASEX D Series . . ................ 347 EMERGENCY
CASEX E Series . . ................ 347 Aircraft Distress Signals ........... 5-19
CASEX Form A . . . ................. 6-9 Distress Signals .................. 5-3
CASEX Form B . . . ................ 6-11 Emergency Surfacing ................ 2-5
CASEX Form C . . . ................ 6-18 ESUS .......................... 2-27

INDEX - 1 CHANGE 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

INDEX

ESUS MK 84 .................... 5-18 Method BRAVO Surfacing ........... 2-44

Exercise Analysis .................. l-1 Minimum Water Depth ............... 44
Exercise Command and Control ........ l-2 Mutual Separation .................. 2-2
Exercise Instruction Table ........... 3-16 N
Exercise Instructions ................ 3-2 Navigation ....................... 2-2
Exercise Records .................. 6-l Neutral Corridor .............. 2-17, 2-24
Exercise Report Data Forms .......... 64 Night Exercises ................... 2-39
Exercise Restrictions ............... 2-35 0
Exercises
Operating Restrictions ............... 2-l
Ordering ....................... 3-l
Standard ....................... 3-l P
Exercises in Shallow/Confined Waters . . 248 Participating Submarines
Explosive Charge Signals ......... 5-1, 5-7 Minimum Requirements ............ 4-l
Explosive Charges ................ 2-26 Procedures
Explosive SUS Table ............... 2-28 Submarine Surfacing ............. 240
F Unidentified Submarine ............ 245
Pyrotechnic Signals ................. 5-l
Fishing Vessels Avoidance ............ 2-3
Pyrotechnics Table ................. 5-6
FORMEX A ...................... 6-9
FORMEX B ..................... 6-11 R
FORMEX C ..................... 6-18 Range
FORMEX D ..................... 6-20 MARK - SNAP Method ............ 5-23
G Records ......................... 4-1
Records and Analysis ............... 6-l
Gridlock ......................... 4-5
Relaxation Table ................... 3-8
H Relaxations ....................... 3-2
Helicopter Sonar Safety Precautions .... 2-14 Restrictions ....................... l-4
I Attack ........................ 2-35
Decoy Depths .................. 2-11
Identification of Submarines ........... 54
Exercise Rules .................. 2-35
Impact Restrictions ................ 2-37
Night ASW Exercises ............. 2-39
L Submarines as Impact Targets ...... 2-37
Lookouts ....................... 2-l 2 Safe Depth ..................... 2-6
M S
MARK - SNAP Ranging ............. 5-23 Safety .......................... 2-l
Marked Submarine ................. 4-2 Aircraft Safety .................. 2-13
Marking Attacks ................... 4-6 Changing Depth Signals ............ 4-6
Method ALFA Surfacing ............. 2-41 Helicopter Sonars ................ 2-14

INDEX - 2 CHANGE 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAW)(AIR)

INDEX
Lookouts ...................... 2-l 3 Sonar Signal Code Table ............ 5-13
Safety Bearing ................... 4-2 Sonar Signal Codes ................. 5-2
Safety Circles ................ 4-2, 4-3 Special Signals .................... 5-3
Safety Line .................. 4-2, 4-4 Specifications
Towed Decoys .................. 2-13 Towed Array ................... 2-21
VDSKowed Array Safety Precautions . 2-14 VDS ......................... 2-20
Safety Precautions ................ 2-l 3 Standard Exercises ................. 3-l
Safety Rules ................... 2-6, 44 Stop Time ....................... 2-44
Safety Separation .................. 2-6 Submarine Track Message ............ 6-3
Safety Zone ...................... 44 Submarine(s)
Security ......................... l-l Acoustic Equipment Requirements ..... 2-9
Shallow Water Exercises ............ 248 Attack Claims .................... 6-3
Ship Noise ...................... 2-12 Attack Signals ................... 5-3
Signals Collision Avoidance ................. 4-3
Aircraft Distress ................. 5-l 9 Coordinated Operations ............ 4-7
Aircraft Manoeuvre ............ 5-2, 5-18 Course and Speed Diagrams ..... 3-2, 3-30
Attack Signals ................... 5-3 Depth Limitation Chart ............ 2-10
Brevity Codes ................... 6-5 Depth Tables ................ 3-2, 3-28
Changing Depth Safety Signals ...... 4-6 Diving Procedures ............... 2-39
Diving/Surfacing/Check Reports ....... 54 Emergencies .................... 2-5
Electronic SUS .................. 2-27 Fishing Vessel Avoidance ........... 2-3
EMERGENCY Distress Signals ....... 54 Identification .................... 54
ESUS ........................ 5-17 Pyrotechnics Table ................ 5-6
Explosive Charge Signals ........ 5-1, 5-7 Pyrotechnic Signals ............... 5-l
Explosive Charges ............... 2-26 Safety and Control Signals .......... 5-2
Pyrotechnic Signals ............... 5-l Surfacing in an Emergency .......... 2-5
Safety and Control Signals .......... 5-2 Surfacing Procedures ............. 240
Sonar Signal Codes ............... 5-2 Track Message .................. 6-3
Special ........................ 5-3 Uncle Joe Procedures .............. 5-4
SST/UWT Signals ............... 5-l 0 Unidentified Sub During Exercise ..... 245
Submarine Attack ................. 5-3 Surfacing
Submarine Pyrotechnics ........... 5-l 1 Method ALFA ................... 241
Submarine Track Message .......... 6-3 Method BRAVO ................. 2-44
sus .......................... 5-7 Surfacing Message ................. 54
Target Data Message .............. 6-4 Surfacing Procedures .............. 240
Target Data Message Codes ......... 6-6 SUS ........................... 2-26
Torpedo Attack .................. 5-18 SUS Descriptions ................. 2-28
Underwater Telephone (UVVQ ........ 4-6

INDEX - 3 CHANGE 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1C (NAVY)(AIR)

INDEX
T V
Tactical Analysis ................... 6-2 VDS Specification ................. 2-20
Target Data Message ............... 6-4 VDWTowed Array
Target Data Message Codes .......... 6-6 Authorization Table ............... 2-l 9
Torpedo Attack Signals ............. 5-18 Safety Precautions ............... 2-14
Torpedo Firing .................... 4-7 Visibility Requirements .............. 2-8
Towed Array Specifications .......... 2-21
Towed Decoys
Safety Precautions ............... 2-l 3
Training ......................... l-l
Transit Lane ................... 4-3, 44
Transit Position .................... 4-3
U
UNCLE JOE Procedures ............. 5-4
Underwater Signal Codes
ESUS ........................ 5-17
Explosive Charge Signals ........ 5-1, 5-7
SST/UWT Signals ............... 5-l 0
sus .......................... 5-7
-
Underwater Telephone (UWT) ........ 2-12
Unknown Submarine ............... 245

INDEX - 4 CHANGE 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
 NATO-CONFIDENTIAL

l ’

AXP l(C) (NAVY) (AIR)

NATO-CONFIDENTIAL